arrFiles=new Array();arrFiles[0]=new Array("ac_cal07.html","2007 Academic Calendar","2007 Academic Calendar JANUARY Commencement of classes for MBBS, Yrs 2 &amp; 4 Commencement of classes for MBBS, Yrs 3 &amp; 5 and Bachelor of Dental Surgery FEBRUARY Arrival of new students - Waigani Campus Orientation Week Lahara 2 ends Arrival of continuing students Registration week for new and continuing students Commencement of Semester 1 classes - Waigani Campus and Nursing - Taurama Campus MARCH Deadline for course variations/overloads/course credits University Academic Senate Meeting APRIL Good Friday\/Easter Saturday, Sunday, Monday - Public Holiday Consolidation Week (still a teaching week) 52nd Graduation Ceremony Call for Non-School Leaver, Open Campus/PGDS/Honours, S1 &amp; S2 applications for 2008 enrolment MAY End of Lectures for Semester 1 Study Break commences (1 week) JUNE Semester 1 Examinations (1 week and 2 days) Commencement of Semester 1 break (2 weeks and 3 days) Marking and Finalising Grades Transmission of results\/grades to Registrar's Office\/ASAD University Examinations Board Meeting to approve grades University Senate Meeting to endorse new courses\/New Degree Programs JULY Commencement of Semester 2 classes Call for applications for Lahara (Deadline 31st August 2007) Call for applications to graduate (Deadline 30th November 2007) Deadline for course variations/withdrawals for Sem 2\/2007 AUGUST Consolidation Week for Semester 2 Deadline for receipt of applications for Lahara SEPTEMBER MBBS Yrs 2,3,&amp; 5 Break (1 week) Course Advising\/Registration End of lectures for Semester 2 OCTOBER Study Break (1 week) Examination week (1 week and 2 days Students vacate Waigani campus Marking of Examinations Transmission of results to Registra\'s Office University Examinations Board Meeting Clinical Elective for Health Sciences Program (3 weeks) Clinical Elective for Nursing Program (7 weeks) NOVEMBER Lahara 1 begins (6 weeks) University Academic Senate Meeting MBBS Program ends, students vacate Taurama Campus DECEMBER Clinical Elective for Nursing Program ends Lahara 1 ends Christmas Day - Public Holiday Boxing Day - Public Holiday JANUARY 2008 Lahara 2 begins (6 weeks)","null","null","");arrFiles[1]=new Array("alum_home.html","University Alumni","University Alumni AlumniAssociations are fundamental to the life of many universities around the world.Only recently in 2000, the University of Papua New Guinea launched its AlumniAssociation to draw on the membership of over 11,000 students who graduated fromhere since its inception 38 years ago. UPNG in the last38 years of experience has seen its graduates become Prime Ministers,businessmen and others. The university has also produced graduates who havebecome leaders in the neighbouring Pacific Island countries. The firstpresident of the UPNG Alumni Association is a former PNG Prime Minister, SirRabbie Namaliu, who was one of the first six graduates of the University ofPapua New Guinea in 1965. The Associationhas introduced two categories of membership (Ordinary Membership and LifeMembership) and former Prime Minister, Sir Mekere Morauta has joined the ranksas a life member and leads the group in partaking in the activities of the UPNGAlumni. Membership iscontinuously growing since the launching. The Alumni Executive Committee hasreceived expressions of interest from over 3,000 potential members so far. Our intention isto attract membership from others in the neighbouring countries of SolomonIslands, Vanuatu and Fiji who had graduated from UPNG. The Associationencourages the participation of members in the growth and development of theUniversity; seeks to establish mutually beneficial relations between members andthe University community; promotes the interest of the University in thecommunity, and most importantly seeks or raises funds to assist the institutionmeet its goals and improve its facilities. The formation ofthe Alumni Association is a positive development in the life of UPNG. The UniversityAlumni \'s challenge is to make the association just as fundamental and aspositive, not only to the life of the university, but also to making the nationbetter skilled and better trained, and more competitive, in a demanding regionaland world environment.","null","null","");arrFiles[2]=new Array("as_home.html","All Students","All Students Grade Point Average UPNG introduced the Grade Point Average (GPA) system in 2002. This was primarily to complement the PNG Government\’s new scholarship scheme for national students. But it is also appreciated by many others (private fee paying and international students). The University has developed a new student records system capable of calculating GPAs quicker. The maximum GPA is 4.0. Students must score a GPA of 1.75 to progress. A very pleasing feature of 2003 has been the increased standard of the new student intake. Every School’s GPA minimum for entry had been exceeded, foreshadowing an enhanced quality intake. This is exciting for an institution that must always be about academic merit and high quality academic performance. UPNG believes that excellent students and excellent staff result in an excellent university and excellent graduates. This latest development implies that the University is committed to producing excellent and qualified graduates who can compete successfully in any labour market of the world. Academic Organisation UPNG is introducing the two semester system in the 2004 academic year. Each semester will run for 13 teaching weeks, followed by one week of study break before examinations. In between each semester is a three weeks semester break.The first semester commences in March and ends in June and the second commences in July and ends in October.In addition, there will be two short sessions of courses, called the Lahara session. For the first time UPNG is having two sessions, each consisting of up to six weeks. The first commences at the end of October and the other early January of the following year. Tuition UPNG\’s tuition fees are low.In our quest to train and develop adequate manpower resources of PNG and our neighbouring island countries, we believe in providing the best education to our students in the Pacific at a price that is affordable to all.","null","null","");arrFiles[3]=new Array("as_ld.html","Learning at a Distance","Learning at a Distance One of the key objectives of the University of Papua New Guinea is to bring University education to the people. UPNG currently offers the following programs by distance education. Certificate in Tertiary and Community Studies (CTCS) Diploma in Commerce (2 years equivalent of full time study) Bachelor of Commerce (2 years equivalent of full time study) Bachelor of Management in Public Policy Management ( 2 years) Bachelor of Science (First year only) Bachelor of Arts in Education Studies Bachelor of Nursing (mixed mode of delivery) UPNG Open Campus: Buka, North Solomons Province, Madang, Madang Province, Mount Hagen, Western Highlands Province, Port Moresby, (UPNG main campus, and subcentres) serving NCD and Central Province, Kokopo, East New Britain Province. The Open Campuses are substantial operations, each with computing laboratories, private study carrels and classroom for weekend and residential schools. They have a capacity to offer web based or CD Rom based education, and a digital printing capacity. UPNG Provincial Centres: Alotau, Milne Bay Province, Goroka, Eastern Highlands Province, Kavieng, New Ireland Province, Kimbe, West New Britain Province, Kundiawa, Simbu Province, Lorengau, Manus Province, Mendi, Southern Highlands Province, Tabubil, Western Province (Fly River Centre), Vanimo, Sandaun (West Sepik) Province, Wabag, Enga Province, Wewak, East Sepik Province. Franchise Study Centres: Lihir Resource Centre, Lihir Mining Company - Lihir Island, Institute of Business Studies, Six Mile - Port Moresby, Goroka Grammar School - Goroka, Eastern Highlands Province.","null","null","");arrFiles[4]=new Array("as_sep.html","Student Exchange Programs","Student Echange Programs Enrolment at the University is extended to students from other South Pacific countries such as Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Tonga, Federated States of Micronesia, Fiji, Cook Islands, New Caledonia and Western Samoa and also to students from Australia, Asia, Africa, Japan and Europe. One of the major functions of the recently established Office of International Student Support (OISS) is to facilitate the development of the international students programme in the University. The Activity Plan includes development of an induction/orientation program for new students, incorporating other activities into the academic calendar for the international students, liaison with sponsors to regularise contacts with students, development of interpersonal relationship with staff and students through regular social activities and involvement in marketing of programmes overseas. A new residential facility was built recently for international students. To foster and nurture a cordial relationship with its neighbouring countries and others in the region, the University has established various student exchange schemes. The Office of International Student Support (OISS) manages the current Student Exchange Programs with overseas universities. USP/UPNGExchange Scheme: Thestudent exchange program between the University of the South Pacific and theUniversity of Papua New Guinea has been in existence since early 1970s. In May2003 the Vice Chancellors of both Universities signed an agreement for a furtherfive years subject to renewal at the expiry of the current term. Under thisprogram, two students study at the other University for a year, get involved incultural activities and hence learn the norms of their host country \'s cultures. RyukyusUniversity/UPNG Student Exchange Scheme: TheRyukyus University and the University of Papua New Guinea have signed anagreement for a Student Exchange Program and the first student from UPNG tobenefit from this programme commenced her studies in October 2002. Recently twomore students have been offered scholarships for the 2003 - 2004 year. WasedaUniversity/UPNG Student Exchange Scheme: TheWaseda University in Japan and the University of Papua New Guinea have signed anagreement for student exchange program between the two universities. The Officeof International Student Support is liaising with the Waseda University toselect students for the 2004 academic year.","null","null","");arrFiles[5]=new Array("as_sf.html","Services and Facilities","Services and Facilities In orderto provide adequate support to all students a vast range of facilities andservices are available: Libraries : There are twomain libraries that serve the needs of the University. The Michael SomareLibrary located on the Waigani campus provides materials for the four schools -Humanities and Social Sciences, Business Administration, Law, and Natural andPhysical Sciences. It includes some 500,000 volumes and over 2,000 currentjournals. As well it supports a number of on-line data bases. The coverage at undergraduate level is good, and there are respectable researchcollections in the life and social sciences sections. The Law section collectionof 25,000 volumes is noteworthy, with particular strength in Pacific and CommonLaw jurisdictions. The Michael Somare Library has excellent coverage for all New Guinea, Pacificand Third World topics; and there is a separate New Guinea Collection in whichone copy of everything published about Papua New Guinea and Irian Jaya isplaced. It has a unique collection of early photographs, which are heavily usedfor publication purposes. The New Guinea Collection is one of the best in the world, and it now includesmany items not available in the British Museum Library or not listed in theNational Union Catalogue. Over the years, the New Guinea Collection has become arepository for institutional archives and personal papers and photographs,particularly of early church and mission records. Other facilities includes a newspaper reading area, a paperback browsingcollection, new-books displays, photocopying service, micro-filming, access tomicrofilm readers, tape-slide viewers, and loop playing machines and videos.Frequent exhibitions are mounted in the Library. The Medical Library serves the Medical Faculty and medical and health workersthroughout the country and beyond. It provides the usual range of lending,reference and information services and has a good range of audio-visual teachingmaterials. It is effectively the national medical library for the country andover half of the loans and reference inquiries are on behalf of non-MedicalFaculty personnel. This role has been recognised by the World Health Organization and theDepartment of Health and it has been nominated as the national focal point forhealth and medical information services. Hi-TechLecture Halls: The Universityhas made a quantum leap into the use of multimedia equipment to deliverlectures. This follows the installation of a multimedia system into the Main,Arts and the Science Lecture Theatres. There are plans to extend this to theTaurama Campus in the near future. It is anticipated that teaching and learning will therefore be greatly enhancedwith the installation of the digitalised multimedia equipment to improvepresentation of lectures. The equipment has several features, which make teaching very easy for lecturersand lessons clear for students. The entire unit is controlled by the AMX, whichis a state of the art automated system. The AMX system is the brains and is capable of controlling lighting systems,sound systems, motorised equipment, projection systems and the air conditionssystems. The touch panel is programmed separately to suit each user \'s requirements and soit is a very user-friendly system that can cater for any situation. The lighting is controlled by Dynalite Switching units and these also can beused as dimmers if the lighting is capable of being dimmed. The AMX controls thevolume of individual inputs. A presenter can separately preview other sourceswhile a class watches the main screen. This is as good as any system anywhere in the world. The multimedia unitprovides facilities for overhead scanners, CD and DVD Readers, Video Recordersand audio tapes. Bookshop: A range ofrecommended text books written by local or international authors are alwaysavailable in the bookshop. The University Bookshop is located in the GuntherBuilding at the Waigani campus. It exists primarily to supply textbooks andstationery to students and staff of the University. It also serves the public asa general bookshop and supplier. All University of Papua New Guinea publications are stocked in and sold throughthe bookshop. Accommodation: UPNGis devoted to teaching, learning, and research, and our students are an part ofthe university community. Hence we have a responsibility to look afterthem well by ensuring that accommodation facilities are available. The building of a new 240-bed student residential complex at the Waigani Campussupports our commitment to providing adequate accommodation facilities for ourstudents. The six building complex is named International House, and is assigned toaccommodate international students. The new residential complex compliments UPNG as a major higher educationinstitution in the Pacific. Other residential complexes are available to meet the needs of our studentpopulation at the two main campuses of Waigani and Taurama. These include BasicTwin Share, Single Rooms, and Single/Double with Ensuite. StudentWelfare and Services: The StudentServices Department, for administrative purposes, is centred at the Waiganicampus with an office at Taurama. It is responsible for services in areas suchas housing, counselling, health, catering, and sports and extra-curricularactivities for students. The students messing facilities are superb with finest quality meals servedthree times a day by one of PNG \'s best caterers, Eurest Catering Company Ltd. Counselling: This is a section of the Office of Student Enrichment. Counselling aims to help individuals realise their own potential and increase their capacity for positive and effective action. Students are encouraged to use this facility, which exists to assist them in their University life. The service is provided free and in confidence. No information is given out without the consent of the person concerned. The Counselling Unit offers services in: Academic Problems: Personal/Interpersonal, Study problems and relationships, Appeal, Withdrawal, Assignments, Marital Problems, Social Problems, Family Problems, STD and HIV/AIDS, Family Planning, Career Counselling, Graduate/vacation, Job placement. Chaplaincy Service: The University has catered for students seeking spiritual guidance and help by establishing major religious denomination Chaplains on campus. These Chaplains can be contacted as required. Each major Christian denomination has a chaplain who has an office attached to the Student Services Department. The chaplains provide and create religious awareness among students, organise activities for students on and off campus, and provide counselling to members. In May 1989, the new Ecumenical Chapel of the Holy Spirit was opened on the main Campus, where combined services and fellowships by church denominations are held. Security : The purpose of the UPNG Security Force is to ensure that the campuses are a safe and sound environment in which to study. The Security force has about 100 women and men who work in three Sections with a Headquarters element. Each Section is commanded by a Section Commander. The Sections work a 12 hour Shift and rotate between the Delta Shift (during daylight hours) and the November Shift (during night hours). The main Security Base is situated on the Waigani Campus. There is an officer available on a 24 hours basis who can be contacted in emergencies. Health : Like otherinstitutions, we try to take care of our students \' health care. A medical clinicis situated near the senior students \' dormitory, and headed by a director. Thedirector is a qualified physician and general practitioner. He is in charge of amatron and four nursing sisters. The clinic provides basic health services:consultation, immunisations and simple treatments to students, staff and theirfamilies, as well as to members of the public from surrounding suburbs. Sports andRecreation: Over 800different languages coupled with different ethnic backgrounds and culture is nota barrier as students can easily adapt to any group through participation insports and social activities. Many of our students are keen rugby league and soccer followers and players. TheUniversity Sports and Recreation Office (SARO) encourages and supports the sportand recreation activities of students. SARO caters for all kinds of indoor and outdoor sports on campus (Inter-VarsityHouse Sports). In Port Moresby, UPNG registers several outstanding teams invarious sporting codes. There are a number of sports facilities available to students: basketball,volleyball and tennis courts, soccer, rugby and rules football fields, andothers. A gym was opened recently for students. SARO also controls the bookings of all University venues available to staff,students and the community, for social gatherings, shows, sports or films. TheOpen Air Theatre is a popular venue where plays and other shows are held. ComputerServices : The ComputerServices Unit is a service department under the newly created InformationResources Centre (which combines library facilities and Information Technologyservices). CSU provides computing services and technical support to theadministration, academic and research staff, and the library. It also offers theUniversity community assistance in data preparation, programming andapplications design. It looks after and services eight computer laboratories which students use to docourse work. All our students have access to computers and the Internet forresearch purposes. TechnicalServices: The University \'sTechnical Service section provides printing, and audio-visual services to stafffor free or for minimal charges, depending on the purpose for which the serviceis needed. Audio-visual facilities such as overhead projectors, slideprojectors, movie projectors, video equipment and others are available forlectures, seminars and conferences. Campus organisations may loan the equipmentfor screening movies. The Printery prints a wide range of publications from lecture materials, studenthandouts, research books by staff, other publications, and administrationprinting needs. The Printery is equipped with modern offset printing machinesand about 72 per cent of printing work is done for the schools \' teachingrequirements, 26 per cent for administration and 1.5 per cent for otherUniversity-related activities such as conferences and meetings. Child CareCentre: We do care forour married and single student parents and staff who have children. TheUniversity Child Care Centre operates a day care service for children betweenthe ages of two months and five years. It has facilities adequate for as many as50 young children, and is staffed by a qualified child minder and assistants. PublicRelations &amp; Marketing: The PublicRelations &amp; Marketing Unit is a friend to all students and staff all yearround. It produces a fortnightly newsletter covering all academic andnon-academic activity on the campuses. The unit produces other officialpublications of the University, handles media relations, tour arrangements forvisitors and other official functions in the area of marketing. It also has aPhotographic Section with a range of digital equipment for ID photos, close-upsand studio photography, black and white processing, and a slide duplicatingservice for staff and students.","null","null","");arrFiles[6]=new Array("bg-acc.html","Background to Accounting Strand","BACKGROUND Accounting Strand was known as the Department of Commerce and was part of School of Law and Business Studies before becoming a program in the School of Business Administration. The purpose of Accounting Strand is to pursue excellence in accounting education. The Accounting Strand is committed to scholarly research, teaching, and service to advance knowledge and prepare future leaders for business, professional, and academic careers. The Accounting discipline offers (a) Diploma in Accounting and (b) Bachelor of Accounting programmes. Diploma in Accounting requires completion of 17 specified courses with 48 credit points. Full-time students of the programme normally require four semesters of studies and part-time students requires eight semesters of studies. However the period of studies vary depend upon number of courses undertaken during every semester. Those who have completed Diploma in Accounting programme at University of Papua New Guinea are eligible to enroll into professional accounting programme of Certified Professional Accountants of Papua New Guinea (CPAPNG). Those who have completed Diploma in Accounting and subject to fulfilling the eligibility criteria are eligible to apply for Bachelor of Accounting at University of Papua New Guinea. Bachelor of Accounting requires completion of another 17 course with 51 credit points. Full-time students of the programme normally require four semesters of studies and par-time students requires eight semesters of studies. However the period of studies vary depend upon number of courses undertaken during every semester. Both Diploma in Accounting and Bachelor of Accounting are offered through internal (face-to-face) as well as external (distance) mode.","null","null","");arrFiles[7]=new Array("sba_bf.html","Background to Banking &amp; Finance Strand","BACKGROUND To date the only program offered by the Banking and Finance Strand is the Bachelor of Business (Banking & Finance) or BBus(B&F) degree. In this program students are required to cover and grasp the concepts of banking, finance and actuarial sciences. Indeed as an eventual outcome they are expected to be well acquainted with the principles of banks and other financial intermediaries, their range of services, their scope of operations, their role in both the financial markets and the overall economy, and the principles of management of these intermediaries in both domestic and international contexts. The program is geared towards preparing the graduates for both further studies (as with the theoretical background), and immediate employment (as with the principles and management concepts). In the latter successful candidates are expected to find employment in commercial banks, merchant banks, super or pension funds, savings and loans societies, insurance and assurance companies, stockbrokers and other corporate entities and government departments. Depending on the existence of vacancies some may find employment with the Central Monetary Authority, the Bank of Papua New Guinea. In the case of the former, they could choose to continue to post-graduate programs in Executive MBAs, non-Executive MBAs, Master degrees and other higher degree qualifications.","null","null","");arrFiles[8]=new Array("bg-bio.html","Backgroung to Biological Sciences","BACKGROUND Biology is the study of living organisms (micro-organisms, plants and animals, including humans). Courses offered by the Biological Sciences Discipline cover the disciplines of botany, zoology and microbiology: plant and animal anatomy and physiology, biochemistry, genetics, evolution, ethno biology, ecological processes, terrestrial, aquatic and marine ecosystems, together with some specialised courses in areas such as taxonomy, applied entomology and microbiology, and research skills relevant for biologists. Also provided are basic introductory courses for students intending to take medicine, health sciences and social sciences. Those interested in a career in biology also need to take other courses in the science disciplines as well as courses outside the School. These are recommended because experience suggests working graduates can benefit from some background in these areas. The details are shown in the recommended course sequences and can be discussed in detail with the Biology Course Adviser. Training in biology prepares a person for a very wide range of professional occupations and an interesting career. Botanists study plants, microbiologists study micro-organisms, zoologists study animals, ecologists study the relationships of organisms to each other and to their environment, geneticists are concerned with the mechanisms of inheritance and plant and animal breeding, and physiologists study the mechanisms of function in cells, organs and whole organisms. These are just some of the specialised areas students may be interested in. In the animal sciences, biologists may be entomologists studying insects that cause human, animal, crop or forest tree diseases; freshwater and marine biologists are involved with the biology and management of PNG’s huge marine resources or fresh water aquaculture prospects. In the plant sciences, biologists are working in forestry, horticulture (fruit and vegetable crops), agronomy (interrelationships between environment and crop production) and taxonomy (naming and identifying the large numbers of plants in the country). In the ecological sciences, graduates are working with governments, industry and non-government organisations especially in environmental monitoring and biodiversity conservation and a wide range of development activities. Within microbiology, biologists may be plant pathologists, studying viral, bacterial and fungal diseases of economic importance or working in breweries, the food industry or with health authorities. Graduate Profile Graduates of a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in biological sciences, will:     have a broad appreciation of science;    have an appreciation of basic management procedures and working with community skills;    have a working knowledge of:          the basic biology of plant, animal and micro-organism systems at the cellular and whole organism level including the metabolic processes that control them;          the relationship between structure and function in plants, animals and micro-organism          the complexity of ecological interactions between organisms and their environment          the diversity of plant, animal and microbial life in the context of evolutionary theory          the nature of the flora, fauna and essential features that characterise Melanesian ecosystems          an understanding of freshwater, marine and terrestrial ecosystems from the theoretical study of them and practical and field studies          a good grasp of quantitative methodology in biology          the formulation of project requests, experimental protocols, execution of experiments and report preparation of results of biological investigations          have an appreciation of PNG ethno biology and the contributions it can make to biology          have a familiarity with social, ethical and citizenship responsibilities including a familiarity with the issues, concerns and responsibilities involved in undertaking biological research in our communities. The Program To achieve the above, the following curriculum is followed:    the core enrichment program of 4 courses - 6.13902; 6.13901; 6.23903 to be taken by all students        a set of 2 school courses and 2 elective courses to be taken from outside the school        a strand of other courses taken primarily from within the school and consisting of either background courses from disciplines necessary for biology, or biology focussed courses together with a number of recommended courses inside and outside the School. Study Strands Strands are defined as sets of courses that provide a coherent sequence from within the discipline area, complimentary discipline areas in the school and from other schools. These strands have been designed in relation to the graduate profile (defined above) and with particular career areas in mind. Strands are meant to be flexible and individual students may have other career goals that could be better met by a different sequence. For example, a student may be interested in a career in science journalism or scientific information management and in discussion with course advisers, be able to construct a program set of courses that leads to an excellent preparation for his/her career goal. Years One\/Two These courses are available to students wishing to pursue studies in science, medicine and the various health science areas as well as Psychology in SBA. Students interested in entering medicine and health sciences need to take 1.10101 in Semester 1. Pre-selected medical students take 1.20103 and 1.20104 as a Lahara program prior to entering the SMHS. Those intending to pursue a science degree in areas other than biology will need to take two 1.10101 Organisms Diversity, Structure and Function in Semester 1. Students interested in majoring within biology should take the four courses during their first two years of study; students interested in environmental science from the SHSS should take this combination also. Each course represents an introduction to core areas of biology. However, they can be taken independently. Contact hours: 4 hours lectures/tutorials, 3-hour practical per week. Years Three\/Four Each 2 or 3 credit point course offered comprises a set of lectures, tutorials and/or seminars and three hours of practical work per week. There may be field excursions, seminars, tutorials and written or practical assignments work required. Acceptance into a course is based on academic merit. Students should consult with their course adviser to plan their program. Suggested stream programs have been prepared as a guide to help students in appropriate course selection.","null","null","");arrFiles[9]=new Array("bg-c-arts.html","Creative Arts Background","Background The new Creative Arts strand is anintegrated four-year degree program. Its priority is to provide a resourcefulprogram developing students \' intellectual, creative and intuitive catalystscentral to creative processes in design, interpretation, performance andanalysis. The strand is an interdisciplinary but comprehensive programconsisting of Arts and Design, Music, and Theatre Arts. Arts and design is an integralaspect of the program, and provides courses that expose students to insights infine arts, computer aided graphic design, photography, studio practice, textilesand fashion. In music courses, students learning capabilities are developed andapplied in materials of music, music composition and practice andethnomusicology. Theatre Arts as a composite of the Creative Arts programprovides students with the spectrum of courses in drama, dance, theatre design,lighting and technologies, media arts in TV, film and radio, acting, directing,playwriting, theatre in PNG, and community theatre. In the first two years of study,the strand teaches sets of core courses, which are specially designed to givestudents general, but thorough understanding of the interdisciplinary creativearts. The knowledge learned at this level equips students to make an informeddecision on which of the Creative Arts disciplines to pursue their academic andprofessional education. In years 3 &amp; 4, students’ chosen major field ofstudy is respected and trained on the courses designed exclusively for thatmajor (Arts and Design, or Music, or Theatre Arts). A combined major in any ofthe two majors is also encouraged. The teaching strategy in CreativeArts collaborates theories and practicals to give depth to their knowledge. Toachieve high creative techniques in Creative Arts, staff devise the stimulantsand skills necessary to inspire, motivate and sustain students \' creativeingenuity to crescendo. Staff and students are engaged in field research intothe cultural heritage, traditional institutions and performances to broadentheir scope of theoretical illustrations in class. Classroom teaching, creative workshops, seminars, studio andoutdoor works, rehearsals, recitals, performances, exhibition, and field worksare the extended teaching strategies in creative arts. Participations in artsand design exhibitions, music recitals and theatrical productions and danceamong staff and students are vital, as they provide the interactions buildingrapport to promote creativity in Creative Arts education. Creative Arts strand has goodfacilities like computer laboratory, theatre, dance studio, music studio, musicpractice rooms, media arts studio, and costume workroom, photography and textileprint laboratories that are conducive for its education. Amid these facilities, CreativeArts education is lucrative, producing graduates who are content knowledgeable,experienced, and prepared to work productively in the workplace, andcontributing to the development of people and nation building.","null","null","");arrFiles[10]=new Array("bg-chem.html","Chemistry Background","BACKGROUND In a general sense, the Disciplineof Chemistry serves two primary purposes: to enable science graduates to have sufficient amount of chemical knowledge that can be of practical use in their respective careers; and, to produce chemistry graduates who have specialised knowledge in various chemistry fields. It is envisaged that, in achievingthese aims, any graduate from either science or chemistry will be equipped withthe necessary relevant knowledge to contribute meaningfully in his/herrespective responsibility. The need for chemists in PNG isenormous and is directly reflected by the type of industries in both the privateand the public sectors. For instance, graduates of chemistry can find jobs inEnvironment and Conservation, Forestry, Mines and Energy, Agriculture, WaterResources, and in the private sector, in the various mining companies, brewingand food industries, logging firms and the mini-oil refinery. The NationalEducation Department also requires chemistry graduates. In years 1 and 2, students aretaught introductory material relating to the various spectra of chemistry whilstin years 3 and 4, much detailed aspects of chemistry are being taught. Students are encouraged to seek advice from the course advisers beforemaking any decision with respect to the selection of courses.","null","null","");arrFiles[11]=new Array("das.html","Background to Anaesthetic Science","BACKGROUND The Diploma in Anaesthetic Science program was approved by the Council of the University of Papua New Guinea in 2002 and the first students enrolled in 2003. The Diploma program which is a one year program replaces the Anaesthetic Technical Officer course, which operated under the auspices of the PNG Department of Health for over 30 years. The course is available as direct entry only for nursing and health extension officers, or as a conversion course for existing Anaesthetic Technical Officer course. Graduates will be able to pursue a career as Anaesthetic Scientific Officers whose responsibilities are:    assisting the Specialist Anaesthetist in providing anaesthesia with its associated components of preoperative assessment, choice and administration of anaesthesia, and immediate preoperative care;    care and maintenance of anaesthesia equipment;    promoting occupational health and safety in the operating theatre, including infection control;       managing an anaesthetic service in the absence of a specialist anaesthetist; and        participating in research.","null","null","");arrFiles[12]=new Array("bg-dt.html","Background to Dental Technology","BACKGROUND Students enrolled in this program first complete their SFY with SNPS. Students obtaining a minimum GPA. of 1.75 are eligible to do Dental Therapy. Only 15 students can be enrolled due to the availability of dental chairs for training. The statistics show that only a very small proportion of the population is covered by 137 Dental Therapists who are serving a population of 5.11 Million. This reveals the need to increase the quantity and quality of Dental personnel in order to improve and promote the oral health status of all Papua New Guineans. These Dental Therapists form the backbone of delivery of dental care in PNG. They are responsible for delivering primary oral health care such as extractions, fillings, removing tartar and polishing of teeth, and also do dental health education and dental health. Second Year Dental Therapy Dental and Health Sciences 1 (2.29801), Applied Clinical Dental Practice 1 (2.29803), and Community Oral Health 1 (2.29802) are Year Long courses, where Civics and Ethics is a Semester One course taught by the Centre for Enrichment Studies. 3rd Year - Final Year Dental Therapy Dental and Health Sciences II (2.39801), Applied Clinical Dental Practice II (2.39803) and Community Oral Health II (2.39802) are Year Long courses.","null","null","");arrFiles[13]=new Array("bg-earthsci.html","Earth Sciences Background","BACKGROUND Geologists and geophysicists study the earth - its deep interior; its changing surface; its dynamic systems -- the moving plates, and the layering and circulation of the atmosphere and oceans; and its billions of years of history, including the history of the evolution of life. Earth scientists therefore draw upon all of the sciences, from chemistry to physics, and from biology to mathematics. Earth sciences training at UPNG focuses on practical skills - how to get the job done in the field or laboratory. Earth Sciences graduates search for oil and minerals in PNG and overseas; map the rocks and structures that make up the mountains of PNG; take part in surveys of the deep ocean floor; make investigations before any major building or road is constructed; study the environmental effects of any economic development, such as mining; and seek to understand and so ameliorate the effects of natural hazards, such as earthquakes, landslides, tsunamis and volcanic eruptions. Currently, earth sciences staff and students are researching mineral deposits at Ok Tedi; rock structures in the Papuan sedimentary basin; the geology of different parts of PNG, including the Port Moresby area and East Sepik Province; past and present volcanic activity in West New Britain and Morobe; and the cause and effects of the Aitape 1998 tsunami. The professional earth scientist finds employment with government or industry. He or she has a life style that combines travel and work in the field with laboratory investigations and office work. It is a good mixture if you like that kind of life. Earth science courses are of interest to non-majors too, because the PNG high school system teaches very little geology. Students are encouraged to take the opportunity to make up for this gap in knowledge while at UPNG. It will help students to understand the industries that are the backbone of the PNG economy, and the new understanding of how the earth works, and of the ins and outs of natural disasters, just might save the students’ life one day. Students who wish to major in Earth Sciences need to achieve good grades in the introductory courses in geology and other sciences, because admission to upper years is competitive. Selection of students is made at the mid-point of second year. Beginning in year 3, students may choose to specialize in geology, geochemistry, geophysics or environmental geology, or combinations of these streams.","null","null","");arrFiles[14]=new Array("bg-ecs.html","Background to Economics","BACKGROUND Economics Department was created under the Arts Faculty when the UPNG was first established in the late 1960’s. It is one of the oldest programs at UPNG, and has a long history in producing some of the finest Economist in PNG. The Economics program became a Strand when the School of Business Administration was established in the year 2002. The purpose of Economics Strand is to pursue excellence in economics education. The Economics Strand is committed to scholarly research, teaching, and service to advance knowledge and prepare future leaders for economics, business, professional, and academic careers. The Strand has two full-time teaching staff and one full-time tutor on the ground and has strength of around 300 students. The Strand has also been ably assisted by part time lecturers and tutors. The Bachelor of Business and Management (Economics) trains students who will one day become professional Economists in Government, NGO and the private sector. It seeks to provide students with the knowledge, competencies and values necessary for a fulfilling and effective career as an Economist. The program advances the students’ knowledge and skills in the core areas of Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, Quantitative Economics, Applied Economic Statistics, Econometrics, Economic Policy and Cost Benefit Analysis. A number of elective courses are offered including Development Economics, Regional Economics, Natural Resource Economics, Environmental Economics, Public Finance, Forecasting, Labour Economics, and Agriculture Economics.","null","null","");arrFiles[15]=new Array("bg-esg.html","Background to Environmental Science and Geography","BACKGROUND Under the framework of Environmental Science and Geography it offers undergraduates and postgraduates programmes/strands for students in the School of Natural and Physical Sciences and the School of Humanities and Social Sciences as well as students majoring in Law, Economics and Business Studies. It also offers school and enrichment courses. The Environmental Science and Geography programmes offered are designed to enable students to relate the application of their specialist knowledge and skills in their discipline to real problems that exist in the PNG and Pacific environment at the moment. Clearly the framework challenges students on principles, issues and prepare them for their career and aspirations. For further details on the ESG discipline, <a href=\"esg\/esg.html\" title\=\"Environmental Science and Geography Disciplines\">click here<\/a>.","null","null","");arrFiles[16]=new Array("bg-hgp.html","Background to History, Gender Studies and Philosophy Strand","BACKGROUND History History is an inquiry into pasthuman experiences. It is an inquiry in which we seek to learn not merely aboutwhat happened but to consider motives, patterns and consequences. As an inquiry,historical study involves distinct skills in reading, in examining andevaluating evidence and argument. Historical study helps the development ofindividuals and the society in which they live because students of history learnof the variety as well as the similarity of origins, change and continuity insocieties. The overall aim of thestudy of history is to help students acquire knowledge and understanding ofevents and forces which have shaped the world and our region in particular. Astudy of history will develop that sense of historical perspective without whichthe individual \'s education and capacity to influence society for the betterwould be significantly deficient. Our courses have been selected bearing in mindPNG \'s position in the Pacific, South-East and East Asia as well as the past andcontinuing western influence. Majorsequences of these strands include: PNG and Regional History, European &amp; USHistory, Economic History, Gender Studies and Religious Studies. Philosophy Philosophyconducts broad enquires into the meaning of life, personal existence, individualbehaviour and the ethical components of the Good Life. It addresses thesefundamental questions which have puzzled human beings throughout history and inevery historical epoch. In its beginnings in Greek civilization all formsof knowledge were thought to be fundamentally philosophical. Thus, themodern studies of biology, physics, psychology, politics, legal history andaesthetics developed from their philosophical roots in the works of the greatGreek philosophers like Aristotle and Plato. Accordingly philosopherscontinue to assert that a complete understanding of the subject matter in thesefields cannot be achieved unless one is acquainted with the philosophical issuesand implications which are inseparable from these enquiries. In philosophy, therefore, one looksat the basic questions which underlie any alleged pursuit of study which seeksto achieve knowledge or understanding. Inthe respect, philosophy can be seen to break up into four broad categories:epistemology, the study of what we can claim to know; logic, the study of theformal rules of thought; metaphysics, the study of the basic constituents ofreality; ethics, the study of the moral principles of action. Though the emphasis of our course structure is upon service courseofferings, e.g., courses which are meant to supplement the course offerings ofour departments (e.g., business ethics and development), the philosophycurriculum also aims to give the philosophy major an understanding of thecentral issues in each of these four fields within the broad discipline ofphilosophy. It is well known that the positionsfor a professional career in philosophy are quite limited. However, it has been shown that a philosophy concentration is anexcellent preparation for success in numerous careers in a wide field ofendeavour outside professional philosophy. Studies in North American have shown that philosophy students have beenhighly successful in gaining admission to both professional schools, likebusiness and law schools and other graduate schools. The success of philosophy students in post graduate education and intheir later careers has been attributed to the fact that philosophy studentshave a better preparation in \"formal thought, structural relationships,abstract models...and deductive reasoning \".","null","null","");arrFiles[17]=new Array("bg-ics.html","Background to Information and Communication Science","BACKGROUND The Information and CommunicationsScience \(ICS\) Strand consists of courses as an Integrated Program in Informationand Communication Sciences in Information Management \(formerly Library andInformation Studies and Media\/Journalism Studies\). Rationale Information, more so now than everbefore is seen and used as a strategic resource in most endeavours. Itssuccessful use and presentation requires background knowledge and understanding.Information also needs to be packaged and communicated through a variety ofmedia. It is the purpose of the ICSprogram to provide professional education and training for potential informationprofessionals who will become skilled information managers and or mediaspecialists. Mission \"Managingand Communication Information \". The sequence of study offered by ICSaims to prepare potential information professionals to work with information atan organisational and facilitatory level in the specific areas within the ICSStrand, the Enrichment Studies Program and within the disciplines offered by theSHSS and other schools. Goal The goal of ICS is to foster thedevelopment of an information culture \- one that values the role of informationin the development of a nation and its people.","null","null","");arrFiles[18]=new Array("bg-jpr.html","Background to Journalism and Public Relations","BACKGROUND Information and Communication isnow a strategic resource in most areas of endeavour. Its successful use andpresentation requires background knowledge and understanding. Information alsoneeds to be disseminated through a variety of media. It is the purpose of this program to provide professionaltraining for those who will become Public Relations managers, journalists andmedia specialists. Mission \'Managing and disseminatinginformation as well as communicating effectively \'. The program aims to prepare people to work with informationand communicate in a professional capacity (e.g. information managers,journalists and PR specialists). Goals To foster the development of an information and communication culture - so that we value the role that information and communication can play in development. To equip with basic skills and background knowledge to be able to prepare information packages and develop communication skills in the course of work at university and at the workplace. To provide professional programs in mass communications and public relations. To provide training in basic communication, information, publishing and public relations skills to communities in need, NGOs, provincial and national governments. To provide expertise in consultancy and research within the information and communication sciences.","null","null",""); arrFiles[19]=new Array("bg-lec.html","Background to Literature &amp; English Communication","LITERATURE Most courses in Literature aredesigned with three broad interests in mind. This is line with the aim of the restructure on interdisciplinarystudies. The first emphasis is onpostcolonial literary studies, theory and criticism. Here also the emphasis is on literature of PNG and thePacific. Second, the programemphasizes creative writing, literary techniques and methods, and studies invarious genres of literature. Thethird focus is on cultural studies, literature and society, traditionalknowledge systems, folklore and oral traditions. Various issues and studies in culture, literature, folklore and societyare given significance. A major inliterature will cover all the three areas. Students can take up literary studies on its own or as an elective withother courses. In essence, literarystudies allows flexibility and an interdisciplinary focus. Beyond that a Literature graduateis someone who can negotiate and reason without falling back on old excuses. On the other hand, students with majors other than Literature benefitimmensely by their exposure to various discursive domains. Literary studies has become an important field of study that it isstudied on its own, or within an interdisciplinary scope. Ten compulsory courses and asub-thesis make up the BA Honours program in literature. The three courses which are theoretically and practically orientated,make up the course work component of the BA Honours degree. A sub-thesis makesup the second part of the BA Honours program. Both the course work and sub thesis are to be completed within one year ofstudies. The literature program offers Masters and Doctoral degrees. Thesedegrees are completed by research only. Eligiblecandidates seeking admission into these degrees must consult the Strand Leaderbefore submitting application. ENGLISH COMMUNICATION English is used as an officiallanguage in PNG. This means that all serious formal businesses employ English asan instrument to execute their functions effectively. More Papua New Guineansare increasingly using English in more sophisticated commercial, scientific,legal and political domains. English is also used as a language forinternational communication. The extent of success PNG hopes toachieve depends on how well citizens master and use English as a medium ofcommunication. Many people may object to this view, but unfortunately, the useof the English language as an instrument is already an established fact. On thebasis of these views, the School offers the English Communication program tostudents who wish to know more about the language and how it can be manipulatedas an effective instrument for modernisation and development in PNG. The four year degree program isdesigned for students who wish to be familiar with the English language and itssound system, its morphological and syntactic structures and how these systemscan be effectively applied in both oral and written discourse. Graduates will be able to carry outgiven instructions demonstrating a high level of proficiency in English. Theprogram is also geared to developing bilingual and bicultural graduates with thenecessary cognitive, analytical and executive skills to contribute meaningfullyto PNG\’s development.","null","null","");arrFiles[20]=new Array("bg-lml.html","LBackground to Linguistics and Modern Languages","BACKGROUND The strand embraces linguistics,sociolinguistics, language communication, literacy and modern languages, namely,Tok Pisin, Hiri Motu, Japanese, Bahasa Indonesia and French. The course program enables astudent to graduate with a diploma or a Bachelor of Arts degree (with a major inLinguistics). The strand contributes to the knowledge and understanding of thelanguages of PNG and the world through teaching, research and consultancy,thereby ensuring their continuity as indispensable tools of sustainabledevelopment. Students are exposed to the different branches of linguistics, likedescriptive linguistics, anthropological linguistics, sociolinguistics,psycholinguistics, historical comparative linguistics, typological linguistics,computational linguistics, discourse analysis, and pragmatics and contribute toand supports the understanding of PNG \'s 869 Austronesian and Papuan languagesthrough a scientific study and description of PNG \'s and the world \'s more than 6 000 languages.","null","null","");arrFiles[21]=new Array("bg-mbbs.html","Background to Bachelor of Medicine/Bachelor of Surgery","BACKGROUND THE MBBSprogram as revised in June 1998, provides the following profile of a medicalgraduate. A medicalgraduate will: 1. meet the health needs of the community by being able to: 1.1 define those health needs 1.2 determine priorities of health needs 1.3 identify and apply methods to meet those needs 1.4 evaluate available resources and work effectively within thoseconstraints 1.5 identify and utilise opportunities for health promotion 2. meet the health needs of the individual by applying an understanding ofthe mechanisms of disease to: 2.1 the prevention and diagnosis of illness and 2.2 the management of the patient. 3. be sensitive to cultural diversity and continue to develop professionaland personal qualities and skills including those required for: 3.1 good doctor/patient relationships. 3.2 an holistic approach to the patient 3.3 working effectively in teams 3.4 fulfilling a leadership role where appropriate 3.5 recognising one \'s own limitations including appropriate referralbehaviour 3.6 ethical practice 3.7 practice according to legal guidelines and requirements 4. be able to access, critically analyse and manage information relevant toindividual and community health problems, both nationally and internationally,including the use of appropriate technology. 5. have the understanding and abilities to: 5.1 identify and fulfil personal educational needs 5.2 contribute to appropriate education for colleagues and the community 5.3 identify and enquire into health issues The Curriculum To achievethe MBBS program objective as stated above, the curriculum is problem-based,integrated and community-oriented, with an emphasis on independent learning. The curriculum is organised into five \"domains of learning \",based on defined program objectives, and assessment is based on these Domains.The Domains are based on the five \"clusters \" of personal qualities,skills and understanding defined under the medical graduate profile. Details ofeach of the five domains are listed below.","null","null","");arrFiles[22]=new Array("bg-mscs.html","Background to Mathematics, Statistics and Computer Science","Background Always a cornerstone of auniversity education, mathematics has become increasingly vital to science,technology, social science, and society itself. When combined with thedisciplines of computer science and statistics, mathematically oriented coursesprovide a wide range of concepts, techniques, and tools that are fundamental tovirtually all areas of life. At UPNG, these three disciplines have been combinedto produce a program that is designed to equip the university \'s graduates to beable to function effectively in an increasingly technological society. Studentscan study mathematics not only in its own right, but also as a tool for studyingand modelling important concepts in the physical, life, social, management, andecological sciences. Thus, in studying in these disciplines students not onlyexpand their mathematics abilities, but they also attain skills that are valuedin other disciplines and in a wide range of career opportunities. Mathematics UPNG offers mathematics coursesfrom a wide variety of viewpoints. By choosing to study mathematics, studentswill prepare themselves for a wide range of careers requiring quantitativeskills. In one direction, a pure mathematician concentrates on the developmentof mathematics in its own right through the study of mathematical concepts,theorems and proofs, algorithms, and computer models. Studies in puremathematics courses provide students with a strong theoretical basis for futurecareer development, and provide the background for further advanced study toprepare for positions in teaching and research. However, even the study of puremathematics is guided and informed by a variety of areas of applications bothwithin mathematics and from other disciplines. Moreover, in many fields ofapplication, problems need to be formulated mathematically before being solvedusing computer technology. Consequently, most courses in mathematics also areused as constituents of programs in other disciplines at the university. Inaddition, the problem solving approach encountered in mathematics equipsstudents with skills that are useful elsewhere. An applied mathematician acquiresthe same fundamental skills as any other mathematicians, but also developsmathematical tools, techniques and models specifically designed to understandscientific phenomena or to solve problems in basic technological, economic, andbusiness areas, or to develop and apply optimisation techniques to managementand decision making. Thus, an applied mathematicians contributes to bothmathematics and applied areas by bringing the disciplines into closerrelationship with one another. For example, a recent development in business isthe expansion in the range and diversity of the applications of mathematics.Mathematics now represents a vital component of such varied areas asdecision-making, investment, corporate planning and management, and marketing. Computer Science The impact of computersincreasingly has been profound not only in the areas of science and technology,but also in such diverse fields as business, the creative arts, the socialsciences, education, medicine, and the health sciences. Within mathematicsitself, effective computation techniques now centre around computers, involvingthe preparation and analysis of algorithms, the numerical treatment of thesealgorithms, and the use of numerical analysis on computing systems. The UPNG curriculum allows studentsto incorporate a core selection of computer science classes in creating jointprograms with other disciplines. The core includes courses in programming,database and information systems, and systems analysis. One popular program thatprepares students for future employment combines courses in computer science andstatistics within a mathematics strand. Graduates of this program can findincreased career prospects in banks, industries, management, and government.They can later go on to become computer specialists after completing additionalpostgraduate education in computer science. Statistics A statistician develops and appliesmathematical techniques to analyse and interpret data for use in inference,prediction, and decision making. Knowledge of statistics equips students with awealth of techniques for handling experimental data and forecasting trends inareas as diverse as quality control in production, agricultural decision making,manpower and social planning, finance, and environmental protection. Statisticsinvolves the art of designing research studies to obtain data, and thenanalysing the results for decision making and application. The field ofstatistics combines a broad variety of mathematically oriented methods with ananalytical way of thinking. Like other areas, statistics at UPNG increasinglywill exploit the use of computers. Interdisciplinary Fields Because mathematics, statistics,and computer science are frequently combined with other disciplines to provideinterdisciplinary programs, UPNG makes available such joint degrees. These canbe developed by working with the strand coordinators in the various schools. Atpresent mathematics, statistics, and computer science can be combined withcourses in either economics or physics to create joint degrees. This list willbe expanded and refined continually. Although most students doing a degree inmathematics will be enrolled in the School of Natural and Physical Sciences (SNPS),it is also possible to do a degree in the School of Humanities and SocialSciences (SHSS). In this case, the required first year science courses arereplaced by those nominated by the strand coordinators and the SHSS.","null","null","");arrFiles[23]=new Array("bg-phys.html","Background to Physics","BACKGROUND Physics is the science that describes how the physical world works in real terms. It is the most fundamental of all sciences as it seeks to understand the behaviour and structure of matteras well as the nature of space and time. Ultimately, it seeks to uncover the mysteries of the universe in terms of how it is put together and how it works.Of late, physics is becoming inter\-disciplinary and its methods are being applied in all disciplines of science. It is for this reason that science students are required to take physics courses as part of their intellectual development. Study Programs Offered &amp;Requirements Students choosing to major inphysics or any of the strands\/study programs offered within the discipline ofphysics, are required to take the core physics courses in year one \(SFY\) andyear two. In the third and fourth years, a student can opt to major in any ofthe following strands or study programs: Environmental Physics and Meteorology,Electronics and Computing Technology, Energy and Environmental Physics, or Pure\(Theoretical\) Physics. All students are required to take some courses in mathematics and demonstrate mathematical ability required in all physics courses. Career Opportunities Physics graduates may pursue acareer in the aviation industry as pilots and flight engineers. Others may workin government and private sectors in the computer and electronics industry aswell as in the energy department. Yet others may pursue careers in banking and information technology. A career in teaching allows one to further studies beyond the first degree to teach at the Secondary High Schools \(after completionof a Postgraduate Diploma in Science\) or at tertiary Institutions.","null","null","");arrFiles[24]=new Array("bg-sm.html","Background to Strategic Management Strand","BACKGROUND Strategic Management Strand was established in 2004 and is a relatively new strand within the School of Business Administration and is going from strength to strength with its expanding teaching (on campus as well as Open College via Open and Distance Learning) and research programs. The aim of the program is to develop our latent human resources who will acquire the necessary knowledge, skills and attitudes that more or less centre around conceptualising and analysing problematic managerial situations, let alone attempting to offer solutions to these as they arise within different organizational contexts. Courses taught in the strategic management strand are tailored to suit the requirements of explaining and understanding the essence of linking businesses, civil society, NGOs and government, in a formidable partnership (strategic alliance) that goes beyond mere economic variables. Students complete 15 core units and can take electives from other strands within the school or can take units in others schools, depending on their interests. Conventional wisdom has it that by telling you about strategic management, you will easily forget; however, if you do enrol and get actively involved in the teaching-learning continuum, you will remember what is taught and if you do practice these principles, with sense of purpose and diligence in real life after graduating, you will understand its outreach mission – building and strengthening strategic alliances that matter! We have an open door policy whereby we encourage prospecting students who not only have a will to equip themselves with knowledge and skills in strategic management principles, but who also have the desire to help contribute usefully to society at large. Please come join us and make a difference!","null","null","");arrFiles[25]=new Array("bg-sw.html","Background to Social Work","BACKGROUND After independence, rapid social,economic and political changes have brought about both improvements and problems. With a combined effort, the Government, Non-Governmental Organisations, private business sector and the Churches have respondedpositively to improve the quality of life of the people in specific ways. The government has responded to some of the problems at different levels. At the international level, it has made commitments to implement suchresolutions as those contained in the Social Development Summit Declaration, theConvention on the Rights of the Child and Convention on Elimination ofDiscrimination Against Women (CEDAW). Atthe national level, social policies such as Social Development Policy for SocialServices, Women \'s Policy, National Youth Policy, NGO Policy, National SpecialEducation Plan, Health Plan, Education Policy, Population Policy and NationalGuidelines on Competency based Training are in place. At the local level, LocalGovernment Councils are constituted and tasked with the responsibility toprovide social services to the communities. Social indicators however, revealproblems such as, low health status, inadequate housing, not enough jobs forschool-leavers, law and order problems, domesticviolence, neglected children, low literacy rates, displaced people, refugees andwater and sanitation problems. It is evident that people are often excluded from meaningfulparticipation in society and are discriminated against due to disability,gender, age, ethnicity, locality and religion. The wealth of the country is unevenly distributed and as a result, thegap between the rich and poor is growing wider. Social Work in PNG is concernedwith the social welfare aspects of development and aims to enhance the qualityof life of people in both rural and urban communities through the use ofappropriate social work intervention practices. It is also concerned with theapplication of social sciences to development and to promote the well being ofthe society. Social work education and traininghas contributed to the knowledge and practice of working with people andcommunities and continues to address the present social realities. Social Work Program at the UPNG is committed to the improvement ofpeople \'s lives based on human dignity, social justice and equality as the goalof social work practice, participation of people in decision-making andimplementation processes leading to empowerment. Meeting people \'s needs through effective participatory planning. PNG forms of social, political, economic organisation as the basis forsocial work practice and the study of how to work with individuals, families and communities within the context of global interdependence with rapidly changing information technology, also form the core of the social development program.","null","null","");arrFiles[26]=new Array("crs_num.html","Course Numbering System","COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM The University is for the first time in the 2004 academic year, introducing the new course numbering system thatis different from the previous one as part of the introduction of the new twosemester system. The new numbers for the courses in each school and centre areas follows: SCHOOL/CENTRE COURSE NO. School of Natural &amp; Physical Sciences (SNPS) 1.xxxxx School of Medicine &amp; Health Sciences (SMHS) 2.xxxxx School of Business Administration (SBA) 3.xxxxx School of Humanities &amp; Social Sciences (SHSS) 4.xxxxx School of Law (SOL) 5.xxxxx Centre for Enrichment Studies (CES) 6.xxxxx Centre for Research &amp; Post Graduate Studies (CRPGS) 7.xxxxx After the decimal point followingthe number identifying the school/centre, the first digit indicates the level ofthe course (e.g. 1st year, 2nd year, 3rd year, etc); the next two digitsindicate the discipline or strand offering the course (these are the two-digitsthat appeared before the decimal point in the previous numbering system); andthe last two digits indicate the specific number ranging from 01 to 99,allocated to each course by the school. An example for the course number1.10806 The first digit - 1 - indicatesthe School offering the course: In this case, the school is SNPS. The seconddigit 1 indicates the level of the course: Here, 1 means 1st Year. The next twodigits denote the discipline or strand: Here, 08 is the Maths discipline/strandnumber. The last 2 digits 06 indicate the specific number this course is givenamong all the 1st year courses: thus 06 indicates that this course is the 6thcourse among all the 1st year courses. In relation to Post Graduateprograms, the following numbers are used: Post Graduate Diploma x.5 Honours x.55 Masters x.6 PhD x.7 For example, for the Post GraduateDiploma and the Honours programs in all the schools except for the SMHS, thefollowing digits are used respectively - 1.50011 for PGDiploma and 1.55011 forHonours. The first digit indicates the school, the 2nd and 3rd digits indicatethe year/level of study (eg 50 for PGDiploma and 55 for Honours), the 4th and5th digits indicate the discipline/strand (E.g. 01 is for Biology) and the lastdigit indicates the specific number for the course ranging from 1 to 9 With regard to the Masters and PhDprograms, the first digit of all the courses will be 7, which is the number forthe Centre for Research and Post Graduate Studies (CRPGS). For example, thecourse number 7.64041 indicates that: The course is a postgraduate course offered through the CRPGS (indicated by 7.) The course is a masters course (indicated by 6) The course is from SHSS (indicated by 4) The course is from the Language discipline (indicated by 04) The specific number for the course is 1 Thus, for Masters and PhDprograms, the 1st digit is 7 (which indicates that it is a post graduatecourse), the 2nd digit indicates whether it is a Masters or PhD course, the 3rddigit indicates the school offering the Masters or PhD course, the 4th and 5thdigits indicate the Discipline/Strand offering the Masters or PhD course, andthe 6th digit is the specific number for the course ranging from 1 to 9. Forschool wide courses such as those in SNPS, the numbering system is: 1st digitindicates the school; 2nd digit indicates the level/year; 3rd and 4th digitsindicate the school; and 5th and 6th digits indicate the specific number forthis course ranging from 1 to 99.","null","null","");arrFiles[27]=new Array("bg-c_n_l_home.html","Campuses &amp; Locations","The University of Papua New Guinea (UPNG) is prominently located in the heart of Port Moresby, the nation’s capital and is situated on two campuses. The administrative headquarters is situated on a 405-hectare site at Waigani, a suburb of Port Moresby; and the Taurama campus, which occupies a seven-hectare site at Korobosea, another suburb in the national capital and next to PNG’s largest hospital, the Port Moresby General Hospital. It is approximately seven kilometres from the Waigani campus. In addition, five new Open Campuses are operational in Madang, Mt Hagen, Kokopo, Buka and the National Capital District. There are nine provincial University centres jointly run by the UPNG Open College, formerly Institute of Distance and Continuing Education, and respective Provincial Governments. These centres are in Wabag, Mendi, Kundiawa, Goroka, Wewak, Lorengau, Kavieng, Kimbe, and Alotau. Franchise Study centres have also been established at Lihir Mining Company - Lihir Island, Institute of Business Studies, Port Moresby, and Goroka Grammar School, Eastern Highlands Province. UPNG also has a 19 hectare multi-disciplinary marine research station on Motupore, an island outside of Port Moresby. It is adjacent to the famous Loloata Island Resort and is serviced by the Tahira Marine Centre located onshore. The Waigani campus consists of the schools of Business Administration, Humanities and Social Sciences, Law, and Natural and Physical Sciences. The School of Medicine and Health Sciences is situated at the Taurama campus. These schools are made up of strands or disciplines with particular emphasis on knowledge relevant to, and on the needs of PNG.","null","null",""); arrFiles[28]=new Array("feesstructure.html","2007 Fees Structure","2007 Fees Structure UPNG Fee Structure for 2007 academic year is as follows: A. Annual Compulsory Fees For ALL Undergraduate Programs Payable by Citizen Students WAIGANI CAMPUS 	TAURAMA All Health Science Programs 	TAURAMA BOH\/BOS, MBBS, DAS 	TAURAMA Nursing Tuition Fee 	880.00 	880.00 	1,120.00 	1,120.00 Service Fee 	165.00 	165.00 	165.00 	165.00 SRC Fee 	20.00 	20.00 	20.00 	20.00 TOTAL 	1,065.00 	1,065.00 	1,305.00 	1,305.00 B. Accommodation Fees for Residential Students WAIGANI CAMPUS 	TAURAMA All Health Science Programs 	TAURAMA BOH\/BOS, MBBS, DAS 	TAURAMA Nursing Basic Twin Share 	3,890.00 	3,890.00 	4,885.00 	4,885.00 Single Room 	4,070.00 	4,070.00 	5,115.00 	5,115.00 International House 	4,070.00 	4,070.00 	5,115.00 	5,115.00 Single\/Double with Ensuite 	4,190.00 	4,190.00 	5,260.00 	5,260.00 C. Fees Payable by Resident TESAS students on HECAS  	WAIGANI CAMPUS 	TAURAMA All Health Science Programs 	TAURAMA BOH/BOS, MBBS, DAS Basic Twin share 	1190.00 	1190.00 	2185.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 Total 	2255.00 	2255.00	3490.00 Single Room 	1370.00 	1370.00 	2415.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 Total 	2435.00 	2435.00 	3720.00 International House 	1370.00 	1370.00 	2415.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 Total 	2435.00 	2435.00 	3720.00 Single/Double with Ensuite 	1490.00 	1490.00 	2560.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 Total 	2555.00 	2555.00 	3865.00 D. Fees Payable by Resident TESAS students on AES  	WAIGANI CAMPUS 	TAURAMA All Health Science Programs 	TAURAMA BOH\/BOS, MBBS,DAS Basic Twin Share 	290.00 	290.00 	1285.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 Total 	1355.00 	1355.00 	2590.00 Single Room 	470.00 	470.00 	1515.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 Total 	1535.00 	1535.00 	2820.00 International House 	470.00 	470.00 	1515.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 Total 	1535.00 	1535.00 	2820.00 Single/Double with Ensuite 	590.00 	590.00 	1660.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00	1065.00 	1305.00 Total 	1655.00 	1655.00 	2965.00 E. Fees Payable by Resident Self Sponsored Students  	WAIGANI CAMPUS 	TAURAMA All Health Science Programs 	TAURAMA BOH/BOS, MBBS, DAS 	TAURAMA Nursing Basic Twin Share 	3890.00 	3890.00 	4885.00 	4885.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 	1305.00 Total 	4955.00 	4955.00 	6190.00 	6190.00 Single Room 	4070.00 	4070.00 	5115.00 	5115.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 	1305.00 Total 	5135.00 	5135.00 	6420.00 	6420.00 International House 	4070.00 	4070.00 	5115.00 	5115.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 	1305.00 Total 	5135.00 	5135.00 	6420.00 	6420.00 Single/Double with Ensuite 	4190.00 	4190.00 	5260.00 	5260.00 Compulsory Fee 	1065.00 	1065.00 	1305.00 	1305.00 Total 	5255.00 	5255.00 	6565.00 	6565.00 F. Fees Payable by International Students including South Pacific or Dependents of UPNG Expatriate Staff  	South Pacific Students or Dependents of UPNG Staff	Other International Students Band 1 Medicine & Health Sciences	18,435.00 	33,000.00 Band 2 Natural & Physical Sciences 	12,200.00 	29,820.00 Band 3 Computing, Nursing, Creative/ Performing Arts, & Language 	11,055.00 	26,620.00 Band 4 Psychology, Mathematics, and Social Work 	10,290.00 	24,630.00 Band 5 Commerce, Business, Law, other Humanities & Social Sciences and Enrichment Studies. 	9,530.00 	22,610.00 G. Fees Payable by Post Graduate Students MBA Master of Business Administration 	18,150.00 	34,405.00 LLM Master of Law 	18,150.00 	34,405.00 MMED Master of Medicine 	12,000.00 	34,405.00 MPH Master of Public Health 	18,000.00 	34,405.00","null","null ","");arrFiles[29]=new Array("iht_courses.html","IHT_Course Decriptions","COURSE DESCRIPTIONS INDUCTIONCOURSE: Introductionto University Teaching Thiscourse introduces a new academic (tutor, senior tutor or lecturer) to thevarious teaching strategies and learning styles that are pre-dominantly used atthe University. It aims to improvethe effectiveness of lecturers in effectively delivering the various strategieswith a focus on improving the quality of student learning. To develop aninstitutional environment that effectively promotes learning, lecturers are alsointroduced to techniques in how to use learning resources that are available(e.g. the use of the multi media equipment in the lecture theatres), on thephilosophy underlying the curriculum, on choices of topics within the syllabus,on the feedback they are given on their work, and on the assessment procedureswhich govern what type of learning and knowledge is rewarded. Student learning is also discussed in detail, especially concentrating onthe meaning of a ‘deep’ approach to learning and looking at suggestions onhow to facilitate that deep approach. SERIESOF SHORT COURSES/WORKSHOPS: Tutoring Distance Educationand Open Learning Courses Thisshort course is designed for distance education tutors with the University’sOpen Colleges throughout Papua New Guinea. It aims to provide the tutor with skills in how to present distanceeducation materials to students. Varioustopics will be discussed to enhance the tutor’s role in the distance educationteaching cycle. Topics such asassessing written assignments, conducting tutorials, telephone counselling andtelephone tutorials. Distance Education CourseWriter’s Workshop Thisworkshop is aimed to provide lecturers (course writers) with skills indeveloping course materials for delivery by distance in PNG through the fiveOpen Campuses. Various issues such as analysis prior to design and development,writing and developing distance education materials, studying at UPNG bydistance, instructional design, course development, deadlines and timemanagement, course outline writing and assessment both formative and summativeevaluation are discussed. Assessing Student Learning Thisshort course is designed for course co-ordinators and/or lecturers interested indeveloping their skills in assessment. Firstthe importance and the purpose of assessment are discussed, includingstudents’ concerns about assessment. This is followed by a consideration ofchanging conceptions of assessment, and what and how to assess. The interpretation of the results of assessment is also considered aswell giving students feedback. Thecourse ends with a discussion of a checklist of questions a lecturer is expectedto ask him/herself in relation to the assessment strategies one has to includein his/her course. Post Graduate Supervision Thisshort course is designed for lecturers or senior lecturers new to the academicprofession, and perhaps a recent higher degree graduate, who may not yet havehad the opportunity to supervise a postgraduate student in one’s area ofexpertise. This course introduces a number of issues related to supervision,beginning with students’ and supervisors’ concerns about the process. Other issues related to the purpose and nature of supervision, thesupervisory relationship, and the supervisor’s role in the production of athesis are discussed. Post Graduate Supervision (Data Analysis Using Softwares – Excel and SPSS) Thisworkshop introduces postgraduate supervisors to data analysis techniques usingcomputer software: Ms Excel and SPSS. Presenting Ideas andInformation in Large Classes Thisshort course is designed for lecturers and senior lecturers new to the academicprofession or to those who would like to improve their lecturing. The course begins with a discussion on the pros and cons of lecturing andthen goes on to discuss how much information should be included in a lecture. This is followed by examples of different ways of organizing a lectureand ways of obtaining and holding the active engagement of the students in thesubject matter. A demonstration of some strategies on lecturing followed bypoints on how to begin and end the lecture and alternatives to reading thelecture are presented. The courseends with a discussion on some hints on ways of preparing oneself before givingthe lecture and on how to deal with difficult student behaviour during thelecture. Facilitating Small GroupLearning This shortcourse is designed for tutors and senior tutors and those lecturers who wish toimprove their teaching skills in dealing with small groups. The course begins with the identification of examples of small groupactivities. Strategies in how todevelop groups and facilitate small group work are discussed. Other related techniques such as questioning and listening, maximizingstudent participation, assessing student participation in tutorials anddiscussions and assessing one’s own performance are explored. The course ends with a discussion on possible difficulties and possiblesolutions one may deal with in teaching small groups. Balancing Academic Demandson Your Time Thiscourse is designed for tutors, senior tutors and lecturers new to academic life. This course encourages one to appraise one’s own teaching load inrelation to one’s total academic workload, level of appointment and goals forprofessional advancement. It willchallenge one to consider one’s own motivation for professional advancementrelative to other life goals, such as family life. It will also increase one’s awareness of some of the key timemanagement strategies, such as how to avoid over-commitment, and of how toorganize one’s academic work more efficiently. Designing Courses Thiscourse is designed for course coordinators and lecturers who are interested incurriculum planning and development. Thiscourse introduces one to understanding the importance of curriculum planning andprovides a systematic manner in planning curriculum. Logical links between planned intentions, course content, teaching andlearning methods, and the assessment of student learning while taking fullaccount of student characteristics are discussed. Teaching Practical andLaboratory Classes This courseis designed for tutors, senior tutors and lecturers who conduct practical andlaboratory classes. This courseallows participants to identify those objectives, which are best achieved inpractical classes and discuss the ways in which one can assist, students toachieve them. The attributes of aneffective practical class teacher are identified and discussed. The importance of course plans and applications of effectiveteaching methods are also discussed. Thedevelopment of a laboratory course is also presented. The course ends with a discussion on assessment and importance ofproviding feedback on performance of students during practical and laboratoryclasses. Introduction to LectureTheatre Technology (AMX Multi-Media Technology) Thisworkshop will familiarize participants with lecture theatre technology,especially with the function and use of the multi-media equipment install in thelecture theatres. Participants willhave the opportunity to experiment with the technology in one of the lecturetheatres. DevelopingAnd Evaluating Teaching Thisworkshop allows participants to examine the different ways to continue theirprofessional development. Topicsinclude: ü The role of student,peer and self evaluation ü Developing a teachingportfolio ü Tools for reflectingon your teaching ü Building communitiesof practice BasicPower-Point Presentations Thiscourse is intended for staff members who will be using PowerPoint to createpresentations. Good visual aids areoften an essential part of successful presentation slides to help you deliveryour message in an interesting way. Youcan compliment your presentation text with graphics, pictures, charts and tablesto make your presentation come alive and help illustrate the key points you wantto make. TheBasic Course will cover the following: identifyPowerPoint screen components and navigating through the presentation, how topersonalize tool bars and menu, the use of auto layout and auto content wizardto create presentations, how to master slide to one’s liking, the use ofdrawing tools to enhance one’s presentation and the use of spell check andauto correct. Advanced Power-PointPresentations TheAdvance Course will cover the following: Theuse of Clip Art and Word Art, creating table slide, graphs and organizationcharts, how to maintain a slide show to enhance presentation and the use ofoffice assistant to get presentation done faster. Introduction to MS Word This programis intended to help staff with their task to perform, using Ms Word. These range from writing simple documents such as memos and lettersthrough to report and publications. Thisprogram could also prepare you to work without relying much on the Secretarialstaff leaving you with the flexibility, creativity and a piece of mind in yourwork. While briefly touching inbasic concept on computing using Ms Windows for file management, the entireprogram is centred on Ms Word giving you necessary skills that you require tobe productive and independent within the division that you are in. Theprogram basically covers managing desktop, folders and files, managing andpersonalizing (OS and Word) windows, creating, editing and printing documents,and using on-line tools to further enhance your skills in Word. Introduction to MS Excel This programhelps to prepare staff to handle task using Ms Excel range from preparing asimple database and invoices, 3-D charts and some times managing a complexaccounting ledger for a medium sized business. This program gives you access to the features in Ms Excel and teaches youhow to complete essential and formatting tasks within the Excel application thatwill help you to organize data, analyse and represent the findings in a mostprofessional way possible. Theprogram basically covers basic Excel features, essential worksheet editingskills, techniques used to formal cells, creating graphs, and some example ofExcel used in various applications. Train the Trainer These seriesof training takes place over three one week sessions covering three major unitsof work. These units of work introduce staff in managerial or supervisorypositions techniques in how to train a trainer at their respective workplaces. The first unit is on Training Needs Analysis, introducing staff totraining by defining what training is, identifying and explaining the principlesof adult learning, and recognizing and explaining the different training models. The second unit is on Training Design and Development, introducing staffto how to set training objectives by defining what a behavioural trainingobjectives, explain why we use behavioural training objectives, write proper behaviouraltraining objectives, and develop their skill in writing behavioural training objectives. The third and final unit is on Presentation and FacilitationSkills, covering aspects of effective communication. In this unit, staff will define what effective communicationis, explain why we need to communicate effectively, identify barriers toeffective communication and develop and improve their communication skills. Supervision and ManagementSkills Thiscourse introduces staff members who are in managerial and/or supervisorypositions to supervision and management skills. Staff members are introduced to skills in how to achieve end-resultsthrough correct role modelling. Skillscovered during the course are planning through setting objectives, controllingcosts, improving methods, making decisions, leadership styles, steps of thedelegation process by identifying barriers to delegation, what not to delegateand what can we delegate through setting goals and choosing the best person forthe job. Techniques in effective time management such as how to spend your time,how to organize your time and how to eliminate time wasters are presented anddiscussed. Customer Service Training This courseintroduces the staff to two themes involving techniques in how to communicatewith customers as well as how to solve customer’s problems. In the first theme, the Customer Satisfaction System is introducedcovering ways in how to greet customers, value customers, ask how to helpcustomers, listen to customers, help customers and invite customers. In the second theme, a Problem-Solving Formula is introduced covering howto understand the problem, identify the cause of the problem, discuss possiblesolutions and solve the problem. Howto Successfully Manage Your Time (For Non-Academic Staff) Thisworkshop introduces staff to techniques in effective time management such as howto spend your time, how to organize your time and how to eliminate time wasters. A training video on \‘How to successfully manage your time\’ is used as basis for further discussion and reflection by participants in relationto real life experiences at the workplace. OccupationalHealth &amp; Safety This courseintroduces concepts of occupational health and safety to staff so that they arewell aware of health and safety hazards at the workplace. This is aimed to provide staff with ways in how to live healthy lives andto prevent accidents at the workplace. First Aid Course This courseis aimed to equip staff with first aid skills so that they are in a position toassist others at the workplace who are in ill health or are in need of urgentmedical attention. This coursecovers such areas as how to resuscitate people and how to prepare the ill personby applying emergency first aid skills before a medical doctor or nurse couldtake over.","null","null","");arrFiles[30]=new Array("iht_home.html","Centre for Teaching, Learning &amp; In-house Training","Centrefor Teaching, Learning &amp; In-house Training TheUniversity of Papua New Guinea is committed to quality teaching and learning andbelieves very strongly in multi-skilling its academic as well as non-academicstaff through appropriate staff development in-house training. Aspart of its plans to build on its past successes, the Centre for Teaching,Learning &amp; In-House Training was established aimed at enhancing academicstaff teaching performance and enhancing student learning at the University aswell as enhance non-academic staff performance through appropriate in-housetraining. TheCentre supports diverse academic programs in Law, Medicine and Health Sciences,Business Administration, Humanities and Social Sciences as well as theUniversity’s Open College extensive distance education program, the Enrichmentstudies program and the Post-Graduate and Research program. The Centreprovides support services through the in-house training courses to promoteeffective ad innovative teaching and learning in the classrooms. Forthe academic staff, the following short courses or workshops are provided:Introduction to University Teaching, Tutoring Distance Education and OpenLearning Courses, Distance Education Course Writer’s Workshop, AssessingStudent Learning, Introduction to Postgraduate Supervision, PostgraduateSupervision (Data Analysis using Softwares – Excel and SPSS), Presenting ideasand information in large classes, Facilitating small group learning, Designingcourses, Teaching practical and Laboratory classes, Introduction to LectureTheatre Technology (AMX Multi-Media Technology), Developing and EvaluatingTeaching, Basic and Advanced PowerPoint Presentations. Forthe non-academic staff, the following short courses or workshops are provided:Introduction to Ms Word, Introduction to Ms Excel, Training of Trainers,Supervision and Management Skills, Customer Service Training, How toSuccessfully Manage Your Time, Occupational Health and Safety, and First Aid. ASemester-based calendar of activities is prepared at the beginning of eachsemester offering this courses/workshops for staff members to register throughtheir School Executive Deans or Executive Directors and Directors. TheCentre is also responsible for the development and administering of appraisalsystems within the University. Students are encouraged to participate inthe evaluation of lecturer teaching performances in courses that they take ineither semester 1 and/or semester 2. A course evaluation system iscurrently under discussion at the school/centre level. Throughthe Centre, the University has created the idea of academic staff developingteaching portfolios as a means to evaluate their performance in teaching.This teaching portfolio becomes part of the summative evaluation process whenacademic staff members apply for contract renewals and promotions. TheCentre in its mission to expand its programs, aim to introduce the Certificatein Communication of Science and Technology and the Graduate Diploma inCommunication of Science and Technology in 2005. These programs are aimedto enhance the scientific communication skills of practicing scientists,journalists and tertiary lecturers. Its purpose is to provide thetheoretical knowledge and skills to increase the quality of scientificcommunication in Papua New Guinea. Thereare also plans underway for the introduction of the Graduate Certificate inHigher Education. This program is intended for academic staff members whoare involved in teaching and curriculum development in a higher educationcontext. The program will be designed to assist academic staff members’pedagogical knowledge, skills and abilities to enhance student learning. Asa mission statement, the Centre for Teaching, Learning &amp; In-House Trainingaims to promote academic excellence in its activities related to teaching andlearning as well as promote the policy of multi-skilling through providing appropriate in-house training courses to adequately skilled the workforce (bothacademic and non-academic staff).","null","null","");arrFiles[31]=new Array("iht_nomination.html","Nomination of Staff to Attend Courses","HOW TO NOMINATE STAFF TO ATTEND COURSES: FORACADEMIC STAFF: ExecutiveDeans/Executive Directors/Directors, please register academic staff for thecourses offered by the Centre for Teaching, Learning &amp; In-House Trainingaccordingly. Please try to adherewith these guidelines. Academicstaff members who are interested to attend the PowerPoint Presentations coursesmust attend both the Basic as well as the Advance courses – a total of 4 daysof training. Academicstaff members who are interested to attend the Postgraduate Supervision coursesmust attend both the Introduction to Postgraduate Supervision course as well asthe Postgraduate Supervision – Data Analysis workshop – Excel/SPSS ComputerSoftware. Those who have alreadyattended the Introduction course may register for the Data Analysis Workshop –Excel/SPSS Computer Software. TheInduction Program for new or interested academic staff will be conducted over a10 days period, from 21 st June to the 1 st July 2004 –the Induction Program includes Introduction to University Teaching, Introductionto the Use of the Multi-Media in the Lecture Theatres and the Basic and AdvancePowerPoint Presentation courses. VeryImportant, please take note: StaffAppraisals for SHSS, SOL and SMHS is schedule for the 19 th – 30 th April 2004. All Executive Deans,Strand and Discipline leaders are invited to nominate academic staff who wouldlike to be evaluated by students in one of the courses that the academic staffis teaching in Semester 1, 2004. Pleaseidentify those who would like to be evaluated on a timetable with the date, timewhen class is held, no. of students enrolled in that course, venue/room number. StaffAppraisals for SNPS, CES and SBA is schedule for the 3 rd – 14 th June 2004. All Executive Deans,Strand and Discipline leaders are invited to nominate academic staff who wouldlike to be evaluated by students in one of the courses that the academic staffis teaching in Semester 1, 2004. Lecturers nominated for Appraisals to take note of: Pleaseinform the lecturer nominated for appraisal to advise his/her students that theCentre for Teaching, Learning &amp; In-House Training will conduct thisevaluation of his/her lecturing on the date, time and venue specified on thetimetable. Lecturerswho will be evaluated do not have to attend that particular session, especiallyif it is a one-hour session. If it is a two-hour session, he does not have toattend the first hour but he can attend the second hour. Staff from the Centre for Teaching, Learning &amp; In-House Training willuse the first hour to conduct this evaluation. It is his/her responsibility toadvise students accordingly. FORNON-ACADEMIC STAFF: ExecutiveDeans/Executive Directors/Directors - please nominate any non-academic staff toattend any of the following courses offered by the Centre for Teaching, Learning&amp; In-House Training: Occupational Health &amp; Safety First Aid Course Customer Service Course Introduction to Word Introduction to Excel How to successfully manage your time Thefollowing courses for non-academic staff are restricted to managers and/orsupervisors of different divisions or departments in your schools/centres/units: Train The Trainers Course Management and Supervision Skills Forthe Train The Trainers Course, those staff nominated must attend the threecourses offered – Train The Trainer Units 1, 2, and 3 to qualify for thecertificate. Those nominated forthe Train The Trainer course may also attend one of the Management andSupervision Skills courses. Note:Due to limitations placed on the number of participants per course, the Directorof the Centre for Teaching, Learning &amp; In-House Training will do the finalselection of those who should attend the courses. The selection of your nominated officer will depend on yourexplanation as to why the officer needs to attend this staff developmentprogram. Nominationsare to be forwarded to ahuib@upng.ac.pg with the following information: School/Centre/Unit Name of Officer(s) Academic or Non-Academic Position(s) at School/Centre/Unit Name of Course(s) Reason as to attend nominated training","null","null","");arrFiles[32]=new Array("iht_staff.html","CTL-IHT Staff","ACADEMIC STAFF Phone: 3267___ NAME DESIGNATION EXT NO EMAIL Mr. Boe Lahui-Ako Director 567 lahuib@upng.ac.pg Mrs. Maere Kanau Secretary 140 kanaumm@upng.ac.pg Mr. Lote Lisania Training Officer – Information Technology 344 Lote.Lisania@upng.ac.pg  – Mrs. L. Hiawalyer Lecturer - Teaching &amp; Curriculum 320 Training Officer Lydia.Hiawalyer@upng.ac.pg – Ms. A. Paura Traing Officer - General Training 352 Angela.Paura@upng.ac.pg","null","null","");arrFiles[33]=new Array("index.html","University of Papua New Guinea","Mission: \"To be the premier University of the Pacific making available quality education, research and services to Papua New Guinea and the Pacific.\" How to contact us University of Papua New Guinea P.O. Box 320 University Post Office National Capital District Papua New Guinea Phone: +675 326 0900 Facsimile: +675 326 7187 email general enquires to: PR&M@upng.ac.pg","null","null","");arrFiles[34]=new Array("links.html","Links of Interest","Links of Interest OTHER UPNG LINKS Media Uni Tavur Post Courier The National Pacific Media Watch PNG Education Institutes International Institutions PNG University of Technology University of the South Pacific University of Goroka National Centre for Development Studies (ANU) Pacific Adventist University Anthropology (ANU) Divine Word University Centre for Asia-Pacific Studies (Nottingham University) Institute of Business Studies Centre for Cross-Cultural Research (ANU) Institute of Banking and Business Management Centre for Pacific Island Studies (U_Hawaii at Manoa) Summer Institute of Linguistics Centre for South Pacific Studies (U_New South Wales) PNG Maritime College Centre for the Contemporary Pacific (ANU) On-Line Directory of International Schools in PNG Research School for Pacific and Asian Studies (ANU) International Education Agency Centre for Pacific Studies (University of Nijmegen) Local Research Institutions and Development Organisations PNG National Research Institute : NRI conducts research on Economics, Education, Political &amp; Legal systems and Social &amp; Environmental issues. Publications can be purchased directly from NRI. National Agricultural Research Institute : NARI is a publicly-funded statutory research organisation, for conducting applied and development-oriented research on food crops, alternative food and cash crops, livestock and resource management issues. Tanorama Limited : Tanorama specialises in development assistance consultancies, project management and training services within Papua New Guinea and the South Pacific region. Clients include: ADB, AusAID, EC/EU, JICA, UN, WB as well as various government and statutory bodies in the region. ATProjects : ATprojects provides project development services together with practical technical support at a district level. Based in Goroka ATProjects works with both district and provincial governments, churches, rural communities and other NGOs in the Eastern Highlands Province. For more PNG Links visit: Daltron \'s or Datec \'s Internet Directories.","null","null","");fileNum=35;arrFiles[35]=new Array("motupore.html","Motupore Island Research Centre","MOTUPORE ISLAND RESEARCH CENTRE MIRC strives to build capability and advance knowledge in marine and coastal resource management in Papua New Guinea and the Western Pacific, through the fostering of local, national and international links; the adoption of multidisciplinary and proactive approaches to problem solving; and the delivery of the highest standard of research and teaching. The Motupore Island Research Centre (MIRC) is the only dedicated marine and coastal research support unit in Papua New Guinea. Developed by the University of Papua New Guinea (UPNG), MIRC offers diving, laboratory (dry and wet), aquaria, conference and accommodation facilities for research programmes and academic/training courses. Whether your stay is 1 day or 3 years, MIRC can cater for your needs. Under its Research Director and drawing on a wealth of expertise in the School of Natural and Physical Sciences (SNPS), MIRC is able to support and develop research initiatives in many disciplines including marine biology, management, environmental science, geology, botany, zoology, entomology, archaeology and renewable technologies. MIRC also provides direct technical and teaching support for degree programmes and postgraduate research. External organizations utilise MIRC for training courses, such as coral reef monitoring. Our conference facilities can also be booked to cater for research meetings, conferences and workshops. Motupore provides an ideal location for the exchange of ideas, problem solving and the development of policy and management measures. Motupore was, after all, the site of much of the negotiation and writing of the nation \'s constitution. Location &amp; Site MIRC is based at Bootless Bay off the EastHiri Coast some 15km SE of Port Moresby, the capital and international port ofentry to Papua New Guinea. Motupore Island is within the Papuan Barrier Reef,the lagoon of which is a submerged ancient coastal plain whose outer margin isdefined by an impressive reef some 5km offshore, paralleling the PNG coast formany kilometres to the SE. The small hilly island of Motupore is c. 800 m by 280m, covering 45 acres. Most tropical marine habitat sites arepresent between Motupore Island and the barrier reef, including a variety ofreef types [fringing, patch and barrier], sea-grass and algae beds, mangrovesand extensive intertidal and sub-littoral carbonate and mud areas. Theterrestrial vegetation is mainly eucalypt savannah, but with pockets ofmonsoonal woodland and a limited strand formation. The substantial amount ofresearch in the last 3 decades that has been undertaken on and around Motuporeand its adjacent environment makes it one of the most studied sites in PNG. The island is a protected archaeologicalsite, of cultural heritage significance, the UPNG adopting a custodial role onbehalf of the National Museum. There is a traditional burial ground and akitchen midden with remains dating back 500 years. Fishermen from local villages canregularly be seen using traditional fishing methods in Bootless Bay. MIRC alsohas strong links with the neighbouring Loloata Island Resort. Access to Motupore Island Motupore Island is only 45 minutes (carand boat) from the main UPNG campus in Waigani and nearby Port Moresby, offeringready access to the University library, National Museum and GovernmentalDepartments such as the National Fisheries Authority and the Department ofEnvironment and Conservation. Access to Motupore is controlled through itsmainland support facility, the Tahira Marine Base. This provides a high level ofsecurity for visitors and their equipment, and offers ample land area for secureparking, shipment of equipment and heavy boat maintenance. The boat trip fromTahira to Motupore lasts 15 minutes. MIRC can arrange Airport pick-ups forinternational visitors by minibus. Internal air services regularly connectPort Moresby to other provinces in PNG. There are good international connectionswith most major destinations in the region. Health &amp; Safety There is basic first-aid equipmentavailable on the island. There is a hospital in Port Moresby and the UPNG has aclinic with a resident doctor and nurses. There is a malaria risk in the regionand you are advised to seek medical advice on the use of appropriateprophylactics before arrival. Please also bring sun protection lotion. You arefurther advised to take out health and personal accident insurance. Visitors to the Centre must observe allprevailing regulations, especially with regard to the use of boats andnavigation, conduct of field-trips, diving and use of accommodation. Personnel Dr Mark Baine was appointed as the newDirector of MIRC in October 2003. He is supported by Mr Roga Gabiobu, theFacilities Operations Officer (FOO); Mr Casper Daku and Mr Elias Tovue,Technical and Transport Officers; Mr Thomas Maniwavie, Education Officer; andMrs Shelly Daku, Accommodation Officer. MIRC also has permanent securitypresence on Motupore. Duties permitting, all personnel areavailable to assist researchers and visiting academic groups. Booking of Facilities Potential visitors should contact MIRC to receive a Facilities Request Form. Once completed this should be returned to MIRC for approval. When booking the use of Tahira and Motupore facilities you are advised to give MIRC plenty of advance notice for your proposed visit in order to allow sufficient time for consideration of your request. Be aware that there may be other registered bookings of the facilities or ongoing research activities at that time and we may be unable to accommodate your request. We recommend at least 3 weeks notice. Although we will continue to review requests at shorter notice, do not be surprised if a last minute request is denied. This will depend upon many factors including staff availability. Contact: Dr Mark Baine Director, Motupore Island Research Centre University of Papua New Guinea, PO Box 320 University 134, National Capital District Papua New Guinea Tel/Fax: (675) 325 4645 bainemsp@upng.ac.pg","null","null","");arrFiles[36]=new Array("oc_admissions.html","Open College Admissions","Admissions Applicationfor Admission The University invites application for admission for study in an academicyear in June of preceding year. In order to study in the Universityof Papua New Guinea you must have admission to the University. You can thenenrol in particular program and courses through registration. All new students have to apply foradmission. Once you are grantedadmission status, you will receive a letter of acceptance for admission from theUPNG Student Administration Office. After receiving the letter of acceptance,you pay the required fees and enrol in your chosen course. Resuming students do not need tore-apply for admission unless previously excluded from their studies. In this case, you should apply for re-admission to your School.Continuing students do not need to re-apply for admission but need to enrol intheir course through registration. Submissionof Application If you wish to apply for admission,you must complete a prescribed application form and submit it along withdocuments as suggested in the “Application for Admission Form”. You mayobtain the “Form” from the University Student Administration Office atWaigani Campus or from your nearest UPNG Open Campus or University Centre orStudy Centre. Yourapplication must reach the following address: University Student Administration Office University of Papua New Guinea PO Box 320 University 134 National Capital District Tel: 3267 537 Fax: 3267 187 You may also submit applications toyour nearest UPNG Open Campus or University Centre or Study Centre. UPNG OpenCampus or University Centre or Study Centre will send your completed applicationform to the University Student Administration Office. AdmissionRequirements Information on admissionrequirements is given in the relevant degree/diploma rules in the respectiveSchool web site. You should also refer to the relevant by- laws governing theDegree Program. Admission requirements in each of the degree programs are asfollows: Diploma in Accounting (Dip. Acc.) (Former Diploma in Commerce) Entry requirement for admissioninto Diploma in Accounting is: (a) A valid grade 12 certificate or equivalent, with a pass at: “C” level in English “C” level in Major Maths (A) or “B” level in MinorMaths (B) OR A pass at “B” level in both English II and MathematicsII. (b) A minimum Grade Point Average (GPA) of 1.75 calculated usingtheir year 12 or equivalent grades. (c) A minimum of 2 years working experience in an accountingenvironment. The work experience should be capable of verification by way ofletters of reference or other documentary evidence from employer(s). Bachelor of Accounting (B Acc.) (Former Bachelor of Commerce) Theadmission into Bachelor of Accounting program for potential students should haveminimum entry requirement of the following: (a) A valid UPNG Diploma in Commerce (DCom) or equivalent (b) A minimum Grade Point Average (GPA) of 1.75, calculated usingthe core subjects of the D.Com program or equivalent: Accounting, BusinessStatistics, Elements of Information System, Taxation, Auditing, FinancialAccounting and Cost Accounting. (c) A minimum of 2 years of working experience (acquiredsubsequent to completion of the D.Com) in an accounting environment. The workexperience must be capable of verification by way of valid letter of referenceor other documentary evidence from employer(s). (d) For continuing students a minimum GPA of 2.50 or better fromabove mentioned core courses in UPNG D.Com Program. Bachelorof Management (Professional Studies in Public Policy and Management-2 years fulltime equivalent ) Students intending to pursue thisProfessional Studies program do not necessarily need to matriculate. The majoreligibility criteria for Admission would be at least completion of Grade 10 with7 years of supervisory/managerial experiences. A minimum GPA of 1.75, calculatedusing their year 10 or equivalent grades. This program is suitable for thenational, provincial and local level government staff as well as NGOs andprivate sector employees with supervisory/managerial experiences. Bachelor of Management (Public Policy and Management-four years full timeequivalent) Grade 12 or Adult Matriculationqualification or equivalent. Students currently doing grade 12 at National HighSchools and top-up schools may also apply. Admission status will be grantedsubject to acceptable final results. Candidates who have completedNational High School or top-up School Grade 12 examination need to score at least‘B’ or ‘C’ in English, ‘B’ in Mathematics B or ‘C’ inMathematics A and ‘C’ or ‘B’ in two or more Social Sciences subjects or‘C’ average in two or more Science subjects. A candidate who has completed AdultMatriculation through UPNG (IDCE), need to score ‘B’ average Grade inEnglish I and II, ‘B’ average Grade in Mathematics I and II, ‘C’ averageGrade in History of Science and Technology and three (3) other subjects. All candidate should have a minimumGPA of 2.5, calculated using theiryear 12 or equivalent grades. Bachelor of Arts (Education) This is an undergraduate Programfor teaching professionals. Students intending to pursue this ProfessionalStudies Program do not necessarily need to Matriculate. The major criteria foreligibility for admission would be at least primary school teacher with aCertificate or a Diploma in Teaching. Teaching experience should be a minimum offive (5) years. Bachelor of Science (First Year only) Students will be able to completeenrichment and first year courses in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, EnvironmentalSciences, Mathematics and Geology. Successful completion (with required GPA) offirst year courses will enable students to enrol in second year on-campusBachelor of Science Courses in the University. Requirement for Admission intoFirst Year Science are: ‘C’ average Grade or better in Mathematics A and‘C’ average Grade or better in English. Also ‘C’ or better in three (3)Science subjects: Biology, Chemistry and Physics at year twelve (12) orequivalent. AdultMatriculation and non-school leavers should complete Applied Finite Mathematicsbefore commencing studies in First Year Science Program. Registration(Enrolment) The Student Administration Officewill inform you if you are accepted for study in the University of Papua NewGuinea. You should receive a letter of acceptance or see the list of acceptedstudents for admission in the newspapers during later part of the precedingyear. If your name is listed in thenewspapers and you have not received an acceptance letter within three weeks ofpublication of the accepted students list, you should contact the StudentAdministration Office to send you a letter of acceptance along with otherdocuments, if any. You may also seek assistance from the Director of yournearest UPNG Open Campus or Provincial University Centre to contact the StudentAdministration Office to send you a letter of acceptance. Your letter of acceptance from the Student Administration Office willalso include a ‘Registration’ Form for completion and return. The StudentAdministration Office will also advise you about the designated bank and accountnumber to pay your course fees. You may also see similar information along withthe publication of the acceptance for admission list in the news paper. You will require to submit thecompleted ‘Registration Form’ along with your course fees deposit slip tothe Student Administration Office. Please keep a copy of the deposit slip foryour future reference and proof of payment of fees. You may also submit thecompleted ‘Registration Form’ to the Director of your nearest UPNG OpenCampus or University Centre at least seven (7) days before the deadline ofsubmission of completed ‘Registration Form’ along with deposit slip. Registration for second semestermust be done at least six weeks prior to the commencement of the first semester. FeesPayment In 2004, fees for each course withone semester study period are: School of Business Administration : K450.00 School of Humanities and Social Sciences: K450.00 School of Natural and Physical Sciences: K681.00 School of Medicine and Health Sciences: K817.00 Certificate in Tertiary and Community Studies: K273.00 K50.00 surcharge will apply for theprovinces where Provincial Government do not provide grant for maintainingUniversity Centres. You are encouraged to pay total fees for all courses thatyou wish to study during an academic year at the time you submit the completed‘Registration Form’ in order to secure your place for both first and secondsemesters. However, you may pay your course fees on semester basis, but you maynot be able to register if quota for your chosen course(s) is already filled. If you choose to pay fees in twoinstalments for first and second Semesters, you may do so by paying fees on orbefore the dates to be prescribed by the University. Subject to change, fees should bedeposited to a branch of the following Bank and Account Number: \\ Bank Name: Bank of South Pacific, Waigani Account Name : UPNG Tuition Fee Account Number : 1000-584013 Youmay deposit fees to any branch of the above Bank in Papua New Guinea. Forfurther information on payment of fees please contact Bursar’s Office on 3267251. Withdrawal Changes to course registrationincluding withdrawals must be made within two weeks of the commencement oflectures/studies in each semester If you withdraw from studies within twoweeks of the commencement of each semester, UPNG may consider refund of 50% ofthe course fees you paid to the University. Withdrawal after two weeks of thecommencement of each semester will result in total forfeiture of course fees youpaid. For further details, consult “Frequently Asked Question” booklet. Orientation The University Open College incollaboration with the Schools may conduct an orientation program at thebeginning of the academic year. Attendance at the orientation program isessential for all registered students. You must attend the orientation programat one of the five Open Campuses, preferably at one nearest you. UPNG will notbe responsible for the cost of your attendance at the orientation program andother activities at Open campuses. Receiptof Course Materials Course materials in print form willbe despatched at least one week before the commencement of each semester. Themajority of students will collect their first semester materials from UPNG OpenCampuses during the orientation week. If you have not received course materialsone week before the commencement of second semester, you should contact theDirector of your nearest Open Campus /Provincial University Centre immediatelyor the Production Officer UPNG Open College PO Box 320 University 134 National Capital District Tel: 3267 575 Fax: 3267 432 Email: product@upng.ac.pg In future the course materials(excluding resource book) may also be available in CD ROM at computerlaboratories in Open Campuses. OnLine Teaching and Learning In 2004 the delivery of coursematerials are dependent on print. However, as a first step towards onlinedelivery of courses, a computer laboratory with PCs and network services hasbeen operationalised at each of its Open Campuses in 2003. Students within theregion of respective Open Campuses will have access to these laboratories tosupport their study. Students who have their own accessto a computer may choose to access the Internet via their own subscription to alocal ISP (Internet Service Provider) and bear all expenses related to theconnection to and subscription of ISP. TheUniversity of Papua New Guinea will not pay or reimburse any expenditure for theconnection to and subscription of ISP. The University maintains an internetwhich may be available to registered students through the Open Campus Computer Laboratory . In future the University will use asoftware to develop integrated courseware for delivery of courses. It willinclude tools which allow communication between the students, lecturers andadministrators via a computer and the Intranet, as well as many other tools(student presentations, self-assessment activities, group learning etc.), whichallow for other forms of engagement with the content. Necessary instruction willbe issued to the registered students about the software and its uses in duecourse. To access online facilities and tocommunicate with lecturers all students must have a registered UPNG usernameand password . All registered students of UPNG will be given a username andpassword that allows computer access for limited time period to be advised fromtime to time. The date from which students can access to UPNG network serviceswill be advised in the instructions sent by the University after registration. EnrolmentVariations Only in exceptional circumstances,requests for change of courses be considered for each Semester. All suchrequests must be made at the earliest opportunity by filling up a form at theUPNG Open Campus. Such requests must be finalised before the end of week two (2)of each semester. Late requests for course variations will not be approved andmay result in ‘F’ grade to be appeared in your transcript. Streamingfrom one Program to another is not permitted. You may change the mode of yourstudy (external to on-campus etc.) during re-admission and registration and notduring the active study period. However, for change of mode of study, you musthave to obtain prior approval from Student Administration Office. Beforerequesting a change, bear in mind that despatch of course materials may bedelayed for students who seek a variation to their course enrolment. Assignmentsand Examinations Due dates for submission ofassignments are detailed in the course outline of each course. You must adhereto the scheduled date of submission of each assignment. If you wish to seek anextension of time for the submission of an assignment, you must apply in writingto the course co-ordinator concerned at least seven days before the due date forsuch submissions. The dates for examinations will bepublished in the University Calendar and/or through official circulars. It isyour responsibility to obtain the examination date either from the UPNG OpenCampus or from the Schools or from the Student Administration Office. If you are prevented throughillness or other unavoidable circumstance from attending or satisfactorilycompleting an examination you may at the discretion of the School StandingCommittee on behalf of the School Board, you may be given a special examination.To seek a special examination you must apply in writing to the Executive Dean ofthe School that offers the course. Applications must be received by the Schoolwithin ten working days after the examination in question and must beaccompanied by a medical certificate or other relevant independent evidence.Where a student is unable to personally state a case in writing, an applicationmay be made on the candidate’s behalf by a parent, guardian, spouse orimmediate family member. SelectingDegree Program and Course The Schedule for External Courses lists all external courses offered ina particular year for respective Degree Programs in various Schools. Programstructures are also provided to inform you about the courses to be successfullycompleted to qualifying for a degree award. You should check the prerequisitesshown in the special advice column in the Schedule to ensure that you meet therequirements for the course that you have selected for study. You should alsocheck requirements for the Degree Program you propose to study, e.g. Bachelor ofAccounting, to ensure that the courses conform to degree requirements. Informationon Degree Program requirements is given in the details of the relevantdegree/diploma rules in the UPNG Handbook and respective School publication. Youshould also refer to the relevant by laws governing the Degree Program. When you are choosing the coursesyou wish to study, you should assess your capacity to carry the study loadduring the semester. Study load is measured by the number of minimumuninterrupted hours a student should devote for study of course units during aterm. For each one semester course, youshould spend at least 10 hours per week and 130 hours in one semester . Twocourses will require at least 20 hours of study per week. You should considerthe time available for study after meeting the family, social and workplaceobligation. We advise you to take aminimum load at the beginning of your study and increase the load graduallyduring later years.","null","null","");arrFiles[37]=new Array("oc_av-progs.html","Open College - Available Programs","Available Programs The Program Structureprovides the list of courses to be successfully completed by a student to fulfilthe requirement of a diploma or a degree award. All courses listed in thissection under each Program may not be available through distance mode. Youshould refer to the Schedule of Courses to choose your course to study throughdistance mode in 2004. Courses which are listed under individual Programstructure of this section but not appear in the previous section of Schedule ofCourses will be either offer through Lahara or through distance mode insubsequent years. To complete your Registration Form only choose course (s)from the Schedule of Courses to beoffered through distance mode. Diploma in Accounts (Dip Acc) -formally Diploma in Commerce Bachelor of Accounting (B Acc) -formally Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Management - PublicPolicy Management Bachelor of Science (first year) Bachelor of Arts (ProfessionalStudies in Education) SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING (Dip Acc) (Former D. Com) COURSE NO. COURSE NAME COURSE NO. COURSE NAME CREDIT POINT YEAR 1 6.13901 Communication &amp; Life Skills 6.13902 Computer Literacy &amp; Numeracy 2+3 3.12201 Accounting I 3.12202 Accounting II 3+3 3.11201 Introduction to Business Administration 6.10305 Business Communication 3+2 1.10803 Applied Finite Maths 3.10301 Foundation Economics 3+3 5.30721 Business law* 0+3 Total Credit Point 25 YEAR 2 3.22201 Financial Accounting I 3.22202 Financial Accounting II 3+3 3.22207 Auditing 3.22208 Taxation 3+3 3.22205 Elements of Information System 3.22206 Analysis &amp; Design for Information System 3+3 3.22203 Cost Accounting and Budgeting I 3.22204 Cost Accounting and Budgeting II 3+3 1.20811 Business Statistics* 6.23903 Ethics And Civics 3+3 Total Credit Point 30 BACHELOR ACCOUNTING (B Acc) (Former B. Com) YEAR 3 3.32203 Quantitative Analysis I 3.32204 Quantitative Analysis 3+3 3.32201 Framework of Accounting I 3.32202 Framework of Accounting II 3+3 5.40730 Company law* 3.32207 Advanced Taxation 3+3 3.32205 Information System in Dev. &amp; Operation I 3.32206 Information System in Dev. &amp; Operation II 3+3 School based enrichment course 3+0 Total Credit Point 27 YEAR 4 3.42201 Advanced Accounting Practice I 3.42202 Advanced Accounting Practice II 3+3 3.42203 Cost &amp; Management Accounting I 3.42204 Cost &amp; Management Accounting II 3+3 3.42207 Advance Auditing I 3.42208 Advance Auditing II 3+3 3.42205 Corporate Financial Management I 3.42206 Corporate Financial Management II 3+3 School based enrichment course 0+3 Total Credit Point 27 Note: Shaded courses with * (star) mark will be offered in Lahara Session. SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 BACHELOR OF MANAGEMENT ( Public Policy Management Professional Studies) COURSE NO. COURSE NAME COURSE NO. COURSE NAME CREDIT POINT YEAR 1 3.13401 Elements of Public Administration 3 .13402 Introduction to Government Management* 3+3 4.15501 Introduction to Politics &amp; Govt. 3.23402 Development Administration 3+3 3.33401 Management Theory 3.13403 Introduction to Development Studies 3+3 3.33402 Govt. Budget &amp; Fiscal Management* 3.33403 Decentralisation Policy 3+3 3.11701 Introduction to Psychology 3+0 3.23401 Public Policy Development 3+0 YEAR 2 3.43401 Project Management 3.43402 Govt. &amp; Business Relation* 3+3 3.43404 Comparative Public Sector Management* 3.43403 Policy Monitoring &amp; Evaluation 3+3 3.11201 Introduction to Business Administration 3.33404 Public Enterprise Management* 3+3 4.25501 PNG Politics 3.10301 Foundation Economics 3+3 3.12203 Accounting for Non Accountant* 3 Note: Shaded courses with *(star) mark will be offered in Lahara Session SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ( FIRST YEAR ) COURSE NO. COURSE NAME COURSE NO. COURSE NAME CREDIT POINT 6.13901 Communication &amp; Life Skills 6.13902 Computer Literacy &amp; Numeracy 2+3 1.10101 Organism Diversity, Structure and Function 1.10201 Chemistry 1 3+3 1.10901 Physics 1 6.10104 Science Communication 3+2 1.10801 Foundation Mathematics I 1.10802 Foundation Mathematics II 4+2 1.10501 Physical Geology 0+2 BACHELOR OF ARTS (PROFESSIONAL STUDIES IN EDUCATION) Students must successfully complete 16 courses with a minimum of 48 Credit Points to fulfil the requirement of BA (Education) Degree. A student must study eight * (star) marked and bold compulsory courses from the table below to fulfil the requirement of BA (Education) degree award. Further eight courses should be chosen from the Optional courses or any other courses available through distance mode and authorised by the Executive Dean of the respective School. SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 CREDIT POINT YE AR 1 COMPULSORY COURSES COMPULSORY COURSES 6.13901 : Communication &amp; Life Skills* 4.11406 : Introduction to Linguistics* 2+3 6.13902 : Computer Literacy &amp; Numeracy* x.xxxxx: Foundation Studies in Education * 3+3 4.11101 : Introduction to Literature* 3+3 4.14001 : Study of Human Society* 3+3 OPTIONAL COURSES OPTIONAL COURSES 4.20405 : Modern English I 4.25501 : PNG Politics 4.10601 : PNG History 4.10602 : Introduction to Pacific History 3+3 4.11515 : Introduction to Geography 4.11001 : Community Empowerment 3+3 3.11701 : Introduction to Psychology 4.15501 : Introduction to Politics &amp; Government 4.13701 : Information Literacy 3+3 x.xxxxx: Curriculum Development 3+3 3.10301 : Foundation to Economics 0+3 x.xxxxx: Assessment and Evaluation 4.10401 : Practical English Writing I 3 YE AR 2 COMPULSORY COURSES COMPULSORY COURSES x.xxxxx: Aspects of Classroom Learning* 6.23903 : Civics and Ethics* 3+2 1.22301 : Introduction to Environmental Science* 3 OPTIONAL COURSES OPTIONAL COURSES 4.15502 : International Relations 4.24010 : Theories of Society 3+3 3.13401 : Elements of Public Administration 4.21513 : Introduction to Geography of PNG 3+3 4.20605 : PNG Social History 4.41552 : Environment and Society 3+3 4.21002 : Social Development x.xxxxx: Studies in Teaching 3+3 1.10803 : Applied Finite Mathematics 3 1.10801 : Foundation Mathematics 1A 1.10802 : Foundation Mathematics 1B 3+3 Note: Shaded courses with will be offered in Lahara Session","null","null","");arrFiles[38]=new Array("oc_home.html","UPNG Open College","The UPNG Open College Welcometo distance open and flexible education, the Open College web page. Whether youare in distance education as a student, academician or administrator you arepart of an expanding area of activity in the University’s academic programs. TheOpen College headquarters is housed in a purpose built quart triangle buildingat the Waigani Campus. There are five open campuses, five provincial university centresand five franchise study centres located throughout the country. The five opencampuses are equipped with study facilities including a computer laboratory ineach for student use. The purpose of such facility is to encourage andfacilitate effective student learning. Students should take advantage of theseresources with the aim of excelling in their studies and eventually graduating. TheUniversity through the Open College will continue to provide these educationalopportunities to Papua New Guineans who do not have access to full timeresidential studies. To meet these objectives there are staffs well positionedin all areas of our operation. The academic responsibility remains with eachcourse lecturer in the specialty at strand and school level while programdevelopment and student support is the responsibility of the Open College. Opencampus and provincial university centre staffs further decentralize the servicedown to the region and provinces. Weare committed to meeting the objectives of the University in deliveringuniversity education to the citizens of this country through the mode ofdistance, open and flexible education thus implementing Component 5 of theGovernment’s National Higher Education Plan II. OurMission TheUniversity of Papua New Guinea Open College shares the achievements of thevision and goals of the University of Papua New Guinea to enhance the access ofthe community to the University through flexible learning. This will assurerecognition of UPNG as the nation’s leading tertiary education provider,employing the best international practice in flexible delivery and learningmethodology and enhancing teaching and learning for both external and on-campusstudents with use of modern learning and teaching materials and technology. Objectivesand Actions of the UPNG Open College Ourprimary objective is to reposition UPNG as the flagship provider of flexiblelearning in higher education. Toachieve the above objectives we set out to undertake the following actions: Secure the support of national government in we do Sign agreement and maintaining a good working relationship with provincial governments in provinces where we operate provincial university centres Secure financial support of the national and provincial governments Create a better understanding of the aid agencies and private sectors Play a leading role as a source of assistance to other distance education providers Ouractions will be measured by the following key performance indicators: Forthcoming government attached high priority to the distance education in its policy directives for 2003 and beyond. Signing of agreements between provincial governments and UPNG to support the operation of the Provincial University Centres and Open Campuses. Securing additional funds for IFA/UPNG CBDE Program and other active donors in PNG show interest on distance education. The Open College is capable of providing assistance and advisory services to other distance education providers. The Open College is capable of delivering programs for other DE providers in 2005 and beyond. TheThree key Functions of the Open College TheOpen College has three key areas of responsibility in its charter of operation. Programdevelopment and production is a fundamental area of the Open College operations. Programs targeted foroffering by distance mode are identified and individual course units written bylecturers under the guidance of specialist instructional designers. Completedcourses course for distance teaching will have three books consisting of acourse outline, study guide and a resource book. Some course materials haveaccompanying audiotapes and compact disks to supplement print material. Centreand student support covers support services for students including orientation and registration,course advising and counselling and attending to general student queries. Thissection also provides administrative and other logistical support to theUniversities open campuses, provincial university centres and franchise studycentres as study centres for distance education students throughout the country. Professionaland Continuing Education . TheOpen College is also charged with the responsibility of developing and offeringof short courses. Short courses offered include accounting for non-accountants,time management and English for business communication.","null","null","");arrFiles[39]=new Array("oc_staff.html","Open College Staff","OPEN COLLEGE STAFF NAME DESIGNATION P HONE EMAIL Open College Management Mr. M.A. Mannan Executive Director Abdul.Mannan@upng.ac.pg Mr. Joe Lera Assoc. Director Professional & Continuing Education Joe.Lera@upng.ac.pg Mr A. Hailaeavila Assoc. Director Centre &amp; Student Support Aria.Hailaea@upng.ac.pg  Open Campus Directors Mr. A. Nukuitu Director Buka Open Campus Kubu Suburb, Buka Island 9739624 upngbuka@online.net.pg Mr. R. Ilam Kokopo Open Campus Kokopo 9829848 ronnie@online.net.pg MMS(UOV)\; BA(UPNG)\; Dip.Sec.Teach(UOG) Dr. Greg Murphy Madang Open Campus Modilon Road, Opposite Madang Hospital 8523003 maduni@global.net.pg Mr. Hugo Kop Mount Hagen Open Campus Hagen CBD, Opposite Air Niugini Office 5422174 hugokop@global.net.pg James Waliap NCD Open Campus Former Arts School Campus 3260474 james.walip@upng.ac.pg Provincial University Centre Director Mr. Raphael Tamean Enga Uni Centre Education Resource Centre, Wabag Town 5471048 upngenga@online.net.pg Manus Uni Centre Lorengau Hill 4709309 upngmanus@online.net.pg Gabriel Link New Ireland Uni Centre Kavieng, Opposite Kavieng Hotel 9842597 upngni@online.net.pg Simbu Uni Centre Education Building, Kundiawa 7351455 upngsimbu@online.net.pg Mr John Pamanani Kimbe Open Campus, Kimbe 9835785 upngkimbe@online.net.pg Mr. Tom Kuama Milne Bay University Centre Cameron Secondary School, Alotau Franchise Study Centre Director/Coordinator Margaret Obese Program Manager Institute of Business Studies Paddy Kelly Principal Goroka Grammar School 7322559 ggs@daltron.com.pg P. Bandara Deputy Principal Goroka Technical College 7322436 gbsdp@online.net.pg Janice McCoy Director Lihir Resource Centre 9865178 mccoy@lihir.com.pg Gabriel Kubu Education &amp; Training Manager Community Development Initiative – Moro 3216296 gkubul@cdi.org.pg Open College Staff Janet Rangou Instructional Designer Eileen Turare Instructional Designer Aspasia Sawaraba Instructional Designer Judith Nukuitu Instructional Designer Kensol Rui Administrative Officer Noel Auma Assessment Coordinator Peter Kinjap Production Officer George Nohoro Dispatch Clerk Maryjoan Savio Centre and Student Support Clerk Petro Esira Centre and Student Support Clerk March Bell Secretary Centre and Student Support Clerk Mary Unido Desktop Publisher Centre and Student Support Clerk Aren Danny Keyboard Operator","null","null","");arrFiles[40]=new Array("oc_uca.html","Open College - Uni Centre Addresses","UNIVERSITY CENTRE ADDRESSES AND PHONES/FAXES Clickhere for map POSTAL ADDRESS Email Address DIRECTOR (Secretary) PHONE &amp; FAX Enga Uni Centre PO Box 379 WABAG EP Email: Mr. Raphael Tamean (Secretary Vacant) Ph: 5471048 Fax: 5471048 Kokopo Open Campus PO Box 1924 RABAUL ENBP Email: Mr. Ronnie Ilam Delvin Albert Ph: 9837694 Fax: 9837694 Madang Open Campus PO Box 2036 MADANG MP Email: maduni@global.net.pg Dr. Greg Murphy Gulas Amleh Ph: 8523003 Fax: 8522728 Manus Uni Centre PO Box 558 LORENGAU MP Email: Director Vacant Janet Tilikewei Ph: 4709309 Fax: 4709451 New Ireland Uni Centre PO Box 329 KAVIENG NIP Email: Gabriel Link Judith Kuam Ph: 9842357 Fax: 9842597 Buka Open Campus PO Box 324 BUKA NSP Email: Mr. Albert Nukuitu Nancy Dickson Ph: 9739624 Fax: 9739624 Alt Fax: 9739797 Simbu Uni Centre PO Box 303 KUNDIAWA SP Email: simbu-univ@global.net.pg Mr. Raphael Tamean Secretary Vacant Ph: 7351455 Fax: 7351135 Mount Hagen Open Campus PO Box 90 MT. HAGEN WHP Email: Mr. Hugo Kop Susan Kewa Ph: 5422174 Fax: 5422174 WNB University Centre PO BOX 799 KIMBE WNBP Email: Mr John Pamanani Leitha Benjab Ph: 9835785 Fax: 9835785 Milne Bay University Centre Free Mail Bag ALOTAU MBP Email: Tom Kuama Secretary Vacant Ph: 6410695 Fax: NA Franchise Study Centres Institute of Business Studies Margaret Obese Goroka Grammar School Paddy Kelly Goroka Business College P. Bandara Lihir Resource Centre Janice McCoy Community Development Initiative – Moro Gabriel Kubul IDCE HEADQUARTERS P O BOX 341 UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE NCD Email: idce@upng.ac.pg Executive Director: Mr. Abdul Mannan Assoc. Director Centre &amp; Student Support: Aria Hailaeavila Assoc. Assoc. Director Professional &amp; Continuing Education: Mr. J. Lera Secretary: March Bell","null","null","");arrFiles[41]=new Array("oc_welcome.html","Welcome to UPNG Open College","Welcome to UPNG Open College It is my great pleasure to welcome you to the University of PapuaNew Guinea (UPNG) Open College. The UPNG Open College was established in 2001seeing the need in bringing University Education to the people. It shares theachievements of the vision and goals of the University of Papua New Guinea toenhance the access of the community to the University through flexible learning. The University of Papua New Guinea is the primer higher learninginstitution in Papua New Guinea and the Pacific. TheUniversity is committed to improve quality and increase access to highereducation due to the expansion of the lower level education system and thenational need for highly trained manpower. Inherent to this requirement, is notonly a changeover to the provision of degree level programs by distanceeducation, but an underlying need for building capacity for course design anddevelopment, delivery modalities and use of sustainable technology forcommunication and delivery of learning resources. Since 2002, theUniversity is off to a terrific start with its aim to reap the benefit ofintegrating off-campus and on-campus delivery of courses by mixing flexibleapproaches of distance education, Lahara session and professional training.Various certificates, diplomas, degrees and post-graduate studies are offeredthrough a network of UPNG Open College Campuses, Provincial University Centres (PUC) and FranchiseCentres throughout the country. Courses can be studied athome or at workplace through this network by way of using print and electronicmedia. The administration responsibility is partially taken care of by theUPNG Central Administration, various schools within the University performacademic responsibility of developing and delivering courses, the Open Collegeis seen to facilitate and provide technical and support services for teachingand learning such as instructional support services for developing coursematerials as well as delivery of learning materials in print, on-line, andelectronic form. Open College campuses are strategically located at Mt. Hagen,Madang, Buka, Kokopo, and NCD and subsequently PUC include Kavieng, Kimbe,Kundiawa, Lorengau, Mendi, Wabag, Wewak and Alotau. Its franchise centres areLihir Study Centre, Institute of Business Studies, Goroka Grammar School andGoroka Business College. These centres provide support services to distancelearners. Should you wish to find out more information about the coursesoffered, admission and registration, academic programs and the respectiveschools, please contact your nearest Open Campuses, and PUC or the UPNG OpenCollege, WAIGANI. Dr. Thomas Webster Executive Director UPNG Open College","null","null","");arrFiles[42]=new Array("pgs_dean.html","Welcome from the Dean","A Word of Welcome from the Dean Welcometo the postgraduate prospectus of the University of Papua New Guinea. TheUniversity of Papua New Guinea (UPNG) was established in 1965 under an Ordinancepassed by then House of Assembly. The1965 Ordinance was repealed in May 1983 by a new Act known as the Universityof Papua New Guinea Act No.18 of 1983, which was passed by the NationalParliament in 1983. TheUniversity comprises two campuses; Waigani and Taurama, with the Waigani Campusbeing the administrative headquarters of the University and is situated on a 405ha site. The Taurama Campus, whichhouses the School of Medicine and Health Sciences occupies a 7 ha site next tothe Port Moresby General Hospital. Bothcampuses are in the National Capital District of Port Moresby, the capital ofPapua New Guinea. In addition,there are nineteen University Centres, established in the provincial capitals ofthe 19 provinces. The Universityalso owns Motupore Island located about 18km south-east of Port Moresby. TheUPNG has the fundamental mission of preserving, refining, extending andtransmitting knowledge in an environment that fosters free enquiry, openscholarly debate for human development, social progress and national well-being. All postgraduate programmes are co-ordinatedby the Centre for Research and Postgraduate Studies, which has a total of fourstaff comprising a Dean, and Executive Officer, a secretary and a StaffDevelopment Manager. The Centre islocated at the Uli Beir Building, main Campus at Waigani. Asthis Prospectus indicates, there is a very broad range of postgraduateprogrammes available for study. Ifyou choose to come here, you will discover one of the most stimulatingintellectual and cultural environment in PNG which, coupled with the beauty ofthe surroundings, makes this an ideal institution for study. I very much look forward to welcoming you to it. Professor Simon Saulei Dean","null","null",""); arrFiles[43]=new Array("pgs_fees.html","PGS Fees","FEES 1. Registration Fees The University Council in its November 2001 meeting approved the following fees and fee structure for implementation with immediate effect as of the beginning of the 2002 academic year: Within this fee structure there is no distinction between international or expatriate and national students, and that all pay the same amount of charged annual fees. 1.1 Initial Registration P ostgraduate d iplomas and honours pay the same compulsory fees as the undergraduates - K880.00 per year and for accommodation as shown below . a. Masters by course work in the Schools of Law and Business Administration . Tuition Fees: Full Time: K8,250.00 pa for two years Part Time: K4,125.00 pa for four years b. Masters and PhDs by research work The fees provided here for all schools are for tuition and are also inclusive of examination fees. However, they exclude fees for accommodation and student service charges. These are paid separately (ref. to accommodation and compulsory fees schedules). BANDS1 &amp; 2 PROGRAM: Schools of Medicine &amp; Health Sciences (SMHS) and Natural and Physical Sciences (SNPS) Full Time: K8,415.00 pa for two years Masters Part Time: K4,208.20 pa for four years Full Time: K5,605.00 pa for three years PhDs Part Time: K3,166.00 pa for five years Full Time: K4,605.00 pa for four year Masters of Clinical Medicine Part Time: K2,805.00 pa for six years BAND3 PROGRAM: Computing, Nursing, Creative/Performing Arts and Language Full Time: K7,865.00 pa for two years Masters Part Time: K3,932.50 pa for four years Full Time: K5,243.33 pa for three years PhDs Part Time: K3,176.67 pa for five years BAND4 PROGRAM: Psychology, Mathematics and Social Work Full Time: K7,700.00 pa for two years Masters Part Time: K3,600.00 pa for four years Full Time: K4,133.33 pa for three years PhDs Part Time : K3,080.00 pa for five years BAND5 PROGRAM: Commerce, Business, Law, Other Humanities &amp; Social Sciences and Enrichment Studies Full Time: K7,590.00 pa for two years Masters Part Time: K3,502.50 pa for four years Full Time: K5,060.00 pa for three years PhDs Part Time: K3,036.00 pa for five years 1.2 Annual Re-enrolment For every year a candidate who is a registered postgraduate student is required to re-enrol in a degree program in order to complete the requirements of that program he/she is undertaking. And for each year the appropriate registration fees as shown above are applied. If a candidate enrols in a Postgraduate Degree Program towards the end of the year, he/she is still required to pay the full registration fee for that year and re-registration fee for each subsequent year. Candidates taking leave for training by attachment as is the case in Medicine (whether within PNG and/or abroad) are still required to re-register and pay the full required fees. Failure to comply would result in being deregistered. Deregistered candidates are not allowed to sit for any exams nor will graduate and also the University would not recognize any of the work done during the year. Re-enrolment fees are not refundable. If a candidate discontinues his/her program, no refund is allowed. Suspended candidates will be required a fine of K50.00 before they are re-registered and such fines are also non refundable. 2. Examination Fees The fees are already included in the overall tuition fees. 3. Fees Payable to External Examiners (By UPNG) Examination of Masters Thesis K 300 Examination of Doctorate Thesis K 600 4. Accommodation Student Accommodation (including meals) Basic Twin Share K3,250 per 36 week period Single Room K3,400 per 36 week period International House K3,400 per 36 week period Single/Double with Ensuite K3,500 per 36 week period 5. Compulsory Fees Candidates are also required to pay the compulsory fees; comprising the (i) SRC Fees K 20.00 (ii) Service Fees K134.00","null","null","");arrFiles[44]=new Array("pgs_home.html","Postgraduate Studies","POSTGRADUATESTUDIES TheUniversity offers two main types of postgraduate programmes; degrees by researchand course work, especially in the humanities and social sciences, law andbusiness studies. Both types ofstudy provide a rich learning experience, enhanced employment opportunities andthe change to develop advance skills and expertise. The aim of a research degree is to build on existing knowledge throughindividual exploration and experiment, make an original contribution tounderstanding of particular subject. Studentsgain in-depth training and expertise in a specialist area together with a rangeof high level transferable skills. TheUniversity’s Postgraduate Studies are open to graduates of this University(i.e., University of Papua New Guinea – UPNG), other recognized Universitiesor Institutions as well as to candidates whose qualifications and/or experiencesare acceptable to the University Senate. Interestedand intending students wishing to undertake postgraduate studies at UPNG mustfully satisfy the requirements specified in the University’s By-Laws. Students may take up postgraduate studies in any of the followingschools: 1.School of Business Administration Master of Business Administration Master of Economics Doctor of Philosophy Acandidate for any of the above programs may be enrolled in any of the followingDisciplines of the School: Accounting and Business Studies Commerce Economics Psychology 2.School of Humanities and Social Sciences Master of Arts Qualifying Master of Arts Doctor of Philosophy Acandidate for any of the above programs may be enrolled in any of the followingDisciplines of the School: Anthropology &amp; Sociology Geography History Language &amp; Literature Political Sciences Psychology and Philosophy 3.School of Law Master of Law Doctor of Philosophy Acandidate for any of the above programs may be enrolled in any of the followingDisciplines of the School: Law 4.School of Medicine and Health Sciences Postgraduate Diploma in: Obstetrics and Gynaecology Child Health Ophthalmology Otorhinolaryngology Anaesthesiology Higher Postgraduate Diploma in: Master of Dental Surgery Master of Emergency Medicine Master of Medical Imaging Master of Rural Health Master of Medicine in: Obstetrics and Gynaecology Internal Medicine Child Health Psychiatry Surgery Dermatology Anaesthesiology Pathology Ophthalmology Otorhinolaryngology Master of Medical Science in: Anatomy Physiology Biochemistry Pharmacology Master of Public Health Doctor of Medicine Doctor of Philosophy Acandidate for any of the above programs may be enrolled in any of the followingdivisions/disciplines of the School: Clinical Sciences Medical and Laboratory Sciences Public Health Nursing 5.School of Natural and Physical Sciences Master of Science Master of Philosophy Doctor of Science Doctor of Philosophy Acandidate for any of the above programs may be enrolled in any of the followingDisciplines of the School: Biology Chemistry Geology Mathematics Physics 6. Durationof study Theminimum and maximum period of each of the programs are as follows: Status Minimum Maximum Qualifying Part-time 18 months 24 months Full – Time 12 months 12 months Masters Part-time 24 months 72 months Full-time 12 months 18 months Masters in Clinical Medicine Full-Time 48 months 72 months Doctorates Part-time 72 months 92 months Full-time 36 months 48 months","null","null","");arrFiles[45]=new Array("pgs_procedure.html","Procedure for PGS","PROCEDURE 1. Admission Citizensand non-citizens residing in or outside of Papua New Guinea may quality foradmission to a Postgraduate Degree Program. Applications from overseas are considered only after the followingconditions are met:- 1. The applicant must produce evidence of financialguarantee from his/her home government or some organization to do the course inPapua New Guinea; and 2. The applicant must be able to provide documentaryevidence that he/she eligible for admission to a University of his/her owncountry; and 3. The applicant must have resided in the country for aminimum period of six (6) months before applying, except for those wishing tostudy medicine. 4. For those who wish to study medicine, such candidatesmust: be fully registered with the Medical Board of PNG; be able to satisfy the School Board of Studies that his/her training and experience fit his/her to undertake the program; have a minimum of one year’s experience as a fully registered medical practitioner; and, have certificate of good standing from the Medical Board of the country in which they have recently been practiced. Candidateswho apply must show special interest in Papua New Guinea and should base theirfield of research on a particular topic of relevance to the country. Beforea student is accepted to do a Masters degree by thesis, the Academic Board mustbe convinced that the student is competent to conduct independent research. Admissionis contingent on the availability of suitable supervision. Applicationforms may be obtained by writing to: The executive Officer, Centre forResearch &amp; Postgraduate Studies, Uli Beier Building, University of Papua NewGuinea, P O Box 320, UNIVERSITY, National Capital District, Papua New Guinea. 2. Consideration of Applications Applicationsfor Masters Qualifying, Masters and Doctors of Philosophy are considered as theyare received. Applicationsfor Medicine are normally close by 01 st October of the year precedingthe year of study. Whenapplications are received, they are acknowledged and sent to the appropriateSchool with a request for the school to determine the eligibility of theapplicant in respect to qualifications and experiences as well finding thepotential supervisor (s) and make recommendation to the RPGS Committee. Applications together with recommendations and program details are thensubmitted for considerations and approval by the RPGS Committee and the ViceChancellor. Applicantswill then be advised of the decision. Thoseaccepted will be required to forward the appropriate registration and tuitionfees before they can be formally registered as students of the University. (Details of fees are given in Section B.) 3. Supervision Itis the responsibility of the Discipline in which the candidate is enrolled toensure that there is continuity of supervision for each postgraduate candidateunder arrangements satisfactory to the Senate. Supervisorsare expected to closely monitor the progress of their students. Each stage of a student’s work should be submitted to the supervisorswho should then make a written evaluation of it. A copy of the evaluation should be sent to the student and a copy to theSchool Representative on the Research &amp; Postgraduate Studies Committee. Candidatesare expected to give at least one seminar during the academic year. Candidates who are resident outside Port Moresby are required to bepresent at the University for at least one week each academic year. This is to enable them to use University facilities and consult withtheir supervisors and also give seminars. Thecosts of such arrangements must be borne by the candidate. 4. Registration Postgraduatecandidates are required to register in person at the commencement of eachacademic year with the Centre for Research &amp; Postgraduate Studies, Uli BeierBuilding, Waigani campus. Registrationforms may also be collected, completed and submitted on the day of registrationwith the required fees, either in cheque (made payable to the University of PNG)or as bank deposit receipts or receipt of deposit with the UPNG cashier office. Such receipts must be attached to the completed registration form andhanded over to the RPGS Executive Officer at the time of registration. Theannual registration should be completed by early March (at which time someregistration fees should have been paid). Allrequired fees must be paid by the end of June. Forms are processed for new enrolments as they are approved. 5. Progress of Students 5.1. Progress Report Form Progressreport forms are sent to the students early in the year and should be returnedto the Dean of the Centre for Research and Postgraduate Studies twice a year: byend of June and December. Supervisorsare also requiredto submit to the Dean such reports as well at the end of June and December. Receipt of the forms and fees is then recorded and the forms sentto the supervisors for recommendation as to whether the student should continuehis/her enrolment. 5.2. Recommendation of Progress Recommendationsmade by supervisor and approved by the Discipline Leader are considered by theResearch &amp; Postgraduate Studies Committee or the School’s RPGS Committeeas is the case for diplomas and honours. Ifprogress is satisfactory, the student is advised accordingly and re-registered. If progress is unsatisfactory, the candidate will be asked to show causewhy he/she should not be excluded. 5.3. Re-registration Candidateswho are eligible to continue are required to re-register with the Centre forResearch &amp; Postgraduate Studies as indicated in 4 above. 6. Examination of Masters or Doctorate Thesis 6.1. Appointment of Examiners Atleast two months (3 months for doctoral candidates) before the candidate expectsto submit his/her thesis, he/she must write to the Executive Dean through hissupervisor and Discipline Leader informing him (ED) of the precise title of thethesis and the likely submission date. TheDiscipline Leader is then asked to nominate examiners for the thesis inconsultation with the supervisor. Namesof proposed examiners who have expressed their willingness are then submitted tothe Senate for approval via the RPGS Committee. 6.2. Submission of Thesis Fordetails of requirements for the submission of a thesis see “Directions toCandidate”. The candidate mustsubmit the thesis in accordance with theBy-Laws under which he/she is undergoing his/her postgraduate program. The candidate must submit four (4) temporary bound copies of the thesiswith the prescribed summary included to the Dean – RPGS, together with two (2)additional separate copies of the summary and the appropriate examination fee(See B - Fees below). If the thesis is accepted by the Examiners, four (4)permanently bound copies must be lodged with the Dean - RPGS. This requirement is a pre-requisite to the award of the degree. No thesis will be sent to examiners until such fees are paid by thecandidates. 6.3. Oral Examination Anoral examination may be required. Theexpenses of any examinations shall be met by the candidate. 6.4. Examination Thethesis must be submitted to the RPGS Committee through the supervisor or theDiscipline Leader. When theexamination is completed and all reports for a particular candidate arereceived, together with the recommendation from the Chairman of Examiners, theyare sent to the RPGS Committee for consideration via the school’s RPGSCommittee. The Committee then makesits recommendation to the Senate for noting and then passes its recommendationonto the University Council for approval or otherwise of the award of thedegree. Successful candidates arethen asked whether they wish to consent to making the thesis immediatelyavailable for loan or photocopying when it is deposited in the Library. Ifthe examiners require a candidate to make minor revisions to his thesis, theseshould be completed within six (6) months. If major revision or re-writing is required, these should be completedwithin a year. 6.5. Distribution of Examined Thesis Afterexamination, all copies of unsuccessful candidates’ thesis are returned to thecandidates. Those of successfulcandidates are distributed as follows: Twocopies to the University of Papua New Guinea Library. 1copy to the Discipline in which the candidate was enrolled. 1copy to the candidate.","null","null","");arrFiles[46]=new Array("pgs_sponsor.html","PGS Sponsorship","SPONSORSHIP TheUniversity offers a limited number of scholarships for postgraduate studiesthrough the Centre for Research and Postgraduate studies each year. The scholarships are for one year and they may be renewed depending upongood performances. They are only provided to students with outstanding academicrecords and have good reference. Particularconsiderations will be given to those students who have no form of support,sponsorship, or continual sources of income from employment. The scholarships are normally advertised in November each year. Students wishing to apply for the scholarship should contact the Centrefor Research and Postgraduate for the application forms and information. Apartfrom paying students’ tuition fees and accommodation, the scholarship alsoprovides students with some stipends and a small grant for research, which areadministered by the University’s Bursary. However, students sponsored under this scholarship are not provided withmeals.","null","null","");arrFiles[47]=new Array("provinces.html","PNG - The Provinces","PNG - The Provinces 1 Manus 2 New Ireland 3 North Solomon 4 West Sepik (Sandaun) 5 East Sepik 6 Madang 7 West New Britain 8 East New Britain 9 Enga 10 Western Highlands  11 Chimbu (Simbu) 12 Eastern Highlands 13 Morobe 14 Oro (Northern) 15 Milne Bay 16 Western 17 Southern Highlands 18 Gulf 19 Central 20 National Capital District","null","null","");arrFiles[48]=new Array("psd.html","Prospective Students","Prospective Students The diversity ofPapua new Guinea \'s uniquely rich cultures and traditions, many tribes and over800 languages, flora and fauna (about ten per cent of which is endemic), coupledwith the famous slogan, \"The Land of the Unexpected \" depictingpeople \'s way of doing things differently, but achieving expected results isenough of an urge for you to come visit this beautiful country. The ideal placeto learn about these unique characteristics of \"The Land of theUnexpected \" is the University of Papua New Guinea. You will learnabout this unique country while studying at our university as a student,pursuing undergraduate, postgraduate, masters and doctorate degree studies or asa researcher. \"The Premier University of the Pacific \" is our chosen slogan aimed atbringing our university to the potential student population, research andscientific community and learned friends locally and internationally. This is yourspecial invitation.","null","null","");arrFiles[49]=new Array("ps_gp.html","Graduate Profile","GraduateProfile The objective ofthe University is to produce graduates who: Care for ethical values, and provide leadership in national development with a clear understanding of national values and needs; Are committed to self development through the continuous acquisition of knowledge and experience and able to survive in an environment of continuous change in a rapidly evolving society; Are capable of providing political leadership, national unity and social development; Are technologically literate, receptive to new ideas and prepared to be innovative; Have social responsibility and strong identity with their own communities; Have acquired adequate knowledge, skills and creative ability to meet specific national manpower needs; Have acquired adequate skills in communication, information technology, critical inquiry and problem solving; Have acquired basic understanding about fundamental national issues and sustainable development; Will promote critical and free inquiry into the great questions of human nature, society and the world; Can understand, interpret and educate people to enhance their contribution to the social and economic development of the country; Accept criticism and self criticism as self development processes and are able to face the realities of hardship of life in communities.","null","null","");arrFiles[50]=new Array("ps_gr.html","Great Reasons to Study at UPNG","GreatReasons Why YOU Should Study at UPNG Weencourage you to accept our invitation to come and study with us. The followingfacts of our Premier University will help you decide to come to the Universityof Papua New Guinea. Just celebrated 38 years of success and accomplishment in providing high quality education for all; Graduated over 9,000 persons since 1965, among them Prime Ministers, Members of Parliament, bureaucrats, doctors, entrepreneurs, judges, scientists and others from our own shores, neighbouring Pacific Island countries and a number of other countries; Have a Grade Point Average (GPA) system equal to other international universities to assess our students \' progress; Introduced the Problem Based Learning (PBL) program, internationally accepted curriculum for medical schools and universities; Introduced a new four year Bachelor of Nursing degree program from 2002; Introduced automated teaching aids for lecturers commencing in the 2002 academic year; Constructed a new quality 240-bed residential facility for our international students; Signed a number of agreements with recognised international institutions for research collaboration, with others yet to be signed; Commenced a major drug discovery program exploring PNG medicinal plants and animals; Established a Research and Postgraduate Studies School to offer higher degree level programs; Established five new Research Centres; Have an ongoing Students Exchange Program with the University of South Pacific, Ryukus University in Okinawa and Waseda University in Tokyo, Japan. Our tuition fees are the lowest in the world and we provide the cheapest education but of high standard. The new millennium marks the beginning of a new era in international student recruitment to enhance our expatriate students \' portfolio on our two Campuses.","null","null","");arrFiles[51]=new Array("rc_home.html","Research Centres - Home","Research Centres Centre for Biodiversity and Natural Products Research : The Centre for Biodiversity and Natural Products Research(CBNPR) was established in 2002 to engage in interdisciplinary basic and applied research in biodiversity conservation and natural products development. The Centre is envisaged as a broad grouping of School/Inter-School staff and students who will work together on exciting and important research and scholarly issues central to the University \'s and the Nation \'s goals and aspirations. The initial participating Schools are: The School of Natural and Physical Sciences (SNPS) and School of Medical and Health Sciences (SMHS).Both Schools have unique concentrations of expertise in the broad array oftopics that contribute to scientific knowledge on biodiversity and sustainable use of biological resources. Motupore Island Research Centre: ( Click for more details ) The Motupore Island Research Centre is a multi-disciplinary centre established to servethe interest of the educational needs of the University and to foster andsupport research and provide facilities for students in a variety of degree programs. It provides research facilities in marine sciences and for general zoological, botanical, ecological, geographical, and archaeological instructionand research. The unique environment has made Motupore one of the best\-studied sites in all of Papua New Guinea with well over 250 publications. The knowledge of the area continues to grow creating further opportunities for further research and training. Motupore Island is located at the mouth of Bootless Inlet,about 18km offshore, in the Central Province. The centre is owned by the University and operated by the Motupore Island Research Centre, a part of the School of Natural &amp; Physical Sciences established in 1982. The Centre for Disaster Reduction: This Centre emerged as a logical development from theconsiderable effort by Earth Sciences staff and students, in both publicawareness and research, in the wake of the 1998 Aitape tsunami. The Centrepromotes teaching and research concerning disasters. A first Honours thesis in2002 looked at the frequency of major tsunamis on the Aitape coast. Otherpublished papers have described the effects of the tsunami, as deduced frominterviews with survivors and from mapping the damage. A first undergraduatecourse in disaster reduction will be given in 2003, and a post\-graduate diplomacourse will be developed. Melanesian and Pacific Studies (MAPS): This is the multi and interdisciplinary research centre ofthe School of Humanities and Social Sciences. It was established last year andbegan its operations in 2003. MAPS will develop and promote the study ofMelanesian and Pacific Islands within the School, as well as develop andstrengthen regional cooperation in education, research and publishing. Centre for Distance Education Research: The Centre for Distance Education Research commenced itsactivities immediately after its establishment at the end of 2002. The main aimof CDER is to provide timely and appropriate information on the development,application and maintenance of distance education systems. This information willbe provided through demonstration, training, publications and technicalassistance. CDER will be involved in both applied and action research in the field ofteaching and learning through distance modes. Initially, research willconcentrate on but not limited to the techniques, methods and processes ofdevelopment and production of course materials, delivery of courses, provisionof student support and management at Open College, Open Campuses and ProvincialUniversity Centres. Centrefor Public Health\: Moreinformation on this Centre coming soon.Melanesian Institute of Arts and Communication More information on this Centre coming soon. Human Rights Centre More information on this Centre coming soon.Strengthening Conservation Capacity Project (SCCP) The Strengthening Conservation Capacity Project emerged as result of an increasing recognition that long\-term conservation of biodiversity requires strengthening of in-country capacity of various groups who have a stake in the use and management of these resources. Limited capacity is one of the major causes for the current problems in the conservation sector in the country.","null","null","");arrFiles[52]=new Array("sba_acc.html","Accounting","Accounting SEM COURSE NO COURSE NAME ACADEMIC STAFF CREDIT POINTS 1 3.12201 Accounting 1 Mr. G. Unige 3 1 3.22201 Financial Accounting I Mr. J. Palimi 3 1 3.22203 Cost Accounting &amp; Budgeting I Mr. S. Umaropi 3 1 3.32205 Elements of Information Systems Mr. G. Unige 3  3 1 3.32207 Auditing  3 1 3.32201 Framework of Accounting I Dr. K. Ngangan 3 1 3.42201 Advanced Accounting Practice I Dr. L. N. Pillai 3 1 3.42203 Cost &amp; Management Accounting I 3 1 3.42205 Corporate Finance Management I Mr. H. Moshi 3 1 3.42207 Advanced Auditing I Mr. J. Palimi 3  2 3.12202 Accounting II Mr. G. Unige 3 2 3.22202 Financial Accounting II  3 2 3.22204 Cost Accounting &amp; Budgeting II Mr. S. Umaropi 3   2 3.22208 Taxation  3 2 3.32202 Framework of Accounting II Dr. K. Ngangan 3 2 3.32204 Quantitative Analysis II  3 1 3.32207 Advanced Taxation Mr. J. Palimi 3 1 	3.32209 Accounting Information Systems 	Mr. G. Unige 3 2 3.42202 Advanced Accounting Practice II Dr. L. N. Pillai 3 2 3.42204 Cost &amp; Management Accounting II 3 2 3.42206 Corporate Finance Management II Mr. H. Moshi 3  2 3.42208 Advanced Auditing II Mr. J. Palimi 3 2 3.12203 Accounting for Non\-Accountants Mr. G. Unige 3 NOTES\: 1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise forparticular courses. 2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre\-requisites, texts,assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be suppliedat the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[53]=new Array("sba_bf.html","Banking &amp; Finance","BANKING AND FINANCE SEM COURSE NO COURSE NAME ACADEMIC STAFF CREDIT POINTS 1 3.20601 Finance 1 Mr A. Malipu 3 1 3.20602 Financial Markets &amp; Institutions Mr A. Malipu 3 2 3.20603 Introduction to Banking 3 2 3.20604 Finance 2 3  2 3.30602 Applied Finance Mr A. Malipu 3 1 3.30603 Micro Finance &amp; Banking 3 2 3.30604 Import\-Export Banking 3 2 3.30605 Banking &amp; Community Obligations 3 1 3.40601 International Finance Mr A. Malipu 3 1 3.40602 International Banking 3 1 3.40603 Financial Modelling 3 1 3.40604 On\-Line Trading 3 2 3.40605 Bank Failure &amp; Financial Crisis 3 2 3.40606 Financial Risk Management 3 2 3.40607 Special Topics in Finance &amp; Banking 3 2 3.40608 Applied International Finance 3 NOTES\: 1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise forparticular courses. 2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre\-requisites, texts,assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be suppliedat the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[54]=new Array("sba_bm.html","Business Management","BUSINESS MANAGEMENT SEM COURSE NO COURSE NAME ACADEMIC STAFF CREDIT POINTS 1 3.11201 Introduction to Business Administration TBA 3 1 3.21201 Business Organisation &amp; Management 3 2 3.21202 Entrepreneurship &amp; Small Business  3 2 3.21203 Quantitative Methods for Business Mr. P. Manohar 3 1 3.31201 Elements of Business Finance Mr. P. Manohar 3 1 3.31202 Principles of Marketing TBA 3 2 3.31203 Business Information Systems Mr. P. Manohar 3 2 3.31204 Global &amp; Asian Marketing Dr. D. Kavanamur 3 1 3.31205 International Business Management 3 2 3.41201 Industrial Relations &amp; Remuneration Theory 3 1 3.41202 Operations Management 3 2 3.41203 Essentials of Managerial Accounting Mr. P. Manohar 3 2 3.41204 Business Policies Mr. A. Hayabe 3 1 3.41205 Managerial Economics 3 2 3.41206 Environmental Context of Management 3 NOTES\: 1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise forparticular courses. 2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts,assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[55]=new Array("sba_ecs.html","Economics","Economics Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	3.10301 	Foundation Economics 	TBA 	3 1 	3.20331 	Principles of Microeconomics 	TBA 	3 1 	3.30303 	Quantitative Economics II 	Dr. B. Manoka 	3 1 	3.30331 	Intermediate Microeconomics 	TBA 	6 1 	3.40303 	Econometrics I 	Dr. B. Manoka 	3 1 	3.40305 	Cost Benefit Analysis 	Dr. B. Manoka 	3 2 	3.20303 	Quantitative Economics I 	TBA 	3 2 	3.20332 	Principles of Macroeconomics 	TBA 	3 2 	3.30304 	Applied Economics & Business Statistics 	TBA 	3 2 	3.30332 	Intermediate Macroeconomics 	TBA 	6 2 	3.40304 	Economic Policy 	TBA 	3 2 	3.40306 	Project Planning & Management 	Dr. B. Manoka 	3 Electives 1&2 	3.30312 	Natural Resource Economics 	Dr. B. Manoka 	3 1&2 	3.30311 	Special Topics in Economics I 	  	3 1&2 	3.30313 	Economic Development 	TBA 	3 1&2 	3.40312 	Mathematical Programming 	TBA 	3 1&2 	3.40313 	Environmental Economics 	Dr. B. Manoka 	3 1&2 	3.30314 	Agricultural Economics 	TBA 	3 1&2 	3.40314 	Forecasting 	Dr. B. Manoka 	3 1&2 	3.30315 	International Economics 	TBA 	3 1&2 	3.30316 	Labour Economics 	TBA 	3 1&2 	3.40315 	Survey Design & Analysis 	TBA 	3 1&2 	3.40316 	Public Finance 	  	3 1&2 	3.40318 	Introduction to Decision Analysis 	  	3 NOTES: 1. Contact hours for a 3 point course is 3 hours and a 6 point course is 6 hours. 2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[56]=new Array("sba_home.html","School Of Business Administration","School of Business Administration Welcome to the School of Business Administration! The School thrives on the philosophy of \"excellence in pursuit of knowledge\" in one\’s chosen academic discipline. It is therefore our expectation that students will perform to their fullest potential academically. The School offers unique contemporary programs in Accounting, Banking and Finance, Business Management, Economics, Human Resources Management, Public Policy and Management, Strategic Management and Tourism and Hospitality Management relevant to the current and future human resource needs of PNG and the region. The School has a full compliment of highly qualified teaching and research staff in these programs. Our programs are continually being appraised externally in Canada, Europe, India, Singapore, Fiji, New Zealand, and Australia as well as by the industry in PNG for industry relevance and focus. The School also prides itself through other curricula activities to groom its students to be disciplined and productive members of the business community and society. Examples of these are the Student Charters of various professional bodies such as the Papua New Guinea Institute of Accountants, and the PNG Human Resource Institute. The School balances these activities through a rigid academic progression requirement based on Grade Point Average (GPA). This universal convention of assessment allows us to benchmark with best practices in academia globally. The School can confidently train and assess its students with the full knowledge that through this system, the global market is open to our graduates. Accounting The Accounting discipline offers (a) Diploma in Accounting and (b) Bachelor of Accounting programmes. Diploma in Accounting requires completion of 17 specified courses with 48 credit points. Full-time students of the programme normally require four semesters of studies and part-time students requires eight semesters of studies. However the period of studies vary depend upon number of courses undertaken during every semester. Those who have completed Diploma in Accounting programme at University of Papua New Guinea are eligible to enroll into professional accounting programme of Certified Professional Accountants of Papua New Guinea (CPAPNG). Further, the Diploma In Accounting programme is designed to satisfy the professional requirements of a internationally recognised accounting body - the Association of Accounting Technicians in the United Kingdom. Those who have completed Diploma in Accounting and subject to fulfilling the eligibility criteria are eligible to apply for Bachelor of Accounting at University of Papua New Guinea. Bachelor of Accounting requires completion of another 17 course with 51 credit points. Full-time students of the programme normally require four semesters of studies and part-time students requires eight semesters of studies. However the period of studies vary depend upon number of courses undertaken during every semester. Banking and Finance Business Management This discipline offers a four year program in Business Management. The program supplies a student with a broadly based knowledge of the PNG's economy and business environment. Students are exposed to different aspects of management like organisational behaviour, management principles, marketing, accounting, business law and personnel management. Emphasis is placed on models involving organisations with the profit motive. Economics The Economics Strand\'s course sequences provides courses leading to a degree and other higher degrees and research work. It also offers short courses packaged by different disciplines within the school, which forms sequences of courses towards the other school-based degree and diploma programs. The Strand's main objective is to provide qualified economists with quality and relevance in support of the manpower needs of Papua New Guinea, other South Pacific countries and East Timor. Study of economics teaches students some important insights into ways in which a nation may make the best use of its resources to achieve its goals and objectives. Students who complete this program can be admitted to complete a one year honours degree in Economics, if they serve a high GPA or 3.00 or better. Human Resource Management Globalisation and competitive environment across the countries brought paradigm shift in business towards human resources management. Therefore, the core competency of business today lies in its human resources. In response to the demands of the business in Papua New Guinea and the trends across the globe, Human Resource Management program was introduced in 2005. In fact, it is a Professional as well as specialized program that prepare students for the Human Resource Management, Human Resource Development, Industrial Relations and Human Resource Welfare Professions in private and public sector originations within the country as well as in overseas countries. The program enjoys distinctive competency as well as advantage as the UPNG is the only University offering this program among the developing countries in the Pacific region.The distinctive advantages of this program include (i) support from business and industry in Papua New Guinea through PNG Human Resource Institute in industrial visits, internship program, and teaching (ii) three months internship program where the students gain practical knowledge by working in a business or industrial organization between third and fourth years (iii) immediate appropriate job opportunities and (iv) continuous interaction of the students with the Human Resource managers of various companies. The students will satisfy their self-actualisation needs by developing the country\’s human resources, which is the fundamental requirement for country’s economic development. The range of the courses on offer is currently matched even in various foreign countries. This includes Principles of Human Resource Management, Introduction to Industrial Relations, Employment Management, Social Security, Industrial Accidents and Safety, Human Resource Economics, Human Resource Development and Organization Development, Global Human Resource Management, Strategic Human Resource Management, Trade Unions, Industrial Conflicts and Collective Bargaining and Participative Management. The candidates on completion of the program would be endowed with the skills, attitude, knowledge and capabilities to manage human resources of an organization efficiently and effectively. Public Policy and Management Good governance and management of the institutions and machinery of government are the catalyst for development and economic growth. The sequence of courses in this strand aims to provide training for students who would be working for the government and industry and marketing the skills and knowledge of public management to practitioners and other parties interested in expanding their skills and knowledge in public policy and management. The strand has a multi-disciplinary focus combining courses in other disciplines within and outside the school. Skills and knowledge in the strand are focussed on a number of important areas, which are by no means exclusive. These include formulation and management of public policy and development policy, departmental operation and strategic management and planning to achieve policy targets, statistical techniques of assessing government policies and programs, management of change, management of government business, public sector reforms, aid and government financial management and business-government relations. Strategic Management Strategic Management is a new degree program. It is a highly specialised field that prepares students for the private sector and the public sector not only for the domestic market but also for the global market. The competitive advantage of this program lies in the fact that principles of strategy and business policy are increasingly being adopted and applied across society. The program offers fresh intakes into the UPNG the option to specialise in a highly regarded specialist management sub-discipline. Strategic management is designed to prepare graduates to meet the current market need for management skills that are currently being met by overseas recruitment. Core competencies acquired from this program include the ability to design and monitor corporate strategic plans, write strategic business plans, develop marketing plans, manage strategic alliances and develop leadership skills. These skills give potential students the competitive advantage to lead in both private and public sector organisational domains. The range of courses on offer is currently unmatched in the country. These include Principles of Strategy, Systems Thinking, Accounting, Economics, Business Research, Strategic Management, Strategic Leadership, Gender & Management, Management of Change, Power & Decision Making, Corporate Governance, Strategic Human Resource Management, Strategic Alliance Management, and Management in Developing Countries. Given these courses the program is a must for those who want to climb the corporate ladder as cutting-edge young managers and leaders of tomorrow. Tourism and Hospitality Management Masters in Business Administration A home-grown initiative, our program is intended for existing and potential managerial-level personnel, practicing executives, business entrepreneurs, and other professionals. This program aims to provide these professionals with the knowledge and skills to enhance their performance, and to enable them to assume broader managerial responsibility in the rapidly evolving business, government, and non-profit orientated organization environments. Whilst predicated on the best MBA programs worldwide, the University of Papua New Guinea program is unique not only in its special focus on business environment and management practices of Papua New Guinea and the developing countries of the Pacific, but also in its flexibility, permitting multiple entry and exit points into and out of the program.","null","null","");arrFiles[57]=new Array("sba_mba-moreinfo.html","Masters in Business Administration - More Information","Masters in Business Administration ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Admission to the UPNG MBA Program is granted only to those able to benefit fully from a strong progress. Applications are expected to have reasonable work experience in a position involving considerable authority and decision-making. Applicants should: (i) Have a good first degree from an approved University or equivalent institution, or an approved professional qualification in accounting, banking or any other profession; (ii) Have a minimum of two years managerial-level work experience or five years of general work experience acquired after the first degree; and (iii) Be fluent in English PROGRAM STRUCTURE The MBA Program is a taught (i.e. course-work) program, which is available for full and part-time study, assessed by examination in 12 courses. The 12 courses can be completed in one-year study full-time, or two to three years part-time. There are three terms each of which is 12 weeks long. Full-time students take four courses during each of these trimesters, while part-time students take one or two courses per trimester. There are nine core courses and three elective courses making up the 12 courses for the program. COHERENT PROGRAMS WITHIN THE MBA To facilitate multiple entry and exit points, the MBA Program is offered in three distinct but coherent stages as follows: Graduate Certificate in Business Administration (GradCertBusAdmin) This requires successfull completion of four courses of the MBA Program (se Program Description and Structure - Graduate Certificate in Business Administration, for more details) Graduate Diploma in Business Administration (GradDipBus Admin) This requires successful completion of eigth core courses of the MBA Program. (See Program Description and Structure - Graduate Diploma in Business Administration, for more details). Master of Business Administration (MBA) This requires successful completion of a total of 12 courses (including nine core units). MBA-CPA This program is available full-time and part-time study and is assessed by examination in 15 courses. There are 3 terms each of which is 12 weeks long. Part-time students take one or two courses per term. There are 12 core courses and 3 electives. CPA-PNG will teach and examine its 7 modules and UPNG will do likewise for its 8 units. This is a two in one program where candidate obtains an MBA degree and a professional qualification at the same time. To qualify one must have obtained a first degree program in accounting, commerce or finance with a minimum of 4 years postgraduate work experience in accounting or finance. Accountants who hold an MBA degree also qualify for the specialization as cross-credit accreditation may be considered. CORE COURSES TERM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	MBA6003 	Business Finance 	6 1 	MBA6006 	Strategic Management 	6 1 	CPA module 	Financial Accounting 1 	6 1 	MBA6009 	Management of Information Systems 	6 2 	MBA6002 	Quantitative Methods in Business 	6 2 	MBA6101 	International Finance 	6 2 	CPA module 	Financial Accounting 2 	6 2 	CPA module 	Auditing 	6 3 	CPA module 	Management Accounting 	6 3 	CPA module 	Taxation 	6 3 	CPA module 	Business Law 	6 3 	CPA module 	Professionalism and Professional Ethics 	6 4 	Choose 3 electives from the prospectus 	9 ELECTIVES MBA6007 Human Resource Management MBA6102		Public Finance Management MBA6103		International Marketing MBA6005		Marketing Management MBA6008		Contemporary Organizational Behaviour MBA6106		Managing Organizational Change MODE OF DELIVERY Flexible delivery mode GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (GCERTBUSADMIN.) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The Graduate Certificate in Business Administration is designed to provide basic introduction to business studies at post-graduate level. It is also aimed at those students for whom bridging study between their first degree (or diploma) and Masters in Business Administration degree is considered necessary. Satisfactory completion of the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration will enable students to articulate (matriculate?) into Graduate Diploma in Business Administration (GDipBusAdmin.) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Applicants to the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration should: (i) Have a first degree from an approved University or equivalent institution, or an approved professional qualification in accounting, banking or other profession; (ii) Have a minimum of two years managerial-level work experience or five years of general work experience gained after the first degree; and (iii) Be fluent in English. Applicants who have less than a first degree but at least a diploma are expected to have at least five years managerial work experience. PROGRAM STRUCTURE The Graduate Certificate in Business Administration is a taught (i.e. course-work) program, which is available for full-time study, assessed by examinations in four core courses. The four core courses can be completed in one-trimester study full-time, or two to three trimesters part-time. Students must complete the following core courses for the award of the Graduate Certificate. MBA6001 	Accounting for Decision Making MBA6006 	General & Strategic Management MBA6008 	Contemporary Organizational Behaviour MBA6009 	Management of Information Systems MODE OF DELIVERY Flexible delivery mode GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (GDIPBUSADMIN.) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The Graduate Diploma in Business Administration is generally geared towards equipping experienced managers and professionals who have an eye for postgraduate education in Business Administration to advance and consolidate their current understanding of organizations. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Applicants to the Graduate Diploma in Business Administration should: (i) Have a good first degree from an approved University or equivalent institution, or an approved professional qualification in accounting, banking or any other profession; (ii) Have a minimum of two years managerial-level experience or five years of general work experience acquired after the first degree; and (iii) Be fluent in English. Applicants who have less than a first degree but at least a diploma are expected to have at least five years managerial work experience. PROGRAM STRUCTURE The Graduate Diploma in Business Administration is a taught (i.e. course-work) program, which is available for full-time and part-time study, assessed by examinations in nine core courses. The nine core units can be completed in two trimesters study full-time, or four to six trimesters part-time. Students must complete the following nine core courses for the award of the Graduate Diploma: MBA6001 	Accounting for Decision Making MBA6002 	Quantitative Methods in Business MBA6003 	Business Finance MBA6005 	Marketing Management MBA6006 	General and Strategic Management MBA6007 	Human Resource Management MBA6008 	Contemporary Organizational Behaviour MBA6009 	Management and Information System MBA6110 	Operation and Production Management MODE OF DELIVERY Flexible delivery mode SPECIALIST MBA PROGRAMS PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The School of Business Administration (SBA) also offers specially tailored Masters Prgrams to fit the particular focus in specific Industries and Governments. These include (but not limited to) such programs as: Master in Business (Accounting); Masters in Business (Banking & Finance); Master in Business (Marketing); Master in Business (Economics); Master in Business (Human Resource Management); Master in Business (e-Commerce); Master in Business (Hospitality & Tourism Management); and Master in Business (Strategic Management). Admission requirements to and program structure for these specialist programs differ from those of the general MBA program, and special conditions for their offering also apply. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Admission to any UPNG special MBA Programs is granted only to those able to benefit fully from a strong program. Applicants are expected to have reasonable work experience in the area of interest for which further studies at Masters level is being sought. Applicants should: (i) Have a good first degree (in the area of interest sought) from an approved University or equivalent institution, or an approved professional qualification; (ii) Have a minimum of five years postgraduate work experience in the area of interest; and (iii) Be fluent in English. PROGRAMS STRUCTURE All UPNG specialist MBA programs are taught (i.e. course-work) programs, and are available for full and part-time study, assessed by examinations in 12 courses. The 12 courses can be completed in one year study full-time, or two to three years part-time. There are three terms each of which is 12 weeks long. Full-time students take four courses during each of these terms, while part-time students take one or two courses per term. There are four four courses and eight elective courses making-up a total of 12 courses required for the award of a specialist Masters degree. CORE COURSES Every student must complete the following four core courses:	MBA6001 	Accounting for Decision Making	MBA6006 	Contemporary Organizational Behaviour	MBA6008 	General and Strategic Management	MBA6009 	Management of Information SystemsELECTIVE COURSES Every student takes eight elective course units tailored to focus on their special areas of interest. The nature of these elective units is that they should contribute directly towards the enhancement of knowledge and skills in the special area of interest being pursued. The elective units may be selected from the general MBA Program electives, or with the assistance of the MBA Program Coordinator, be specially designed. CONDITIONS FOR OFFERING SPECIALIST MASTERS PROGRAM The offering of a specialist Masters Program is subject to the fulfilment of the following two important conditions; (i) A confirmed expression of interest to pursue such a specialist Masters Program having been communicated to the School of Business Administration (SBA) at least twelve months before intended commencement date; and (ii) That no less than ten (10) candidate places must be confirmed for a particular specialist program to be offered. MODE OF DELIVERY Flexible delivery mode","null","null","");arrFiles[58]=new Array("sba_mba.html","Masters in Business Administration (MBA)","Masters in Business Administration (MBA) CORE COURSES Every student must complete the following nine courses TERM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	MBA6001 	Accounting for Decision Making 	6 1 	MBA6006 	Strategic Management 	6 1 	MBA6008 	Contemporary Organizational Behaviour 	6 1 	MBA6009 	Management of Information Systems	6 2 	MBA6002 	Quantitative Methods in Business	6 2 	MBA6004 	PNG and Pacific Business Environment	6 2 	MBA6005 	Marketing Management	6 2 	MBA6002 	Strategic Human Resourcement	6 3 	MBA6002 	Business Finance	6 3 	Plus 	3 electives from the list of electives	9 ELECTIVE COURSES Every student takes three courses of his/her choice from the following list: 	COURSE NO 	NAME 	MBA6101 	International Finance 	MBA6102 	Public Finance Management	MBA6103 	Business Economics	MBA6104 	International Marketing	MBA6105 	Employment Relations	MBA6106 	Managing Organizational Change	MBA6107 	Project Planning and Management	MBA6108 	Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Change	MBA6109 	Small Business Development and Management	MBA6110 	Operations and Production Management	MBA6111 	Tourism Policy and Management	MBA6112 	Managing Negotiation and Advocacy	MBA6113 	Cross Cultural Management	MBA6114 	PNG Business Law	MBA6115 	Corporate Business Ethics For more information on the MBA program, click here","null","null","");arrFiles[59]=new Array("sba_ppm.html","Public Policy Management (PPM)","Public Policy Management (PPM) SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	3.13401 	Elements of Public Administration	Mr. D. Aloi 	3 2 	3.13402 	Introduction to Government Management 	Dr. L. Sause / Mr. D. Aloi 	3 2 	3.13403 	Introduction to Development Studies 	Dr. L. Sause \/ Mr. D. Aloi\/ Dr. D. Kavanamur 	3 1 	3.23401 	Public Policy Development 	  	3 2 	3.23402 	Development Administration 	  	3 1 	3.33401 	Management Theory 	  	3 1 	3.33402 	Government Budget & Fiscal Management 	  	3 2 	3.33403 	Decentralisation Policy 	  	3 2 	3.33404 	Public Enterprise Management 	  	3 1 	3.43401 	Project Management 	  	3 2 	3.43402 	Government & Business Relations 	  	3 2 	3.43403 	Policy Monitoring &amp; Evaluations 	  	3 1 	3.43404 	Comparative Public Sector Management 	  	3 1 	3.53403 	Reading Course 	  	3 2 	3.53401 	Seminar Paper 	  	3 1 	3.53402 	Selected Topics 	  	3 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[60]=new Array("sba_sm.html","Strategic Management","Strategic Management Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 2 	3.10801 	Principles of Strategy	Dr. D. Kavanamur 	3 2 	3.10802 	Philosophy of Science 	Mr. E. Kinkin / Mr. B. Esonu 	3 2 	3.10803 	Systems Thinking 	Dr. T. Laufa 	3 2 	3.20801 	Business Research 	Prof. A. Mellam 	3 1 	3.30801 	Strategic Management 	Mr. E. Kinkin 	3 1 	3.30802 	Theories of Motivation 	Mr. L. Marai\/ Dr. T. Laufa 	3 1 	3.30803 	Strategic Leadership 	Dr. D. Kavanamur 	3 2 	3.30804 	Gender & Management 	Dr. T. Laufa 	3 2 	3.30805 	Management of Change 	TBA 	3 1 	3.40801 	Power & Decision Making 	TBA 	3 1 	3.40802 	Corporate Governance 	TBA 	3 1 	3.40803 	Strategic Human Resource Management 	TBA 	3 2 	3.40804 	Strategic Alliance Management 	TBA 	3 2 	3.40805 	Management in Developing Countries 	TBA 	3 1 	3.40806 	Strategic Management Practicum 	TBA 	3 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[61]=new Array("sba_staff.html","SBA Academic Staff","Academic Staff Phone: 3267 ___ ; Facsimile 3267 187 NAME	DESIGNATION	ROOM NO	EXT NO	EMAIL ADMINISTRATION - Ground Floor Arts II BuildingProfessor A. Mellam	Executive Dean	135	299/305	Al.Mellamc@upng.ac.pgPhD (ANU), MSc Stirling, BA (Hons) UPNG, Cert. K.Mgt (Singapore Mgt Univ), FPNGHRIMr H. Moshi 	Deputy Executive Dean 	135 	299/305 	Moshihs@upng.ac.pgMBA, Grad. Dip. In Business Admin. WAIT, Aust; CPA, PGDA, Dip. Accounting, TanzaniaMr G.Montoru 	Executive Officer 	135 	299/305 	Gordon.Montoru@upng.ac.pgBANKING & FINANCE STRAND - Arts II BuildingMr A.Malipu 	Strand Leader 	119/468 	346	akmalipu@upng.ac.pgM.Ec., Sydney, Aust.; B.Ec (Hons), B.Ec, UPNGMr S. Awili 	Lecturer 	117 	492	solomona@upng.ac.pgMaster(Finance), Curtin U. of Tech. Perth, WA; B.Ec. UPNGMr C.Karaiye 	Tutor 	117 	327	karaiye@upng.ac.pgB.Ec, (Hons), B.Ec., UPNGBUSINESS MANAGEMENT STRAND - 1st Floor - Arts II BuildingMr P.Manohar 	Strand Leader 	215 	571 	Pomanoha@upng.ac.pgMBA, Univ. of Southern Cross, Aust.; ASA, Australia; DHDCSE, B.BA, Sri LankaMr. H.Kiumo 	Lecturer 	208 	444 	kiumoha@upng.ac.pgMBA, Bond Uni, Aust; BTBS, Uni-Tech, PNGMr. M. Poya 	Lecturer 	210 	445 	Meckles.Poya@upng.ac.pg(TO BE ADVISED)ACCOUNTING STRAND - Ground Floor Arts II BuildingDr C.L.N.Pillai 	Strand Leader/Senior Lecturer 	127 	411 	lnpillai@upng.ac.pgPh.D Madurai Kamarj, India; MBA Bharathidasan, India;, M.Com Madurai Kamarj India; B.Com Madurai Kamarj, IndiaMr H. Moshi 	Senior Lecturer 	123 	493 	Moshihs@upng.ac.pgMr. H. Moshi MBA, Curtin Aust; CPA Aust; FTMA Aust; FCPA Tanzania; CPA PNG; AICEA UK.Dr K.Ngangan 	Senior Lecturer 	121 	309 	Ken.Ngangan@upng.ac.pgDr K. Ngangan PhD, Newcastle, Aust.; MAcc, Glasgow, UK; BA Com (Hons), BA Com, UPNG; CMA,Aust; CPA, PNG.Mr J.Palimi 	Lecturer 	125 	681 	Joseph.Palimi@upng.ac.pgMBA Sheffield, UK; BBus Deakin, Aust; BA Com UPNG, CPA PNG; CPA Aust.Mr S.Umaropi 	Lecturer 	122 	524 	umaropis@upng.ac.pgMaster of Commerce (Hons), Master of Commerce, Wollongong, Aust.; BA Business, USQ, Aust.; B.Ed, PAU; Dip. In Secondary Teaching, Fulton College, FijiMr G.Unige 	Lecturer 	124 	518 	gunige@upng.ac.pgM Mgt Info. Sys Iowa, USA; BA Com (Hons), BA Com UPNGMr A.Terep 	Lecturer 	120 	632 	aterep@upng.ac.pgBCom, UPNG; CPAPNGECONOMICS STRAND - Ground Floor Arts II BuildingDr B.Manoka 	Strand Leader 	112 	231 	Billy.Manoka@upng.ac.pgPhD, Massachusetts, Amherst, USA; B.Ec (Hons); B.Ec, UPNGMr M. T.Gumoi 	Lecturer(On Study Leave) 	117 	492 	M.T.Gumoi@upng.ac.pgCECPA, Havard; Master of Economics, Dip in Agri-Economics, UNE; B.Ec (Hons), B.Ec, UPNGMs F. J.Nelson 	Tutor (Study Leave) 	  	 	FJNelson@upng.ac.pgBBS, Massey, NZHUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT STRAND - 1st Floor Arts II BuildingProf. P.Subba Rao 	Professor 	209/211 	590 	pulapasr@upng.ac.pgTO BE ADVISEDMr. J.Wemin 	Lecturer 	213 	515 	j.wemin@upng.ac.pgTO BE ADVISEDMr. P.Kanaparo 	Lecturer 	216 	446 	peterk@upng.ac.pgBA(Hons), Political Sci, UPNG; PGDip.(Ind. & Org. Psy.), UPNG; BA, UPNG; Dip.Rel.St., St. Fidelis; Assoc.(PNGHRI) PNG Human Resource Institute.PUBLIC POLICY MANAGEMENT STRAND - 1st Floor Arts II BuildingMr D. Aloi 	Strand Leader/Lecturer 	219 	450 	Danny.Aloi@upng.ac.pgMA, Monash, Aust.; BA (Hons), BA, UPNGDr L. Sause 	Lecturer 	217 	473 	Lawrence.Sause@upng.ac.pgPh.D, Victoria, MA in Public Policy, Victoria; BA (Hons) Politics, BA, UPNGMr. P. Koe 	Lecturer 	221 	  	peterkoe@upng.ac.pgM.Ec.(PPM), Manchester, UK; BA(Hons), BA, UPNGMs. D.Lokinap-Dekeanara 	Tutor 	218 	  	lokinapd@upng.ac.pgSTRATEGIC MANAGEMENT STRAND - 1st Floor Arts II BuildingMr E.Kinkin 	Strand Leader 	228 	259	Elly.Kinkin@upng.ac.pgMA, Grad. Dip., ANU; BA, UPNGDr. A. Mellam	Senior Lecturer	125	299/305	Al.Mellamc@upng.ac.pgPhD (ANU), MSc Stirling, BA (Hons) UPNG, Cert. K.Mgt (Singapore Mgt Univ), FPNGHRIDr D.Kavanamur 	Senior Lecturer 	222 	661 	David.Kavanamur@upng.ac.pgPh.D, UWS; MPhil. Sussex Univ., UK; BA (Hons), BA, UPNGDr T. Laufa 	Lecturer 	222 	299	Terence.Laufa@upng.ac.pgPh. D, MA, Nagoya University, Japan; BA, UPNGMr B.Esonu 	Tutor 	234 	688	Bernard.Esonu@upng.ac.pgBB&M(Hons), BA, UPNGTOURISM & HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT STRAND - 1st Floor Arts II BuildingMr. A.Hayabe 	On Secondment 	214 	269 	 Ms G.Guaigu 	Strand Leader 	214 	269 	 MASTERS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - 2nd Floor Arts II BuildingSBA STAFFSECRETARIAL STAFF - Arts II BuildingMrs. D.Belik 	Executive Secretary 	135 	299 	Dimas.Nalo@upng.ac.pgMrs. C.Yarong 	Secretary 	125 	299 	C.B.Yarong@upng.ac.pgMBA Suite 	  	  	306 	 Conference 	  	  	260 	 ","null","null","");arrFiles[62]=new Array("sba_thm.html","Tourism and Hospitality Management","Tourism & Hospitality Management SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	3.10701 	Introduction to Tourism & Hospitality Management (Elective)	TBA 	3 2 	3.10702 	Tourism in PNG	TBA 	3 2 	3.20705 	Front Office & Housekeeping Management	TBA 	3 1 	3.20704 	Restaurant & Catering Management	TBA 	3 2 	3.20702 	Tourism Marketing	Ms. Guaigu 	3 1 	3.30701 	Tour Operations Management	TBA 	3 1 	3.30703 	Managing Visitor Impact	Ms. G. Guaigu 	3 2 	3.30702 	Conventions & Event Management	TBA 	3 2 	3.30704 	Internal Marketing for Hotel Industry	TBA 	3 1 	3.40703 	Tourism Policy & Planning	Ms. G. Guaigu 	3 1 	3.40702 	Tourism Trends & Issue in Asia-Pacific	TBA 	3 2 	3.40704 	Sustainable Tourism	Ms. G. Guaigu 	3 2 	3.40702 	Tourism & Hospitality Practicum	TBA 	3 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[63]=new Array("sch-crs_home.html","Schools &amp; Courses - Contents","Schools & Courses UPNG offers programs of study, which provide the courses leading to a general degree in Humanities and Social Sciences and Natural and Physical Sciences to specialised degrees in Law, Business, Medicine and Health Sciences. Calculated academic reforms now permit a multidisciplinary approach in tuition giving students unlimited career choices. One can now choose courses to suit particular needs and interests. The study programs at UPNG normally run for four years and a cumulative total of 96 points must be scored to obtain a degree. Only Medicine and Health Sciences students study for five years because they have to do the qualifying science courses with the School of Natural and Physical Sciences during their first year at the University. The two-year undergraduate diploma programs were abolished under the academic reforms in 1999. These programs are offered through the University Centres or accredited to other institutions. UPNG offers undergraduate and graduate degrees, and diploma certificate programs in more than 30 majors in the five schools of study. These programs include: Centre for Research and Postgraduate Studies (Click for more details) Postgraduate diploma courses take one to three years to complete; and postgraduate degrees run for a minimum of two years for masters and four years for doctorates. Centre for Teaching, Learning and In-House Training (Click for more details) Teaching at a Distance, Assessing Student Learning, Post Graduate Supervision, Teaching Large Groups, Teaching Small Groups, Balancing Academic Demands on Your Time, Curriculum Planning, Teaching Practical and Laboratory Classes, Power-Point Presentations Open College (Click for more details) Programs available by distance education include, Certificate in Tertiary and Community Studies, Diploma in Business (Accounting), Bachelor of Business (Accounting), Bachelor of Management (Public Policy Management), Bachelor of Science (first year only), Bachelor of Arts (Education) and Bachelor of Arts (first year only). School of Business Administration (Click for more details) Banking and Finance, Business Management, Commerce, Economics, Psychology, Public Policy Management, Strategic Management, Tourism and Hospitality Management. School of Humanities and Social Sciences (Click for more details) Anthropology and Sociology, Creative Arts, Literature and English Communication, Geography and Population Studies, History, Gender and Philosophy, Information and Communication Sciences, Journalism and Public Relations, Linguistics and Modern Languages, Political Science, Social Work. School of Law (Click for more details) Bachelor of Laws, Diploma in Law (Prosecution), Legal Clinical Program School of Medicine and Health Sciences (Click for more details) Medicine, Dental Therapy, Medical Imaging Science, Medical Laboratory Technology, Pharmacy Technology, Community Health, Nursing, Clinical Nursing. School of Natural and Physical Sciences (Click for more details) Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Earth Sciences, Environmental Science, Mathematics, Statistics and Computing Science, Physics.","null","null","");arrFiles[64]=new Array("shss_anth.html","Anthropology &amp; Sociology","Anthropology & Sociology SEM COURSE NO COURSE NAME ACADEMIC STAFF CREDIT POINT 1 4.14001 Study of Human Societies Dr. L. Digim'Rina 3 1 	4.24001 Archaeology of PNG TBA 	3 1 4.24012 Introduction to Archaeology TBA 3 1 4.24015 Research Methods I Mr. D. Kombako 3 1 4.24020 Social Impact Studies Dr. B. Sagir 3 1 	4.24035 	Melanesian Cultures 	Dr. L. Digim'Rina 	3 1 	4.24040 	Kinship and Genealogy 	Dr. B. Sagir 	3 1 	4.34040 	Cultural Ecology 	Dr. B. Sagir 	3 1 	4.34015 	Archaeological Methods I 	TBA 	3HONS 	4.54010 	Advanced Theory & Methods-Anthrop. 	Dr. L. Digim'Rina 	3 HONS 	4.54020 	Advanced Theory/Methods-Arch. 	Dr. L. Digim'Rina 	3 HONS 	4.54050 	Selected Topics 	Supervisors 	3 HONS 	4.54040 	Advanced Theory/Methods-Soc. 	Dr. B. Sagir 	3 2 	4.24010 	Theories of Society 	Dr. B. Sagir 	3 2 	4.24025 	Gender & Sexuality 	Dr. B. Sagir 	3 2 	4.34001 	Regional Archaeology 	TBA 	3 2 	4.34025 	Social Mapping 	Dr. L. Digim'Rina 	3 2 	4.34028 	Medical Anthropology 	Dr. L. Digim'Rina 	3 2 	4.34030 	Anthropology of Economies 	TBA 	3 2 	4.44020 	Research Methods II 	Dr. B. Sagir 	6 2 	4.44050 	Archaeological Methods II 	TBA 	6 HONS 	4.54000 	BA Honours Sub-Thesis 	Supervisors 	6 HONS 	4.54030 	Thesis Writing 	Dr. L. Digim'Rina 	6 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses. 2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[65]=new Array("shss_ca.html","Creative Arts","Creative Arts Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS Art & Design 1 	4.16001 Fundamentals of Art & Design Mr. B. Katit / Mr. V. Gadd 	3 1 	4.16002 	Seeing & Drawing 	Mr. N. Garnier 	3 1 	4.26002 	Graphic Design Fundamentals 	Mr. P. Yalamu 	3 1 	4.26004 	Introduction to Fine Arts 	Mr. V. Gadd 	3 1 	4.36001 	Computer Aided Art & Design 	Mr. K. Maven 	3 1 	4.36006 	Fine Arts I 	Mr. V. Gadd 	3 1 	4.36008 	Textile Design I 	Mr. B. J. Katit 	3 1 	4.36012 	Fashion Design I 	Mr. A. Katit 	3 1 	4.46009 	Fine Arts II 	Mr. V. Gadd 	3 1 	4.46020 	Visual Communication II 	Mr. V. Gadd 	3 1 	4.46021 	Textile Design II 	Mr. B. J. Katit 	3 1 	4.46022 	Professional Practice 	Mr. B. J. Katit 	3 Theatre Arts 	  	 	  	  1 	4.17101 	Introduction to Theatre Arts	Ms. S. Naime 	3 1 	4.27103 	Theatre Arts Management	Ms. S. Naime 	3 1 	4.27101 	Design, Costume & Make-up	Ms. S. Naime 	3 1 	4.37101 	Playwrights Workshop	Ms. S. Naime 	3 1 	4.37104 	Theatre Arts Technologies	Ms. S. Naime 	3 1 	4.37102 	Choreographic Procedures	Ms. S. Naime 	3 1 	4.37104 	Theatre Design	Ms. S. Naime 	3 Music 	  	 	  	  1 	4.171001 	Introduction to PNG Musics Studies	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 1 	4.171002 	Materials of Music I	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 1 	4.27006 	Materials of Music III	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 1 	4.27007 	PNG Music Studies B	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 1 	4.27008 	PNG Performance II	Mr. T. Subam 	3 1 	4.37011 	Materials of Music V	Mr. Y. Yambon 	3 1 	4.37012 	PNG Music Studies C	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 1 	4.37013 	Music Practice II (Group)	Music Staff 	3 1 	4.37017 	PNG Music Studies D	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 1 	4.47017 	PNG Music Studies D	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 1 	4.17018 	Project in Music I	Mr. D. Subam 	3 1 	4.47019 	Music Practice IV	Mr. T. Subam 	3 Art & Theatre 	  	 	  	  2 	4.16028 	Life Drawing	Mr. V. Gadd 	3 2 	4.16101 	Introduction to Printmaking	Mr. V. Gadd 	3 2 	4.16007 	3-D Art	Mr. N. Garnier 	3 2 	4.26001 	Art History	Mr. B. Katit 	3 2 	4.26003 	Introduction to Textile & Print Fashion	Mr. B. Katit\/ Ms. A. Melpa 	3 2 	4.36002 	Computer Aided Art & Design II	Mr. K. Maven 	3 2 	4.36007 	Visual Communication I	Mr. P. Yalamu 	3 2 	4.36017 	Photo Communication	TBA 	3 2 	4.36004 	Fashion Design II	Ms. A. Melpa 	3 2 	4.46023 	Professional Practice II	All Staff 	3 2 	4.46000 	PNG Art & Art Forms	Mr. V. Gadd 	3 2 	4.46004 	Multi Media Design	Mr. K. Maven / Mr. P. Yalamu 	3 Theatre Arts 	  	 	  	  2 	4.17105 	Background to PNG Theatre	Ms. S. Naime 	3 2 	4.27102 	Practical Theatre & Directing	Ms. S. Naime 	3 2 	4.27104 	Scripting & Creative Dramatics	Ms. S. Naime 	3 2 	4.37106 	Practical Theatre Production	Ms. S. Naime 	3 2 	4.37105 	Theatre in PNG	Ms. S. Naime 	3 2 	4.47103 	Acting Speech Art	Ms. S. Naime 	3 2 	4.47105 	Directing Studies	Ms. S. Naime 	3 Music 	  	 	  	  2 	4.17003 	PNG Music Studies A	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 2 	4.17004 	Materials of Music II	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 2 	4.17005 	PNG Performance I	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 2 	4.27009 	Materials of Music IV	Mr. D. Jonerdhagtt 	3 2 	4.27010 	Music Practice I	All Staff 	3 2 	4.37014 	Creative Workshop I	Mr. Y. Yambon 	3 2 	4.37015 	Music Practice III	All Staff 	3 2 	4.37016 	Music Technology	Mr. C. Lumbia 	3 2 	4.47021 	Project in Music II	All Staff 	3 2 	4.47022 	Music Practice V	All Staff 	3 Theatre Arts 	  	 	  	  1 & 2 	4.47101 	Special Project in Theatre	Ms. S. Naime 	3 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[66]=new Array("shss_hgp.html","History, Gender &amp; Philosophy","History, Gender And Philosophy Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT History & Gender Studies 	1 	4.10602 	Introduction to Pacific History(Elective)	Assoc. Prof. A. Kituai 	3 1 	4.20604 	Oral History	Mr. B. Kanasa 	3 1 	4.20606 	Modern Europe from the French Revolution	Dr. P. Yearwood 	3 1 	4.20607 	Development of the Global Economy	Mr. K. Gima 	3 1 	4.20608 	South East Asian History	Dr A. Waiko 	3 1 	4.24201 	Introduction to Gender Studies	Dr. A. Waiko 	3 1 	4.30611 	Australian History	Mr. B. Kanasa 	3 1 	4.30612 	US History: Civil War to the Present	Dr. P. Yearwood 	3 1 	4.30615 	War & Peace in the Twentieth Century	Dr. P. Yearwood 	3 2 	4.10601 	PNG History (Elective)	zzz 	3 2 	4.14202 	Gender Issues in PNG (Elective)	Dr. A. Waiko 	3 2 	4.30621 	Nation Building & Colonialism	Dr. A. Waiko 	3 2 	4.23911 	History & Ideas (School Course)	All Staff 	3 2 	4.30614 	PNG Labour History	Mr. K. Gima 	3 2 	4.30610 	Modern English History	Dr. Pe. Yearwood 	3 2 	4.40616 	PNG in Global Economy	Mr. K. Gima 	3 2 	4.40617 	Reading Course in PNG Economic Development	Mr. K. Gima 	3 2 	4.40618 	Oral Traditions Fieldwork	Mr. B. Kanasa 	3 2 	4.40619 	PNG History Sources and Method	Mr. B. Kanasa 	3 Philosophy 	  	 	  	  1 	4.11801 	Logic (Elective)	Mr. W. Ferea 	3 1 	4.21801 	Epistemology	Mr. A. Shaun 	3 1 	4.21802 	Philosophy & Journalism	Mr. W. Ferea 	3 1 	4.31801 	Contemporary Moral Issues	Mr. A. Shaun 	3 1 	4.41802 	Reading Course (Philosophy)	Mr. W. Ferea 	3 2 	4.21803 	Social Political Philosophy	Mr. A. Shaun 	3 2 	4.31803 	Existentialism (Philosophy & Literature)	Mr. W. Ferea 	3 2 	4.31835 	Business Ethics & Development	Mr. A. Shaun 	3 2 	4.41801 	Comparative Philosophy	Mr. W. Ferea 	3 2 	4.41803 	Reading Course (Philosophy)	Mr. W. Ferea 	3 1 & 2 	4.23903 	Ethics & Civics	Mr. P. Waisi Mr. P. Pinoko Mr. A. Aitau 	3 Postgraduate 	  	 	  	    	4.50620 	Historiography	Dr. P. Yearwood 	3   	4.50622 	Topics in Melanesian History	Assoc. Prof. A. Kituai 	3   	4.54203 	Feminist Historiography	Dr. A. Waiko 	3 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[67]=new Array("shss_home.html","School Of Humanities and Social Sciences","School Of Humanities And Social Sciences The School of Humanities and Social Sciences (HSSci) is the largest school at the University of Papua New Guinea encompassing many specific areas of study. This is the result of amalgamating Humanities and Social Sciences disciplines under the University Restructure. The school is made up of 17 Strands and each of these strands offers courses leading to first degrees, higher degrees and diplomas. Anthropology & Sociology The Social Anthropology and Archaeology program recognizes the diversity of cultures, varied worldviews and social systems that exist throughout the world. As a developing nation, PNG has been uncritically borrowing foreign models with the hope of solving its present social and cultural problems. Such that problems not anticipated were equally introduced which unfortunately necessitated further borrowing of models and theories to seemingly counter these negative social effects. Its natural resources too were exploited without due consideration of how people are attached to and the knowledge held over these resources. The upshot of such a trend is an unfortunate perpetuity of a ‘Dependency Syndrome’. While these may be a result of cultural systems in collision, it is nonetheless long over due that guidance ought to be sought from onshore theories and knowledge. With relevant intra-school courses available, SAA program\’s contribution of specially designed courses will provide a more rounded world view of our social and physical environment for a more sustainable coexistence. Hence, a major in the strand will be useful towards careers in administration, policy and project planning, management of social conflicts and an in-depth understanding of a people’s past history, social organization and contemporary social problems. The courses offered will also provide knowledge and skills for social research, social science teaching including careers in the private sector. Research skills and knowledge acquired from such training will no doubt broaden the outlook of individuals on the contemporary social and economic problems. Art and Design This is a four-year integrated non-specialist degree program from a range of disciplines in Painting, Sculpture, Printmaking, Graphic Design, Photography, Computer Graphics, Textiles and Fashion Design. Building on the internationally recognised strengths of Papua New Guinea art and design, students are prepared for dynamic careers in commercial and educational applications of visual communication. It is the vision of the Art and Design program that knowledgeable, confident, and experienced young artists and designers will establish themselves as active and productive participants in society and contribute significantly to national development and to enhance international recognition in the field. It draws on the unique position of PNG as a strong visually vibrant and diverse culture within the framework of modern practice and theory of Art and Design. The Art and Design program seeks to prepare students for the challenges of visual expression in contemporary society. All aspects of the art and design disciplines are explored in a general context during the first three years before an individualised program of study is initiated. Students will have the opportunity to make an informed decision on the area of art and design that will comprise their central focus in research and independent study programs during the final year. The overall contents of the program include practical and commercial applications, historical and theoretical foundations, support and disciplines needed for effective self-expression. Literature Under the current restructured academic program of the University of PNG the Literature Program has restructured its course offerings. In the new program literary studies is developed very carefully to suit international standards and local vocational demands. In the new Literature program most courses are designed with three broad interests in mind. This is line with the aim of the restructure on interdisciplinary studies. The first emphasis is on postcolonial literary studies, theory and criticism. Here also the emphasis is on literature of Papua New Guinea and the Pacific at large. Second, the program emphasizes creative writing, literary techniques and methods, and studies in various genres of literature. The third focus in on cultural studies, literature and society, traditional knowledge systems, folklore and oral traditions. Various issues and studies in culture, literature, folklore and society are given significance. A major in literature will cover all three areas. Students can take up literary studies on its own or as an elective with other courses. In essence literary studies allows flexibility and an interdisciplinary focus. Literary and Cultural Studies A literary education is a learning with a vision and purpose. The end product of the new Literature program will be someone with a triple advantage that is marketable. The Literature graduate will be: Able to secure a job in various sectors of the State where literature, writing, cultural research, policy, education, information, and public relations are concerned. This type of graduate should find opportunities in the Foreign Service, environment and conservation, cultural, social, historical research, various information and public relations jobs. Past Literature graduates are working in a number of the professions mentioned above. Able to demonstrate sufficient grounding in the theoretical and critical skills as necessary methodological tools to pursue further research and studies in the field of Literature. This is the basic foundation in which postgraduate studies here or overseas require. A good number of students who have gone through the Literature program at UPNG have successfully completed postgraduate studies overseas. Able to deploy strategically and creatively knowledge that is neither narrowly conceived nor fixed on conformity. Here again the emphasis is on a graduate who is both productive and responsible in as far as society is concerned. Literature graduates have articulated themselves and pursued responsible positions in society Beyond that a Literature graduate is someone who can negotiate and reason without falling back on old excuses. On the other hand, student with a major other than Literature benefits immensely by his/her exposure to various discursive domains. Literary studies has become an important field of studies that is studied on its own or within an interdisciplinary scope. History, Gender & Philosophy History is an inquiry into past human experiences. It is an inquiry in which we seek to learn not merely about what happened but to consider motives, patterns and consequences. As an inquiry, historical study involves distinct skills in reading, in examining and evaluating evidence and argument. Historical study helps the development of individuals and the society in which they live because students of history learn of the variety as well as the similarity of origins, change and continuity in societies. The overall aim of the study of history is to help students acquire knowledge and understanding of events and forces which have shaped the world and our region in particular. A study of history will develop that sense of historical perspective without which the individual's education and capacity to influence society for the better would be significantly deficient. Our courses have been selected bearing in mind Papua New Guinea's position in the Pacific, South-East and East Asia as well as the past and continuing Western influence. Information and Communication Sciences Information is now a strategic resource in most areas of endeavour. Its successful use and presentation requires background knowledge and understanding. Information also needs to be disseminated through a variety of media. It is the purpose of this program to provide professional training for those who will become information managers, journalists and media specialists. \"Managing and disseminating information\". The sequence aims to prepare people to work with information at a general facilitatory level (100 and 200); in relation to particular areas of work in the school (300) and in a professional capacity (e.g. information managers, journalists). Political Science Political Science and International Relations (Studies) is a well-established academic discipline. UPNG has a special responsibility to offer political science and international relations as many of our graduates will enter the public sector and/or the political arena. Given the undeveloped nature of PNG politics, the political science major has a special role to play in our political development. The courses in this major will offer students a wide range of courses to suit the needs of students and specialized courses in both political science and international relations for those who wish to pursue a more specialized pathway. Professional Development There is currently a significant and increasing shortfall in the number of teachers with degrees in relation to requirement of the Teaching Service and limited capacity in the tertiary system to do much about this. Discussions with staff of the SDU at the Department of Education in relation to the Waigani Seminar 1997 indicate that a program for serving teachers in curriculum subject areas provided at UPNG would be valuable opportunity to improve on supply of graduates. Subsequent discussion at the working group has indicated that there are a number of other professional groups who need enhanced and accelerated professional development. Areas such as police, correctional services, military, social development, media, public administration, NGOs, women and development are some examples. There is a need for a route for upgrading valued members of the workforce who have substantial experience and some recognised qualification without sending them to the beginning of a four year program. Having a mix of adult learners on the Campus would be a useful addition to the student body and increase its depth and variety. Recognition of Prior Learning will be the mechanism for entry into this shorter program. The Professional Development Strand This is a two year program similar in intention to the previous BEd (In-Service), introduced under the current course changes. The strand takes into account of the learning that has already been accumulated as a part of work training, experience, short courses and the like. Psychology Man has systematically, and more often unsystematically studied behaviour throughout human civilisation. However, it was only last century that psychology, the study of behaviour, became a science in its own right. Since then, the scope of psychology has broadened greatly from its foundation of philosophy and physiology such that a whole introductory text is needed to give even a brief coverage of the major areas. Psychology has something to say about every aspect of our lives, from the moment of conception to the moment of death. It encompasses all behaviour, whether normal or abnormal, in both humans and animals. The major areas which form the basis of study for all psychologists include learning, memory, cognition, human development, perception, physiology, consciousness, emotion, personality, behaviour disorders, therapy, experimental methodology, educational, cross-cultural and social psychology. Those who plan to become professional psychologists usually specialism in a relatively small aspect of one of the major areas. Most research in psychology has been conducted in North America, Britain and Europe. For this reason, the experiments and examples presented in textbooks usually come from these places. In Papua New Guinea, the field of psychology is quite new and consequently little research has been conducted in this country. However, the opportunities for employment as a psychologist are expanding and many vacancies for national psychologists currently exist. Social Work After Independence, rapid social, economic and political changes have brought about both improvements and problems. With a combined effort, the Government, Non-Governmental Organizations, Private Business sector and Churches have responded positively to improve the quality of life of the people in specific ways. The Government has responded to some of the problems at different levels. At the international level, it has made commitments to implement such resolutions as those contained in the Social Development Summit Declaration, the Convention on the Rights of the Child and Convention on Elimination of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW). At the national level, social policies such as Social Development Policy for Social Services, Women\'s Policy, National Youth Policy, NGO Policy, National Special Education Plan, Health Plan, Education Policy, Population Policy and National Guidelines on Competency based Training are in place. At the local level, Local Government Councils are constituted and tasked with the responsibility to provide social services to the communities. Social indicators however, reveal problems such as, low health status, inadequate housing, not enough jobs for school-leavers, law and order problems, domestic violence, neglected children, low literacy rates, displaced people, refugees and water and sanitation problems. It is evident, that people are often excluded from meaningful participation in society and are discriminated against due to disability, gender, age, ethnicity, locality and religion. The wealth of the country is unevenly distributed and as a result the gap between the rich and poor is growing wider.","null","null","");arrFiles[68]=new Array("shss_ics.html","Information &amp; Communication Science","Information & Communication Science Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	4.13701 	Information Literacy School Course	TBA 	3 1 	4.23703 	Information Sources in Social Sciences & Humanities	Ms. T. Kaiku 	3 1 	4.23704 	Management of Information Services	TBA 	3 1 	4.23705 	Organization of Information I	Ms. L. Kalamoroh 	3 1 	4.23706 	Information Technology I	TBA 	3 1 	4.33709 	Records Management	Ms. T. Kaiku 	3 1 	4.43711 	Outreach Library & Information Extension Services	TBA 	6 1&2 	4.43714 	Seminar Information & Communication Issues	Ms. L. Kalamoroh 	6 2 	4.23702 	Information Society (School Course)	TBA 	3 2 	4.33707 	Marketing of Library & Information Services	TBA 	3 2 	4.33708 	Organization of Information II	Ms. L. Kalamoroh 	3 2 	4.33710 	Information Technology II	TBA 	3 2 	4.43712 	Field work/ Professional Practice	Ms. L. Kalamoroh/ Ms. T. Kaiku 	3 2 	4.43713 	Archives Management	Ms. T. Kaiku 	3 1&2 	4.53715 	Honours Program	TBA 	3 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[69]=new Array("shss_jpr.html","Journalism and Public Relations","Journalism & Public Relations Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	4.13801 	Mass Coomunication 	Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 1 	4.23804 	Print Media Production I 	Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 1 	4.43801 	Electronic Media II 	Mr. S. Nash 	3 1 	4.43804 	News Practice (or Lahara) 	Industrial Attachment 	12 1 	4.43804 	Public Relations Practice (or Lahara) 	Industrial Attachment 	3 2 	4.23801 	News Techniques 	Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 2 	4.23802 	Mr. S. Nash 	Media Law and Ethics 	3 2 	4.23803 	Practical Report I 	Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 2 	4.23805 	Print Media Production II 	Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 2 	4.33801 	News Coverage 	Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 2 	4.33802 	Practical Reporting II 	Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 2 	4.33803 	Electronic Media I 	Mr. S. Nash 	3 2 	4.33804 	Public Relations I 	Mr. A. Kaniniba 	3 2 	4.43803 	Community Publishing 	Mr. S. Nash 	3 1 & 2 	4.43802 	Public Relations II 	Mr. A. Kaniniba 	3 1 & 2 	4.43805 	Advance News Practice 	Mr. S. Nash 	3 Postgraduate 	  	 	  	  2 	4.53801 	Sub-Thesis 	Mr. S. Nash/ Mr. L. Wafiwa 	12 2 	4.53802 	Mass Media Theory 	Mr. S. Nash\/ Mr.L. Wafiwa 	3 2 	4.53803 	Information & Communication Technology: The Cyber Revolution 	Mr. S. Nash/ Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 2 	4.53804 	Information & Communication Trends & Development 	Mr. S. Nash / Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 2 	4.53805 	Research Proposal Writing 	Mr. L. Wafiwa 	3 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course. Honours Program (year 5): Bachelor of Journalism (Honours) program is taken up by candidates who are academically qualified with some years of field experience. Intending applicants should consult the Strand leader before applying to the program.","null","null","");arrFiles[70]=new Array("shss_lec.html","Literature and English Communication","Literature & English Communication Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS Literature 	  	 	  	  1 	4.11101 	Introduction to Literature	Dr. R. Stella 	3 1 	4.11103 	South Pacific Literature	Dr. S. Winduo 	3 1 	4.21105 	Oral Literature & Traditions	Dr. B. Minol 	3 1 	4.21107 	Literature & Politics	Dr. S. Winduo 	3 1 	4.31110 	Postcolonial Literatures	Dr. R. Stella 	3 1 	4.31111 	Literature Nation & Culture	Mr. R. Soaba 	3 1 	4.41113 	Cultural Studies	Dr. R. Stella 	3 1 	4.41114 	Literary Criticism	Mr. R. Soaba 	3 1 	4.51117 	Theory & Literature Research	Dr. B. Minol 	3 1 	4.51118 	Special Topics in Literary Studies	Mr. R. Soaba 	3 English Communcation 	  	 	  	  1 	4.10401 	Practical English Writing I	Mr. P. Aratiso 	3 1 	4.10402 	English for Academic Purposes	TBA 	3 1 	4.20404 	English for Specific Purposes A	TBA 	3 1 	4.20405 	Modern English I	Mr. P. Aratiso 	3 1 	4.30408 	Introduction to Applied Linguistics	Mr. A. Epeli 	3 1 	4.30409 	English for Specific Purposes B	TBA 	3 1 	4.40410 	English for Business Management	TBA 	3 Enrichment 	  	 	  	  1 	6.13901 	Communication & Life Skills	Mrs. L. Mawuli 	2 Literature 	  	 	  	  2 	4.11102 	Creative Writing	Mr. R. Soaba 	3 2 	4.11104 	Modern World Literature	Dr. B. Minol 	3 2 	4.21106 	PNG Literature	Dr. S. Winduo 	3 2 	4.21108 	Literary Theory	Dr. B. Minol 	3 2 	4.24134 	Study of Communcation & Language	All Staff 	3 2 	4.31109 	Aboriginal & Maori Literatures	Dr. B. Minol 	3 2 	4.31112 	Writing, Editing & Publishing	Dr. S. Winduo 	3 2 	4.41115 	Advance Folklore Ethnobotany	Dr. S. Winduo 	3 2 	4.41116 	Specialist Writing Cultural Studies II	Dr. B. Minol 	3 2 	4.51119 	Advanced Folklore II	Dr. S. Winduo 	3 English Communication 	  	 	  	  2 	4.30406 	Practical English Writing II	TBA 	3 2 	4.30407 	Modern English II	Mr. P. Aratiso 	3 2 	4.40411 	Reading Course in English	Mr. P. Aratiso 	3 2 	4.40412 	Executive Communication 	Mr. R. Soaba 	3 Enrichment 	  	 	  	  2 	4.10403 	English Pronunciation	Mr. A. Epeli 	3 2 	6.10104 	Science Communication	Mr. S. Pepa 	2 2 	6.10305 	Business Communication	Mr. B. Nuegu 	2 2 	6.10406 	Communication Skills for SHSS	Ms. A. Aiapai 	2 2 	6.10507 	Law Study Skills & Library Research	Mrs. L. Mawuli 	2 1&2 	4.51120 	Sub Thesis	All Staff 	3 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[71]=new Array("shss_lml.html","Linguistics and Modern Languages","Linguistics & Modern Languages Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	4.11401 	Language and Information 	TBA 	3 1 	4.11403 	Language, Power & Development 	TBA 	3 1 	4.11406 	Introduction to Linguistics 	Mr. R. Baraka/Mr. D. Thomas 	3 1 	4.21430 	Linguistic Analysis 	Ms. F. Pat 	3 1 	4.21431 	Literacy in PNG 	TBA 	3 1 	4.21440 	Dictionary Making 	Ms. F. Pat 	3 1 	4.31420 	Semantics & Pragmatics 	TBA 	3 1 	4.31451 	Linguistics Field Methods 	Ms. F. Pat/Mr. D. Thomas 	3 1 	4.41476 	Readings in Developmental Linguistics 	Ms. F. Pat 	3 1 	4.51453 	Advanced Developmental Linguistics 	Ms. F. Pat/Mr. D. Thomas 	3 1 	4.51454 	Advanced Readings in Modern Languages 	Ms. F. Pat/Mr. D. Thomas 	3 1 	4.51455 	Advanced Morphosyntax 	Dr. K. Sumbuk 	3 2 	4.11404 	Introduction to Sociolinguistics 	TBA 	3 2 	4.11405 	Tokpisin/Hiri Motu Translation & Interpetation I 	Mr. D. Thomas/Ms. F. Pat 	3 2 	4.11407 	Language, Culture & History 	Mr. R. Baraka 	3 2 	4.11415 	Skills in Community Awareness 	Ms. F. Pat 	3 2 	4.21433 	Language Mind and Society 	Mr. S. Kamene 	3 2 	4.21436 	Public Speaking 	TBA 	3 2 	4.21453 	Tokpisin/Hiri Motu Translation & Interpretation II 	Mr. D. Thomas/Ms. F. Pat 	3 2 	4.21459 	Tok Pisin/Hiri Motu Writing 	Mr. Thomas/Ms. Pat/Mr. Baraka 	3 2 	4.31435 	Study & Description of PNG Languages 	Mr. R. Baraka 	3 2 	4.31452 	Literacy Practice 	TBA 	3 2 	4.31454 	Tokpisin/Hiri Motu Structure 	Mr. Thomas/Ms. Pat/Mr. Baraka 	3 2 	4.41472 	Discourse Analysis 	Mr. S. Kamene 	3 2 	4.41473 	Comparative Linguitics 	Dr. K. Sumbuk 	3 2 	4.41474 	Psycholinguistics 	Ms. F. Pat 	3 2 	4.41475 	Readings in Linguistics 	Mr. D. Thomas 	3 2 	4.41477 	Readings in Sociolinguistics 	Mr. S. Kamene 	3 2 	4.41478 	Survey of Linguistic Theories 	Dr. K. Sumbuk 	3 2 	4.51451 	Advanced Sociolinguistics 	Mr. S. Kamene 	3 2 	4.51452 	Advanced Readings in Linguistics 	Mr. D. Thomas 	3 2 	4.51456 	Advanced Phonetics & Phonology 	Dr. K. Sumbuk 	3  	4.51400 	Sub-Thesis 	Supervisors 	9 1&2 	4.11409 	Bahasa Indonesia I 	TBA 	6 1&2 	4.11410 	French I 	Mr. N. Garnier 	6 1&2 	4.11411 	Japanese I 	Mr. S. Yano 	6 1&2 	4.21437 	Bahasa Indonesia II 	TBA 	6 1&2 	4.21438 	French II 	Mr. N. Garnier 	6 1&2 	4.21439 	Japanese II 	Mr. S. Yano 	6 1&2 	4.31456 	French III 	Mr. N. Garnier 	6 1&2 	4.31457 	Japanese III 	Mr. S. Yano 	6 1&2 	4.31458 	Bahasa Indonesia III 	TBA 	6 1&2 	4.41479 Japanese IV Mr. S. Yano 6 1&2 4.41480 French IV Mr. N. Garnier 6 1&2 4.41481 Bahasa Indonesia IV TBA 6 1&2 4.41471 Selected Topics in Language & Communication Mr. D. Thomas 6","null","null","");arrFiles[72]=new Array("shss_pd.html","Professional Development","Professional Development Details of the program to be provided","null","null","");arrFiles[73]=new Array("shss_ps.html","Political Science","Political Science Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	4.15503 	Introduction to Government & Politics	TBA 	3 1 	4.25505 	Political Theory	Dr. O. Sepoe 	3 1 	4.25506 	Australia in the Western Pacific	TBA 	3 1 	4.35501 	Southeast Asian Politics	TBA 	3 1 	4.35502 	TBA	TBA 	3 Hons 	4.55502 	Globalisation & Development	TBA 	3 Hons 	4.55506 	Approaches to Political Sciences	TBA 	3 Hons 	4.55508 	Gender and Development	DR. O. Sepoe 	3 2 	4.15504 	PNG Politics	TBA 	3 2 	4.25504 	International Relations	TBA 	3 2 	4.35508 	Gender Politics	Dr. O. Sepoe 	3 2 	4.35509 	PNG Security & Society	TBA 	3 2 	4.45508 	Political Leadership	TBA 	3 Hons 	4.55505 	Honours Thesis	All Staff 	3 Hons 	4.55508 	Unseen Honours Examination	All Staff 	3 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[74]=new Array("shss_psy.html","Psychology Courses","Psychology SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	4.11701 	Introduction to Psychology	Mr. W. Dep 	3 1 	4.21701 	Quantitative Methods in Psychology	Mr. L. Marai 	3 1 	4.31701 	Abnormal Psychology	Ms. J. Tanda 	3 1 	4.31703 	Social Psychology	Ms. J. Tanda 	3 1 	4.41701 	Counselling Techniques	Mr. W. Dep 	3 1 	4.41702 	Organizational Psychology I	TBA 	3 1 	4.41703 	Reading Course in Psychology I	Mr. W. Dep/Mr. L. Marai 	3 1 	4.41708 	Cross-cultural Psychology	Mr. M. Marai 	3 2 	4.11702 	Developmental Psychology	Mr. W. Dep 	3 2 	4.21702 	Learning and Cognition	Ms. J. Tanda 	3 2 	4.31702 	Techniques of Psychotherapy	Mr. W. Dep 	3 2 	4.31704 	Organizational Behaviour	Ms. J. Tanda 	3 2 	4.31705 	Health Psychology	Mr. L. Marai 	3 2 	4.41704 	Personality & Individual Differences	All Staff 	3 2 	4.41705 	Organizational Psychology II	TBA 	3 2 	4.41706 	Reading Course in Psychology II	Mr. W. Dep/Mr. L. Marai 	3 2 	4.41707 	Psychological Testing & Assessment	Mr. L. Marai 	3 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[75]=new Array("shss_staff.html","SHSS - Academic Staff","Academic Staff Phone: 3267___ \; Facsimile: 3267 187 NAME	DESIGNATION	ROOM NO	EXT NO	EMAIL ADMINISTRATION - School Office Building Prof. K. Sumbuk	Executive Dean	 	626	Kenneth.Sumbuk@upng.ac.pg PhD (Linguistics), Waikato, NZ; Master of Studies in General Linguistics and Comparative Philology, Oxford; Cert. In Pragmatics of Conversation, IUCPGS, Dubrovnic, Yugoslavia; BA (Hons), BA, UPNG Dr B. Sagir 	Deputy Executive Dean 	  	463 	Bill.Sagir@upng.ac.pg PhD, ANU; MA, BA (Hons), Victoria Univ; BA, UPNG Mr H. Onno 	Executive Officer 	  	638 	Herra.Onno@upng.ac.pg M.Educ.Admin, UNSW. Aust; BA, BEd, UPNG Mr M. Arua 	Admin Officer 	 	638 	  BBM (Public Policy Management), UPNG ANTHROPOLOGY & SOCIOLOGY Dr L. Digim\'rina 	Strand Leader 	KD323	164/163 	digimrls@upng.ac.pg PhD (Anth.), ANU, Aust; BA (Hons), (Archaeology), BA, UPNG Dr B. Sagir 	Lecturer 	KD208 	126 	Bill.Sagir@upng.ac.pg PhD, ANU; MA, BA (Hons), Victoria Univ; BA, UPNG Dr M. Leavesley 	Lecturer 	KD206 	125 	MatthewL@upng.ac.pg PhD, ANU; BA (Hons), La Trobe Mr D. Kombako 	Lecturer 	KD217 	  	  MA, Hawaii; BA(Hons), UPNG Mr V. Kewibu 	Senior Tutor 	  	  	  BA (Hons), La Trobe; BA, UPNG CREATIVE ARTS - Ulli Beier Building Mr B. Katit 	Strand Leader 	  	506 	Barley.Katit@upng.ac.pg Masters in Design Textiles, Bachelor of Designs, WSAD, NZ; Postgraduate Diploma in Teaching, UOG; Diploma in Text Design, NAS Mr Y. Yambon 	Tutor 	MIAC Campus 	3263094/177 	  Diploma in Music, Certificate in Music, NAS Mr D. Jonerdhadgtt 	Tutor 	  	509 	Daniel.Jonerdhagtt@upng.ac.pg B.Ed (Tertiary), UPNG & QU; Diploma in Music, Certificate in Music, NAS Ms S. Naime 	Tutor 	  	508 	  BA(Hons), BA, Dip.Theatre Arts, UPNG Ms A. Melpa 	Tutor 	MIAC Campus 	198 	 TO BE ADVISED Mr P. Yalamu 	Tutor 	MIAC Campus 	121/153 	pyalamu@upng.ac.pg TO BE ADVISED Mr K. Maven 	Tutor 	  	508 	  TO BE ADVISED HISTORY, GENDER AND PHILOSOPHY - Kuri Dom Building Assoc. Prof. A. Kituai 	Strand Leader 	KD113 	668 	August.Kituai@upng.ac.pg PhD, ANU; MA, Flinders; BA (Hons), BA, UPNG Dr. P. Yearwood 	Senior Lecturer 	KD119 	107 	yearwopj@upng.ac.pg PhD, Sussex; MA, BA History, Balliot College; BA (Hons), Bishops Univ Dr. A. Waiko 	Senior Lecturer 	KD117 	667 	Anne.D.Waiko@upng.ac.pg PhD, ANU, Aust.; MA, Mississippi, USA; BA, UPNG; Diploma in Secondary Teaching, GTC Mr. B. Kanasa 	Lecturer 	KD115 	104 	Biama.Kanasa@upng.ac.pg MA (History), BA (Hons), BA, UPNG Mr. K. Gima 	Lecturer 	KD110 	238 	Keimelo.Gima@upng.ac.pg Masters of Comm., UNSW; BA (Hons), BA, UPNG Mr. W. Ferea 	Lecturer 	KD337 	339 	  MA (Philosophy), Univ. of Hawaii at Manoa, USA; BA (Hons) Philosophy, BA Philosophy, UPNG Mr. A. Shaun 	Lecturer 	KD339 	  	ashaun@upng.ac.pg BA(Hons), BA, Philosophy, UPNG Mr. P. Waisi 	Lecturer 	KD344 	642 	waisip@upng.ac.pg MA, BA(Hons), BA, UPNG Mr. A. Aitau 	Lecturer 	  	294 	aaundo@upng.ac.pg BA(Hons), B.Ed, UPNG; Grad. Cert. (Science Teaching), Unitech; Certificate(PST), Balob Mr. P. Pinoko 	Lecturer 	KD342 	170 	peterp@upng.ac.pg STL (Theology), Western Jesuit Univ.; BTh., Holy Spirit Seminary INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION SCIENCE - Kuri Dom Building Ms. L. Kalamoroh 	Strand Leader 	KD311 	685 	Kal.Leah@upng.ac.pg M.Lib., UNSW; Tertiary Teaching Certificate, BASW, DLIS, UPNG Mr. N. Kwasam 	Lecturer 	KD310 	464 	andynk@upng.ac.pg M.Lib., Grad. Diploma in Information Management, UNSW; DLIS, BA, UPNG Ms. T. Kaiku 	Lecturer 	KD311 	464 	twkaiku@upng.ac.pg Grad. Diploma in Information Management, UNSW; BA, UPNG; Dip.(ST), GTC Mr. M. Nogini 	Lecturer 	  	  	  MLib, UNSW; BLIS, UPNG; JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS - Ulli Beier Building Mr. L. Wafiwa 	Strand Leader 	  	505 	Leo.Wafiwa@upng.ac.pg Masters Degree of Arts in Journalism, Cardiff; Dip. in Economic Policy Analysis, NRI Mr. N. Sorariba 	Lecturer (Study Leave) 	  	  	  Masters in Journalism Studies, Cardiff; BA, Diploma in Journalism, UPNG LINGUISTICS AND MODERN LANGUAGES - Kuri Dom Building, 1st Floor Ms. F. Pat 	Strand Leader 	KD233 	166 	fnpate@upng.ac.pg MA Psycholinguistics, Univ. of York; BA (Hons) UPNG Mr. D. Thomas 	Lecturer (Study Leave) 	252 	568 	Dicks.Thomas@upng.ac.pg Diploma in Applied Linguistic, Singapore; BA, UPNG Mr. S. Kamene 	Lecturer	258 	186 	  MA, Monash, Aust.; BA (Hons), B.Ed, UPNG; Dip. in Teaching, GTC Ms. K. Devette-Chee 	Lecturer (Study Leave) 	  	  	K.Chee@upng.ac.pg MA(ELT)Canb.; Grad.Dip.(TESOL)Canb.; BED, UPNG; Adv.Dip.(Lang Teach), Dip.(Teach.Sec.School) GTC; Cert.IV Assess & Workplace Tr.N orth Coast Inst. of TAFE, NSW Mr. R. Baraka 	Lecturer 	235 	167 	Rob.Baraka@upng.ac.pg MA, Hawaii-Manoa; BA(Hons) UPNG; Dip.(Applied Physics) Unitech Mr. N. Garnier 	Lecturer(French) 	237 	566 	Nicholas.Garnier@upng.ac.pg BA(Art History), Ecole du Louvre; BA(Anthropology); MA(Museology), Ecole du Louvre; MA(sociology), Jussieu, Paris Mr. S. Yano 	Lecturer(Japanese) 	248 	185 	  TO BE ADVISED LITERATURE AND ENGLISH COMMUNICATION - Kuri Dom Building, 1st Floor Dr. B. Minol 	Strand Leader 	353 	594 	Minol.Bernard@upng.ac.pg PhD, Queensland, Aust.; MA, Indiana, USA; BA, UPNG Dr S. Winduo 	Senior Lecturer 	242/340 	171/112 	Steven.Wind@upng.ac.pg PhD, Minnesota, USA; MA (Hons), Canterbury, NZ; BA (Hons), BA, UPNG Dr R. Stella 	Director 	KD256 	624/180 	rjstella@upng.ac.pg PhD, UNSW; MA(Hons), Wollongong; BA(Hons), BA, UPNG Mr. R. Soaba 	Senior Lecturer 	246 	184 	rsoaba@upng.ac.pg MA, Brown Univ.; BA (Hons), BA, UPNG Mr. P. Aratiso 	Lecturer 	254 	188 	aratisops@upng.ac.pg MA in Applied Linguistic, Macquarie; B.Ed, UPNG Mr. A. Epeli 	Lecturer 	249 	213 	Aivat.Epeli@upng.ac.pg M.Ed. (Hons), UNE; B.Ed (Hons), B.Ed, UPNG Mr. D. Leke 	Lecturer(Study Leave) 	  	  	Dani.Leke@upng.ac.pg M.Ed Studies, Adelaide; B.Ed (Hons), B.Ed (Pre-In-service), UPNG; Diploma of Theology, CLTC Mt. Hagen; PGC.Sci.Com, PNGUOT Mrs. L. Mawuli 	Lecturer 	327 	531 	Lu.Mawuli@upng.ac.pg MA, B.Ed, Harvard Mr. N. Billy 	Lecturer 	327 	531 	Billy.Nuegu@upng.ac.pg MA, Wellington, B.Ed, UPNG, Dip.(ST), Goroka Mrs. A. Joskin-Aiapai 	Lecturer 	346 	291 	Anna.J.Aiapai@upng.ac.pg MA, PGDip(TESOL), Canberra; B.Ed, Adv. Dip.(ST), Dip.(ST), Goroka Mr. S. Pepa 	Tutor 	356 	296 	Steven.Pepa@upng.ac.pg MA, USQ; B.Ed(Hons), B.Ed, UPNG Ms. W. Kanama 	Tutor 	  	  	  MA(Applied Linguistics), PGDip.(SLT), Waikato; B.Ed(Hons), B.Ed., UPNG POLITICAL SCIENCE - Kuri Dom Building Dr. O. Sepoe 	Senior Lecturer 	320 	636 	Orovu.Sepoe@upng.ac.pg PhD, Manchester; MA, Warwick; BA Hons, BA, UPNG Mr. A. Sil 	Tutor 	312 	192	Sil.Ant@upng.ac.pg MA Westminster Uni, UK, BA UPNG Mr. D. Susub 	Lecturer 	319 	437	D.Susub@upng.ac.pg MA\/PGDS-Paris Instit. of Diplomatic and Strategic Studies; Advanced Foreign Service Training, India; BA UPNG PSYCHOLOGY STRAND - 2nd Floor - Arts II Building Mr L. Marai 	Strand Leader 	224 	452 	marail@upng.ac.pg MSc., UGM, Indo; BA(Hons), BA, UPNG Mr W. Dep 	Lecturer 	225 	421 	Walter.Dep@upng.ac.pg MEd (Counselling), UNE; BASW, UPNG Ms J. Tanda 	Tutor 	226 	461 	jtanda@upng.ac.pg BA (Hons), BA, UPNG SOCIAL WORK - Kuri Dom Building Mr G. Wrondimi 	Strand Leader 	219 	554 	George.Wrondimi@upng.ac.pg MASW, Victoria, NZ; BASW, UPNG Mr K. Sion 	Lecturer 	215 	134 	Kanau.Sion@upng.ac.pg MASW, Massey; BASW (Hons), UPNG Ms R. Au 	Lecturer 	228 	162 	Rosa.Au@upng.ac.pg MASW, JCU; BASW, Dip. in Community Studies, UPNG Dr B. Lovai 	Lecturer 	224 	345 	Betty.Lovai@upng.ac.pg PhD, La Trobe; MA (Social Policy & Admin.), Nottingham; BASW (Hons), Cert. Of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, BASW, UPNG Mrs A. Natera 	Senior Tutor 	216 	131 	Aileen.Natera@upng.ac.pg BA, Dip. in Social Studies, Melbourne Ms D. Kuir-Ayius 	Lecturer 	KD211 	623 	Dora.Kuir@upng.ac.pg MSW, La Trobe; PGDE, BSW. UPNG Mr J. K. Kamasua 	Lecturer 	212 	128 	John.Kaupa@upng.ac.pg MA(Soc. Dev & Sustainable Livelihoods), Reading, UK, BASW, UPNG MELANESIAN AND PACIFIC STUDIES (MAPS) - Kuri Dom Building Dr S. Winduo 	Director 	242/340 	171/112 	windstev@upng.ac.pg PhD, Minnesota, USA; MA (Hons), Canterbury, NZ; BA (Hons), BA, UPNG MELANESIAN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND COMMUNCATION - SOUTH CAMPUS Dr R. Stella 	Director 	KD256 	624\/180 rjstella@upng.ac.pg PhD, UNSW; MA(Hons), Wollongong; BA(Hons), BA, UPNG","null","null","");arrFiles[76]=new Array("shss_sw.html","Social Work","Social Work  Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	4.21002 	Social Development (Elective)	Mr.K. Sion/Ms. D. Ayius 	3 1 	4.31006 	Social Policy Analysis (Elective)	Mr. G. Wrondimi 	3 1 	4.31017 	Social Work Practice A	Mr. J. Kamasua 	3 2 	4.31023 	Social Development Seminar	Mrs. A. Natera 	3 1 	4.41003 	Social Administration	Dr. B. Lovai 	3 1 	4.41014 	Family & Social Welfare Laws (Elective)	Ms. D. Ayius 	3 1 	4.41036 	Social Planning (Elective)	Dr. B. Lovai 	3 1 	4.51009 	Honours Research Methods	Dr. B. Lovai 	3 1 	4.51011 	Honours Reading Course	Dr. B. Lovai 	3 2 	4.11001 	Community Empowerment	Mr. K. Sion 	3 2 	4.21025 	Community Planning (Elective)	Mr. J. Kamasua 	3 2 	4.31041 	Crime & the Criminal Justice System(Elective)	Ms. D. Ayius 	3 2 	4.31058 	NGOs & Community Work(Elective)	Mr. G. Wrondimi 	3 2 	4.31062 	Community Social Work Methods	Dr. B. Lovai 	3 2 	4.31093 	Social Work Practice B	Mr. J. Kamasua 	3 2 	4.41025 	Advanced Field Work (or Lahara)	All Staff 	6 Hons 	4.51028 	Honours Advanced Fieldwork	Dr. B. Lovai 	3 Hons 	4.51032 	Honours Thesis	Dr. B. Lovai 	9 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[77]=new Array("smhs_bcn.html","Bachelor of Clinical Nursing","Bachelor of Clinical Nursing SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	2.14401 	Sociology & Cultural Concepts of Health Care 	3 1 	2.14502 	Research in Nursing 	3 2 	2.14412 	Community Assessment & Rural Health Field Practice 	3 1 	2.14407 	Patient Assessment 	3 2 	2.14417 	Biological & Biomedical Sciences, & Sterilisation 	3 2 	2.14408 	Infection Prevention & Control 	3 2 	2.14416 	Principles & Practice of Medical Surgical Nursing 	3 2 	2.14420 	Operating Theatre Techniques & Management & Recovery Nursing 	3 2 	2.14418 	Principles & Practice of Emergency Nursing 	3 2 	2.14419 	Principles & Practice of Intensive Care Nursing 	3 2 	2.14414 	Principles & Practice of Mental Health Nursing 	3 2 	2.14405 	Psycho-social Theories of Mental Health (Speciality) 	3 1 	2.14406 	Stress, Crisis & Counselling 	3 2 	2.14413 	Comprehensive Mental Health Services 	3 2 	2.14415 	Clinical Psychiatry 	3 1 	2.14404 	Ante-Natal Care & Reproductive Health 	3 2 	2.14410 	Labour Management & Postpartum Care 	3 1 	2.14403 	Child Health 	3 1 	2.14411 	Paediatrics & Neonatal Nursing 	3   	2.14409 	Professional Studies & Clinical Leadership 	3 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[78]=new Array("smhs_bms.html","Bachelor of Medical Science","Bachelor of Medical Science The Bachelor of Medical Science program is a year-long program in any Discipline in the Basic Medical Sciences, Pathology, Clinical Sciences and Public Health Divisions. The program is part of the MBBS program and only students who have successfully completed 3rd year of the MBBS program are eligible to apply. The GPA requirement for entry into the Bachelor of Medical science program is yet to be determined by the School, however, it is expected that students with good academic grades will be considered. The program design may vary amongst the different Disciplines, but generally entails course work and research component in the subject area. Assessment of the program varies amongst Disciplines but involves written, practical, oral and thesis presentation. NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[79]=new Array("smhs_bn.html","Bachelor of Nursing","Bachelor of Nursing SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	2.14501 	Human Resource Management 	3 1 	2.14502 	Research in Nursing 	3 1 	2.14503 	Principles & Practice of Nursing Administration 	3 1 	2.14504 	Professional Communication 	3 1 	2.14505 	Principles & Practice of Nursing Education 	3 2 	2.14506 	Educational Planning & Administration 	3 1 	2.14507 	Community Health Nursing Practice I 	3 1 	2.14508 	Nursing Ethics & Legal Aspects 	3 2 	2.14509 	Fundamental Skills & Concepts in Patient Care 	3 2 	2.14510 	Nursing Administration - Field Practice 	3 2 	2.14511 	Nursing Quality Management 	3 1 	2.14512 	Theories & Models of Curriculum Development 	3 2 	2.14513 	Training Program Assessment & Evaluation 	3 2 	2.14514 	Nursing Education: Practical Teaching 	3 1 	2.14515 	Health systems Analysis 	3 2 	2.14516 	Community Health Nursing Practice II 	3 2 	2.14517 	Community Health Nursing Field Practice 	3 2 	2.14518 	Community Health and Nutrition 	3 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[80]=new Array("smhs_d-ch.html","Diploma in Community Health","Diploma in Community Health SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	2.14601 	Health Statistics & Demography 	  1 	2.14602 	Epidemiology & Disease Control (Communicable & Non Communicable Diseases) 	  1&2 	2.14603 	Health Systems Research 	  1&2 	2.14604 	Health Management & Program Planning 	  1 	2.14606 	Community Health & Health Promotion 	  1 	2.14607 	Principles of Nutrition & Nutrition Issues 	 1 	2.14608 	Environmental & Occupational Health 	 1 	2.14609 	Mental Health & Oral Health	NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[81]=new Array("smhs_das.html","Diploma in Anaesthetic Science","Diploma in Anaesthetic Science Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1-2 	2.14431 	Natural & Biological Sciences applied to Anaesthesia 	Dr. H. Aigeeleng 	3 1-2 	2.14432 	Microenvironment of Anaesthesia & Clinical Practice 	Dr. H. Aigeeleng 	3 1-2 	2.14433 	Emergency Patient Care 	Dr. H. Aigeeleng 	3 1-2 	2.14434 	Occupational Health & Equipment 	Dr. H. Aigeeleng 	3 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[82]=new Array("smhs_ds.html","Bachelor of Dental Surgery","Bachelor of Dental Surgery YEAR 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1&2 	(School of Natural and Physical Sciences) 	  	24 SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1&2 	2.49801 	Dental & Health Sciences III 	Dr. S. L. Perera/Dr. M. Siddiqi/Dr. D. Inaho Dr. V. Temple/Dr. A. Masta/Dr. W. Linjim/Dr. S. Datta/Ms. P. Riman 	6 1&2 	2.29802 	Community Oral Health III 	Dr. S. Perera/Dr. B. Gwale 	6 1&2 	2.49803 	Applied Clinical Dental Practice III 	Dr. S. L. Perera/Dr. M. Siddiqi/ Dr. M. Appiao 	12 1&2 	2.59801 	Clinical Practice I 	Dr. S.L Perera/Dr. M. Siddiqi/Dr. M. Appiao/Dr. K. Beaga 	6 1&2 	2.59802 	Community Oral Health IV 	Dr. S. L. Perera/Dr. B. Gwale 	6 1&2 	2.59803 	Clinical Dental Practice - I 	Dr. S.L Perera/Dr. M. Siddiqi/Dr. K. Beaga/Dr. M. Appiao 	12 2 	2.59803 	Dental Electives 	Dr. S.L Perera/Dr. M. Siddiqi/Dr. K. Beaga/Dr. B. Gwale/Dr. M. Appiao 	12 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[83]=new Array("smhs_dt.html","Diploma in Dental Technology","Diploma in Dental Technology Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1&2 	2.29801 	Dental & Health Sciences I 	Dr. S. L. Perera/Ms. A. Afo/Dr. Linjim /Dr. Datta/Dr. Moreyawa/Mr. G. Philip 	6 1&2 	2.29802 	Community Oral Health I 	Dr. S. Perera 	6 1&2 	2.29803 	Applied Clinical Dental Practice I 	Dr. S. L. Perera/Dr. K. Beaga/ Ms. A. Afo 	12 1&2 	2.39801 	Dental&Health Sciences II 	Dr. S Gambhir/Dr. N. Hehonah/Dr. T. Matainaho/Dr. K. Beaga 	6 1&2 	2.39802 	Community Oral Health II 	Dr. S. L. Perera/Dr. K. Beaga/Ms. A. Afo 	6 1&2 	2.39803 	Applied Clinical Dental Practice II 	Dr. S.L Perera/Dr. K. Beaga/Ms. A. Afo 	12 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[84]=new Array("smhs_home.html","SMHS - Home","School of Medicine & Health Sciences The School of Medicine and Health Sciences (SMHS) physically is located at Taurama Campus behind the Port Moresby General Hospital, which serves as its Teaching Hospital. The first year is carried out at the Waigani Campus in the Science Foundation (SF) Year, and it's after a successful completion of the SF that may qualify a student to be admitted to any of the programs run in the SMHS. The School has six divisions: Basic Medical Sciences, Pathology, Public Health, Clinical Sciences, Health Sciences, Nursing each division headed by Chairperson. Each Division is made of Disciplines each of which forms the basic academic unit of the School and is headed by a Discipline Head/Leader. the major programs run by the School include Medicine, undergraduate and postgraduate in which students are trained to become qualified doctors. The Health Sciences programs include, Medical Laboratory Sciences, Medical Imaging, Dental Therapy and Pharmacy. The Nursing Division offers Bachelors degree programs (in-service) in Nursing Administration, Community Health, Clinical Nursing. The Public Health Division in addition to their involvement in medical program and other programs run additional programs: Diploma in Community Health and Masters in Public Health. Why choose Medicine & Health Science? The Taurama Campus can accommodate 450 students. It has the largest Medical Library in the Pacific with a large computer laboratory, two other computer labs, three large lecture theatres, eight teaching labs, 30 tutorial rooms and a large pathology museum. The new Problem Based Learning (PBL) curriculum aimed at motivating self-directed learning is in its third year of implementation while Nursing, Health Sciences and Postgraduate curriculum are delivered by traditional mode of teaching and learning. Presently, Health Sciences offers professional diploma courses to its students, who are trained to be dental therapists, medical laboratory technicians and pharmacy technicians. It boasts a modular degree program that enrols Pharmacy technicians and offers an additional two-year course leading to a degree in Pharmacy. Plans are underway to establish degree courses in the other professions. Academic Awards Pursuing the above programs lead to the awarding of various higher degrees, first degrees and diplomas. They include: Doctor of Medicine (MD), Master of Medical Science (M.Med.Sc), Master of Medicine (M.Med), Master of Community Health (M.Com.H), Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS), Bachelor of Medical Science (B.Med.Sc), Postgraduate Diploma in Child Health (D.c.H), Postgraduate Diploma in Obstetrics & Gynaecology (D.O.G), Postgraduate Diplomas in Ophthalmology (D.Ophthal), Postgraduate Diploma in Otolaryngology (D.LO), Postgraduate Diploma in Anaesthetics (D.A), Post Graduate Diploma in Dermatology (Dip.Derm.) and Diploma in Community Health (D.Com.H), Diploma in Medical Imaging (Dip.M.LD), Diploma in Medical Laboratory Sciences (Dip.M.LT), Diploma in Dental Therapy (Dip.D.T), Diploma in Pharmacy (Dip.P.T), Bachelor in Pharmacy (B.Pharm.), Bachelor in Clinical Nursing, Child Health Midwifery, Nursing Education, Administration, Mental Health and Acute Care. Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery Doctors treat people who are sick, but they are also interested in ways to, prevent people getting sick, for example by immunisation or getting people to live a healthy way of life. Students who want to become medical doctors must study for the Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) degree. It is a five-year, full-time course, of which the first year is the Science Foundation Year at the Waigani Campus. Students must have the ability to communicate with different types of people such as patients and other health professionals, be able to accept people without judging them and want to help others. About students are admitted into second year MBBS each year. Bachelor of Medical Science Students who get excellent results during the first half of the course can study for an extra year to obtain a Bachelor of Medical Science. They then go on to complete the MBBS program. Diploma in Dental Technology Dental therapy is concerned with the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of dental diseases, injuries and malformations. Dental therapists help people to have healthy teeth and gums so that they can lead useful and happy lives. Students must successfully complete the first year Science program; this normally means at least a mixture of 'C' and 'D' grades, or a minimum Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0. You should also be good with your hands and be able to get on with different types of people. It\'s a three-year full-time course for students who had done first year Science at the Waigani Campus. Bachelor of Pharmacy Pharmacy Technology Pharmacy is concerned with manufacturing and dispensing drugs (medicines), controlling and supervising the distribution of drugs, providing some aspects of health care, promoting the intelligent use of medicines by the consumer, providing correct, unbiased drug information and carrying out research, discovering and developing new drugs. A graduate can become a Pharmacy Technician by completing a three-year diploma course. Students scoring best results in this course can become pharmacists by studying for a further two years to obtain the Bachelor of Pharmacy (B.Pharm.) Bachelor in Medical Imaging Medical Imaging (radiography) uses different types of radiation, including X-rays and ultrasound, to diagnose and treat patients. For instance, a radiographer can take X-ray photographs of such tissues as broken bones and the lungs, and can use ultrasound to show the baby developing in the uterus. Diagnostic radiography produce images which can be used to find out what is wrong with patients and therapeutic radiography can be used to treat patients. It's a full time three-year course. Bachelor in Medical Laboratory Science Medical Laboratory Sciences or also known as Biomedical Sciences, are concerned with the diagnosis, analysis and research into diseases of humans. Medical Laboratory Technicians are involved in testing and analysis of specimens from humans and culturing a variety of micro-organism from specimens, developing and evaluating new laboratory procedures and techniques in the latest diagnostic techniques. Bachelor of Nursing The nursing degree program is relatively a new program in the School of medicine and Health Sciences. It was a program supported by the Health ) department but merged recently with the School. Bachelor of Nursing is a one-year full-time course. Nurses who graduate with the Bachelor of Nursing will be able to carry out supervisor and teaching responsibilities as nurse administrators and educators n both the provincial and national health institutions. Diploma in Community Medicine The Diploma of Community Medicine is a one year course which is intend :d for Environmental Health Officers, Health Inspectors and Nurses who have been working for some years and want to gain further knowledge and skills in public health. Entry Requirements Enrolments into Medicine is made up of the cream (top 5 %) of the first year Science students from the Waigani Campus with very good GPA (above 3.0). A very high level of performance is expected of a student to progress from an academic year to another. Students in Health Sciences programs are very good students from first year Science with GPA well above the minimum required level (2.0). Many choose these programs as future careers because they are complimentary to medicine and health care.","null","null","");arrFiles[85]=new Array("smhs_hon_staff.html","SMHS - Honorary Staff","Honorary Academic Staff NAME 	DESIGNATION 	PHONE NO 	EMAIL DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH Dr. B. Gwale Kevau 	Lecturer, Oral Health 	324 2402 	  Dr. E. Wesley 	Lecturer, Oral Health 	301 3781 	ewesley@health.gov.pg Dr. J. Hawap 	Lecturer, Family Health 	  	  ANAESTHESIOLOGY Dr. Goswami 	Senior Lecturer (Australia) 	  	  Dr. M. Pole 	Lecturer (Anaesthesiologist) 	324 8258\/ 686 4855 	 Dr. J. Apa 	Lecturer (Anaesthesiologist) 	  	 Dr. L. Samof 	Lecturer (Anaesthesiologist) 	686 0297 	 Dr. R. Sitaing 	Lecturer (Anaesthesiologist) 	473 2100 	angau@online.net.pg Dr. L. Sogoromo 	Lecturer (Anaesthesiologist) 	324 8200 	l-sogoromo@hotmail.com CHILD HEALTH Dr. D. Mokela 	Senior Lecturer Paediatrician 	324 8200 	 Dr. T. Rongap 	Senior Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	abrongap@global.net.pg Dr. I. Hwawhanje 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. N. Pomat 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	224 	  Dr. M. Kiromat 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	222 	mkiromat@hotmail.com Dr. L. Garap 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	angau@online.net.pg Dr. G. Oswyn 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. M. Tovilu 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. G. Kiage 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. M. Baki 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. B. Vetuna 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. M. Kaupa 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. F. Wandi 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. L. Samiak 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. A. Rongap 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. J. Amini 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  Dr. F. Failing 	Lecturer Paediatrician 	  	  DERMATOLOGY Dr. T. Towarapuai 	Lecturer Dermatologist 	324 8200 	  Dr. N. Agebigo 	Lecturer Dermatologist 	324 8200 	  INTERNAL MEDICINE Dr. P. Dakulala 	Snr. Lecturer Physician 	  	angau@online.net.pg Dr. J. Kaven 	Snr. Lecturer Physician 	  	  Dr. G. Tau 	Snr. Lecturer Physician 	324 8200 686 3361 	taugoa@daltron.com.pg Dr. P. Aia 	Snr. Lecturer Physician 	  	  Dr. J. Taviri 	Lecturer Physician 	641 1200 	alotaugh@daltron.com.pg Dr. J. Amana 	Lecturer Physician 	324 8105 	  Dr. L. Ipai 	Lecturer Physician 	  	  Dr. J. Banaikoiri 	Lecturer Physician 	  	  OBSTETRICS&GYNAECOLOGY Prof. A. B. Amoa 	Professor - Chief O&G 	324 8320 	amoaba@daltron.com.pg Dr. J. Maku 	Snr. Lecturer - O&G 	982 7333 	  Dr. G. Lahui 	Lecturer - O&G 	852 2022 	  Dr. L. Augerea 	Lecturer - O&G 	641 1200 	alotaugh@daltron.com.pg Dr. G. Naboam 	Lecturer - O&G 	  	  Dr. G. Kariwiga 	Lecturer - O&G 	  	  Dr. A. Malaigaisa 	Lecturer - O&G 	  	  Dr. F. Kambual 	Lecturer - O&G 	  	  OPTHALMOLOGY Dr. A. Kerek 	Snr. Lecturer - Chief Opth. 	324 8200 	agkerek@msn.com Dr. S. Melenges 	Lecturer - Opth. 	324 8200 	  Dr. J. Garap 	Lecturer - Opth. 	324 8200 	  OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY Prof. S. P. Dubey 	Professor - Chief Otorhino. 	324 8233 	  Dr. J. Naipao 	Lecturer - Otorhino. 	324 8233 	  Dr. P. Molumi 	Lecturer - Otorhino. 	324 8233 	  Dr. V. Larawin 	Lecturer - Otorhino. 	324 8233 	  PATHOLOGY Dr. P. Golpak 	Lecturer - Pathologist 	324 8200 	philip.golpak@daltron.com.pg Dr. S. R. Dutta 	Lecturer - Pathologist 	324 8200 	  PSYCHIATRY Dr. U. Ambihaipahar 	Snr. Lecturer - Chief Psychiatrist 	310 3694 	  Dr. M. Hagali 	Lecturer - Psychiatrist 	233 	mkakirau@hotmail.com Dr. L. Nanawar 	Lecturer - Psychiatrist 	301 3694 	  Dr. F. Muga 	Lecturer - Psychiatrist 	237 	florencewebster@daltron.com.pg SURGERY Dr. P. Chalau 	Snr. Lecturer - Chief National Surgeon 	473 2100 	  Dr. V. Golpak 	Snr. Lecturer - D\/Chief National Surgeon 	683 4832 	golpak@hotmail.com  Dr. W. Seta 	Snr. Lecturer - Senior Surgeon 	641 1200 	westa@daltron.com.pg Dr. Joseph 	Snr. Lecturer - Senior Surgeon 	856 2557 	pasio@daltron.com.pg Dr. G. Gende 	Lecturer - Surgeon 	324 8301 	  Dr. W. Kaptigau 	Lecturer - Surgeon 	324 8301 	  Dr. W. Kurapa 	Lecturer - Surgeon 	324 8301 	  Dr. L. Lun 	Lecturer - Surgeon 	  	  Dr. O. Pokti 	Lecturer - Surgeon 	  	  Dr. O. Liko 	Lecturer - Surgeon 	  	  Dr. M. Garo 	Lecturer - Surgeon 	  	  Dr. M. Mathew 	Lecturer - Surgeon 	  	  MEDICAL IMAGING Dr. P. Umo 	Snr. Lecturer - Radiologist 	  	  Dr. D. L. Kital 	Lecturer - Radiologist 	  	  PNG INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL RESEARCH Assoc. Prof. P. Siba 	Dir. IMR/Chief ed. 	732 2800 	peter.siba@pngimr.org.pg NATIONAL AIDS COUNCIL Dr. N. Moya 	Lecturer - HIV/Aids/Director NAC 	323 6161 	nmoya@nacs.org.pg Dr. J. Millan 	Lecturer - HIV/AIDS&STI 	323 6161 	jmillannhasp@nacs.org.pg","null","null","");arrFiles[86]=new Array("smhs_mbbs.html","Bachelor of Surgery / Bachelor of Medicine (MBBS)","Bachelor of Medicine / Bachelor of Surgery Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	CREDIT POINTS Domain I - Community Medicine (Public Health) 1 	2.24601 	Community Health Year 2 	3 1 	2.34601 	Community Health Year 3 	3 1 	2.44601 	Community Health Year 4 	3 1 	2.54601 	Community Health Year 5 	3 DOMAIN 2 Individual Medicine (prevention, diagnosis&management of diseases) 2 	2.24602 	Individual Medicine Year 2 	3 2 	2.34602 	Individual Medicine Year 3 	3 2 	2.44602 	Individual Medicine Year 4 	3 2 	2.54602 	Individual Medicine Year 5 	3 DOMAIN 3: Professional&Personal Qualities&Skills (Professional Skills) 2 	2.24603 	Professional Skills 2 	3 2 	2.34603 	Professional Skills 3 	3 2 	2.44603 	Professional Skills 4 	3 2 	2.54603 	Professional Skills 5 	3 DOMAIN 4: Critical Analysis&Information Management 2 	2.24604 	Information Management Year 2 	3 2 	2.34604 	Information Management Year 3 	3 2 	2.44604 	Information Management Year 4 	3 2 	2.54604 	Information Management Year 5 	3 DOMAIN 5: Life-Long Learning&Teaching Skills 2 	2.24605 	Learning & Teaching Skills Year 2 	3 2 	2.34605 	Learning & Teaching Skills Year 3 	3 2 	2.44605 	Learning & Teaching Skills Year 4 	3 2 	2.54605 	Learning & Teaching Skills Year 5 	3 MBBS PROGRAM YEAR 2 MBBS PROGRAM YEAR 3 MBBS PROGRAM YEAR 4 MBBS PROGRAM YEAR 5 Implementation and Assessment Committees General Advice to Students NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[87]=new Array("smhs_mi.html","Bachelor of Medical Imaging Science","Bachelor of Medical Imaging Science SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	2.29901 	Medical Radiation Imaging I 	Ms. E. Zechariah 	3 1 	2.29902 	Radiation Science 	Mr. M. Taram 	2 1 	2.29903 	Medical Science 1 	Dr. D. Chaudhuri 	2 1 	2.29904 	Imaging Instrumentation 1 	Mr. M. Taram 	3 1 	2.29909 	Clinical Practice 1 	Ms. E. Zechariah 	2 1 	2.39901 	Medical Radiation Imaging 3 	Ms. E. Zechariah 	2 1 	2.39902 	Radiographic Resource Management 	Dr. D. Chaudhuri/Joshua/PMGH Staff 	2 1 	2.39903 	Image Evaluation 	Mr. M. Taram 	2 1 	2.39904 	Clinical Practice 3 	Mr. M. Taram 	4 1 	2.39905 	Medical Sciences 3 	Dr. D. Chaudhuri 	2 1 	2.49901 	Research Project 	Dr. D. Chaudhuri, Zechariah, Kitau 	3 1 	2.49902 	Medical Science 5 (Radiographic Path) 	Dr. D. Chaudhuri 	2 1 	2.49903 	Advanced Imaging 	Mr. M. Taram/ Ms. E. Zechariah 	3 1 	2.49905 	Clinical Practice 5 	Ms. E. Zechariah 	4 2 	2.29905 	Medical Radiation Imaging 2 	Ms. E. Zechariah 	3 2 	2.29906 	Medical Science 2 	Dr. D. Chaudhuri 	2 2 	2.29907 	Imaging Instrumentation 2 	Mr. M. Taram 	3 2 	2.29908 	Clinical Practice 2 	Ms. E. Zachariah 	4 2 	2.39906 	Clinical Practice 4 	Mr. M. Taram 	5 2 	2.39907 	Medical Science 4 	Dr. D. Chaudhuri 	2 2 	2.39908 	Medical Radiation Imaging 4 	Ms. E. Zechariah 	2 2 	2.49909 	Basics Physics of CT, MRI& DR 	Mr. M. Taram/Ms. E. Zechariah 	3 2 	2.49904 	Basic Ultrasonography 	Mr. M. Taram/Dr. D. Chaudhuri 	2 2 	2.49906 	Comparative Imaging 	Mr. M. Taram 	2 2 	2.49907 	Cilinical Practice 6 	Ms. E. Zechariah 	5 2 	2.49901 	Research Project 	Dr. Chaudhuri, Zechariah, Kitau 	3 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[88]=new Array("smhs_mlt.html","Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Science","Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Science SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	2.24801 	Biochemistry & Molecular Biology I 	Dr. V. Temple\/ Dr. A. Masta 	3 1 	2.24805 	Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science 	Mr. G. Gerega Ms. P. Riman\Gerega\/Mr. G. Philip 	2 1 	2.24804 	Introduction to Immunology 	Mr. G. Philip 	2 1 	2.24806 	Medical Microbiology I 	Ms. P. Riman 	3 1 	2.34801 	Histopathology I 	Gerega\/Morewaya Dr. Fose 	3 1 	2.34803 	Clinical Biochemistry I 	Dr. V. Temple\Dr. A. Masta\/Mr. G. Philip 	3 1 	2.34807 	Haematology II 	Dr. G. Philip\/Ms. P. Riman 	3 1 	2.34809 	Biomedical Statistics 	Kitur/Kitau 	3 1 	2.44801 	Introduction to Pharmacology&Toxicology 	Dr. Matainaho\/Dr. Kigodi 	3 1 	2.44806 	Research Planning&Techniques 	Kitur\/Kitau 	3 Major electives - two from the following list 1 	2.44811 	Clinical Biochemistry III 	Dr. Temple\/Dr. Masta 	YL 1 	2.44812 	Histopathology III 	Morewaya 	YL 1 	2.44813 	Haematology III 	Mr. G. Philip 	YL 1 	2.44814 	Medical Microbiology III 	Riman 	YL 1 	2.44815 	Immunohaematology II 	Dr. I . Abramova\/Mr. G. Philip 	YL 1 	2.44816 	Cytopathology 	Morewaya 	YL 2 	2.24802 	Biochemistry & Molecular Biology II 	Dr. V. Temple Dr. A. Masta 	3 2 	2.24803 	Histology 	Ms. P. Riman 	YL 2 	2.24807 	Medical Biology II 	Ms. P. Riman 	YL 2 	2.24808 	Haematology I 	Riman 	YL 2 	2.34802 	Histopathology II 	Gerega\/Morewaya\/Fose 	YL 2 	2.34804 	Clinical Biochemistry II 	Dr. V. Temple DR. A. Masta 	3 1&2 	2.34805 	Clinical Laboratory Practice 	Staff of DMLS & Pathology Dept Staff 	3 2 	2.34808 	Immunohaematology 	Mr. G. Philip 	3 2 	2.44802 	Advances in Biomedical Sciences 	Ms. P. Riman\/Gerega\/Mr. G. Philip 	3 2 	2.44805 	Laboratory Management & Quality Assurance 	Mr. G. Philip\/Joshua\/Lawe\/Gerega 	3 Major electives - continue from semester 1 2 	2.44811 	Clinical Biochemistry III 	Mr. G. Philip\/Joshua\/Lawe\/Gerega 	6 2 	2.44812 	Histopathology III 	Dr. J. Morewaya 	6 2 	2.44813 	Haematology III 	Mr. G. Philip 	6 2 	2.44814 	Medical Microbiology III 	Ms. P. Riman 	6 2 	2.44815 	Immunohaematology II 	Dr. I. Abramova\/Mr. G. Philip 	6 2 	2.44816 	Cytopathology II 	Dr. J. Morewaya 	6 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[89]=new Array("smhs_mph.html","Master of Public Health","Master of Public Health SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	7.62363 	Social Sciences in Health 	2 1 	7.62364 	Health Promotion & Community Development 	2 1 	7.62365 	Principles of Epidemiology 	2 1 	7.62366 	Health Statistics & Computing 	2 2 	7.62367 	Research Design 	2 2 	7.62368 	Field Survery Methods 	4 2 	7.62369 	Environmental & Occupational Health 	2 1&2 	7.62361 	Public Health Issues I & II 	4 1&2 	7.62362 	Health Management & Program Planning I & II 	4   	7.62360 	Field Project 	4 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.   3. The course Field Project (7.62360) is in fact Part 2 of the Master of Public Health degree. On completion of the field work which usually takes place during November- February, the candidates are required to write a major report/thesis which must be examined by a panel of examiners who will then, after formal (oral) presentation by the candidates will pass or fail the candidates.   4. Students are expected to pass all the courses listed here in order to be awarded the degree of Master of Public Health.","null","null","");arrFiles[90]=new Array("smhs_oh.html","Bachelor of Oral Health","Bachelor of Oral Health YEAR 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1&2 	(School of Natural and Physical Sciences) 	  	24 SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1&2 	2.29804 	Dental & Health Sciences I 	Dr. S. L. Perera/Dr. K. Beaga/Ms. Afo/Dr. D. Inaho Dr. W. Linjim/Dr. S. Datta/Dr. V. Temple/Dr. A. Masta/Ms. P. Riman/Dr. J. Morewaya/Mr. G. Philip/ 	6 1&2 	2.29805 	Community Oral Health I 	Dr. S. Perera/Dr. B. Gwale 	6 1&2 	2.29806 	Applied Clinical Dental Practice - I 	Dr. S. L. Perera/Dr. M. Siddiqi/ Dr. K. Beaga/Mrs. A. Afo 	12 1&2 	2.39804 	Dental&Health Sciences II 	Dr. S.L Perera/Dr. M. Siddiqi/Dr. K. Beaga/Dr. T. Matainaho/Dr. N. Hehonah 	6 1&2 	2.39805 	Community Oral Health II 	Dr. S. L. Perera/Dr. B. Gwale/Mrs. A. Afo 	6 1&2 	2.39806 	Applied Clinical Dental Practice - II 	Dr. S.L Perera/Dr. M. Siddiqi/Dr. K. Beaga/Dr. M. Appiao 	12 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[91]=new Array("smhs_pg-p.html","Postgraduate Programs","Postgraduate Programs PROGRAMS 	PROGRAM CODES DIPLOMA PROGRAM Diploma in Anaesthesiology (DA) 	2.64601 Diploma in Child Health (DCH) 	2.64602 Diploma in Obstetrics & Gynaecology 	2.64603 Diploma in Ophthalmology (DO) 	2.64605 Diploma in Otorhinolaryngology 	2.64604 MASTERS PROGRAM Master of Public Health 	7.62300 Master of Medical Sciences (M Med Sci) 	7.62500 Master of Medicine Anaesthesiology 	7.62101 Master of Medicine Internal Medicine 	7.62106 Master of Medicine Surgery 	7.62107 Master of Medicine Child Health 	7.62102 Master of Medicine Obstetrics & Gynaecology 	7.62103 Master of Medicine Ophthalmology 	7.62105 Master of Medicine Otorhinolaryngology 	7.62104 Master of Medicine 	7.62109 Master of Medicine 	7.62108 Doctorate Doctor of Medicine (MD) 	7.92000 HIGHER POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA Higher Surgical Diploma in Orthopaedic Surgery 	7.82001 Higher Postgraduate Diploma Paediatric Surgery 	7.82006 Higher Surgical Diploma in Cardiothoraic Surgery","null","null","");arrFiles[92]=new Array("smhs_pharmacy.html","Bachelor of Pharmacy","Bachelor of Pharmacy SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1&2 	  	School of Natural & Physical Sciences 	  	24 1 	2.24901 	Pharmaceutics 	Dr. J. Lauwo 	2 1 	2.24904 	Pharmaceutical Practice 	Mr. I. Joshua 	2 1 	2.34901 	Drug Delivery Systems 	Dr. J. Lauwo Dr. P. Rai 	3 1 	2.34903 	Pharmaceutical Microbiology 	Ms. P. Riman 	3 1 	2.44901 	Physical Pharmacy 	Dr. J. Lauwo 	3 1 	2.44902 	Pharmacognosy 	Dr. P. Rai 	3 1 	2.44903 	Medicine Quality Assurance 	Dr. P. Kigodi 	3 1 	2.54905 	Design of Medicines 	Dr. P. Kigodi 	3 2 	2.24905 	Heterocyclic Chemistry & Spectroscopy 	Dr. P. Kigodi 	3 2 	2.24906 	Pharmacy Management 	Mr. I. Joshua 	3 2 	2.24907 	Drug Abuse & Misuse (Elective) 	Dr. N. Hehonah 	3 2 	2.34905 	Medicinal Chemistry 	Dr. P. Kigodi 	3 2 	2.34906 	Pharmaceutical Quality Control 	Dr. P. Kigodi 	3 2 	2.44904 	Community Pharmacy 	Ms. S. Tulo 	3 2 	2.44905 	Pharmacokinetics 	Dr. J. Lauwo 	3 2 	2.44906 	Phytochemical Methods & Trad. Medicine 	Dr. P. Rai 	3 2 	2.44907 	Chemotherapy 	Dr. L. Matainaho 	3 2 	2.44908 	Pharmaceutical Stereochemistry & NSAIDs 	Dr. P. Kigodi 	3 2 	2.54901 	Pharmaceutical Technology 	Dr. J. Lauwo 	3 1&2 	2.24902 	Biochemistry 	Dr. Temple Dr. Masta 	6 1&2 	2.24903 	Physiology 	Dr. Linjim Dr. Adeniyi Dr. Datta 	6 1&2 	2.34902 	Pharmacology 	Dr. Matainaho Dr. Hehonah 	6 1&2 	2.34904 	Pharmacy Dispensing - (enrichment) 	Mr. I. Joshua 	6 1&2 	2.54902 	Clinical Pharmacy 	Ms. S. Tulo 	6 1&2 	2.54903 	Pharmacy Practice 	Ms. S. Tulo 	6 1&2 	2.54904 	Pharmacy Project 	Dr. P. Rai 	6 NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.   2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[93]=new Array("smhs_staff.html","SMHS - Academic Staff","Academic Staff Switchboard: 311 2304; 311 2504; 311 2626; 325 3340; 325 5635; 325 5721; 325 5802 Facsimile: 324 3859 (Comm. Med); 325 4935 (Cli. Sci.); 323 2679 (H\/S); 324 3827 (BMS); 325 0809 (School Admin) NAME 	DESIGNATION 	PHONE NO 	EMAIL ADMINISTRATION - SMHS Administration Building Prof. Sir Isi Kevau 	Executive Dean 	  	ihkevau@daltron.com.pg PhD, Sydney; FRACP, Aust; M.Med (Internal), MBBS, UPNG Prof J. D. Vince 	Deputy Dean 	226 	jvince@datec.net.pg FRCP (ED), Edingburgh; MD, Dundee Univ.; MRCP (UK), Edingburgh; MB.ChB, Dundee Univ Mr P. Modudula 	Executive Officer 	204 	Philip.Modudula@upng.ac.pg B.Ec., UPNG; DBA, Massey Uni., NZ; MEPA, Monash Uni., Aust. BASIC MEDICAL SCIENCES DIVISION Dr V. Temple 	Senior Lecturer, Chairman BMS 	324 3817 	Victor.Temple@upng.ac.pg MF Biologist, C Biologist, England; PhD, MSc, Moscow Dr D. Inaho 	Lecturer 	324 3823 	dinaho@upng.ac.pg PGDip O&G, MBBS, UPNG Dr V. Temple 	Biochemistry Discipline Leader 	324 3817 	Victor.Temple@upng.ac.pg MF Biologist, C Biologist, England; PhD, MSc, Moscow Dr A. Masta 	Senior Lecturer 	324 3811 	amasta@upng.ac.pg PhD, La Trobe Univ., Aust; PGDSc, BSc, UPNG; Certificate in Science, Otago Polytechnic Dr T. Matainaho 	Pharmacology Discipline Leader 	324 3822 	Lohi.Matainaho@upng.ac.pg PhD, MSc, Univ. of Queensland, Aust; BSc, UPNG Dr N. Hehona 	Lecturer 	324 3813 	hehonah@upng.ac.pg PhD, Queensland; BSc (Hons), BSc, UPNG Dr S. Datta 	Senior Lecturer 	324 3824 	Subhra.Datta@upng.ac.pg MACCP, MD, Delhi, India; MBBS, Calcutta, India Dr W. Linjim 	Physiology Discipline Leader 	324 3821 	linjim@upng.ac.pg MSc., London, UK; MBBS, UPNG MEDICAL SCIENCE RESEARCH CENTRE Dr A. Masta 	Director 	324 3811 	amasta@upng.ac.pg PhD, La Trobe Univ., Aust.; PGDSc, BSc, UPNG; Certificate in Science, Otago Polytechnic CENTRE FOR BIODIVERSITY & NATURAL PRODUCTS Assoc. Prof. L. Matainaho 	Director 	324 3822 	Lohi.Matainaho@upng.ac.pg PhD, La Trobe Univ., Aust.; PGDSc, BSc, UPNG; Certificate in Science, Otago Polytechnic PATHOLOGY Dr J. Morewaya 	Chairman of Pathology, Discipline Leader Histopathology, Lecturer 	217 	morewaya.j@upng.ac.pg M.Med, MBBS, UPNG; Dip. Clin. Path., London; Cert. Med. Lab., CAHS Pom Dr S. Fose 	Tutor, Histopathology 	238 	Seth.Fose@upng.ac.pg MBBS, UPNG Dr E. Digwaleu 	Tutor, Microbiology 	214 	  MBBS, UPNG Dr P. Rooney 	Tutor, Chemical Pathology 	216 	  MBBS, UPNG PUBLIC HEALTH Dr A. Benjamin 	Chairman of Public Health 	324 3835 	Benjamin@upng.ac.pg Master of Public Health, MBBS, UPNG; Diploma in Radiotherapy, QLD, Aust. Dr I. Kitur 	Lecturer 	324 3833\/ 685 0367 	isimeluk@upng.ac.pg MBBS, UPNG Mr R. Kitau 	Lecturer 	324 3802 	kitaur@upng.ac.pg Masters of H\/Planning, Diploma in Child Health, UPNG; Diploma in HEO, CAHS Dr N. Kutson 	Tutor, Haematology 	324 3811 	Kutson.NT@upng.ac.pg MBBS, UPNG CLINICAL SCIENCES Dr A. Saweri 	Chairman, Senior Lecturer 	324 8385\/ 231 	  Diploma in Tropical Medicine & Hygiene, UK; Diploma in Medicine & Surgery, PMC Prof Sir I. H. Kevau 	Head, Internal Medicine 	325 6143\/ 242 	ihkevau@daltron.com.pg PhD, Sydney; FRACP, Aust; M.Med (PNG) Prof J. Vince 	Discipline Head, Child Health 	226 	  FRCP ED), Edingburgh; MD., Dundee Univ. Prof. G. Mola 	Head, O&G 	324 8320 	glenmola@dg.com.pg MBBS, Melb.; DPM, Syd.; FRACOG, FRCOG Prof. S. Chung 	Head, Surgery 	324 8301 	  Dr I. Kevau 	Senior Lecturer 	324 8271 	Ikau.Kevau@upng.ac.pg Dip. of Orthop., Aust. Orthop. Assoc., Syd; Higher Surgical Dip. Orthop.; M.Med (Surgery); MBBS, UPNG; Assoc. Prof. N. Tefuarani 	Associate Professor 	220 	ntefuarani@datec.net.pg PhD,; M.Med, DCH; MBBS, UPNG Dr P. Ripa 	Senior Lecturer 	223 	  M.Med, DCH, MBBS, UPNG Dr D. Linge 	Lecturer 	232 	David.Linge@upng.ac.pg PhD, London; MSc.; M.Med, MBBS, BSc (Hons), UPNG Dr M. Paul 	Lecturer 	239\/ 683 8535 	pmpsmc@upng.ac.pg M.Med, MBBS, UPNG Dr H. Aigeeleng 	Lecturer 	235\/ 686 1744 	kcee@daltron.com.pg M.Med; DA; MBBS, UPNG Mr M. Yabri 	Tutor 	235\/ 686 7294 	myabri@upng.ac.pg Reg. Nurse Cert., Lutheran Sch. of Nursing; Anaesthetic Technical Officers Certificate, Modilon\/Angau Hospital PHARMACY Dr P. Kigodi 	Chairman, Health Sciences 	324 3848 	Kigodi.P@upng.ac.pg PhD, Aston Birmingham, UK; Bachelor of Pharmacy (Hons), Dar-Es-Salam, Tanzania Dr J. A. K. Lauwo 	Senior Lecturer 	324 3898 	Lauwojak@daltron.com.pg PhD (Pharmaceutical), Budapest, Hungary; MSc (Pharmacy), Budapest, Hungary Dr P. Kigodi 	Chairman, Health Sciences 	324 3848 	Kigodi.P@upng.ac.pg PhD, Aston Birmingham, UK; Bachelor of Pharmacy (Hons), Dar-Es-Salam, Tanzania Dr P. P. Rai 	Senior Lecturer 	324 3880 	Prem.Rai@upng.ac.pg PhD, Ahmadu Bell Univ., Nigeria; MSc, Wales, UK; BSc, Gorakhpur, India Ms S. Pihau-Tulo 	Lecturer 	324 3898 	pihaustc@upng.ac.pg MPharm.(Clinical Pharmacy), Curtin Univ.Tech, Aust; BPharm. Otago Uni,NZ; Cert.Pharm Tech, CAHS,POM Mr I. Joshua 	Tutor 	324 3898 	Joshua.Isaac@upng.ac.pg MSc. Pharmacology, BA Com (HSM), Curtin Univ. Tech., Aust.; Cert. in Prin. of Mngt, Adcol; Cert. Sci. (Stage III), Well.Polytechnic, NZ; Cert. Pharmaceutical Dispensing, CAHS, POM Dr D. Chaudhuri 	Discipline Leader, Snr. Lecturer 	240\/686 5422 	atanu@online.net.pg MD (Radio), DMRD, MBBS, Calcutta, India Mr M. Taram 	Tutor 	324 3870 	mtaram76@yahoo.com B.Med. Rad., Univ. of South Australia; Dip. Med. Imaging, UPNG Ms E. Zachariah 	Tutor 	324 3878 	  B. Med. Rad. Sci., Newcastle MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE Mr G. Gairo 	Discipline Leader, Snr. Tutor 	324 3847 	gairoer@upng.ac.pg B.Appl.Sc (MLS), RMIT, Aust.; Assoc. Dip.Clinical Lab. Technician, QUT, Aust.; Cert.Medical Technician, CAHS POM Ms P. Riman 	Senior Tutor 	324 3847 	  M.Medical Lab. Sciences, Appl.Sci. (MLS), RMIT, Aust.; Dip. Medical Technology, CAHS POM Mr G. Philip 	Tutor 	324 3842 	gphilip@upng.ac.pg B.Appl. Sci.(MLS), RMIT, Aust; Cert. Medical Technology, CAHS POM DENTAL THERAPY Dr S. L. Perera 	Discipline Leader, Snr. Lecturer 	324 3808 	subhadda@daltron.com.pg DD Health, Dublin, Ireland; HD Diploma, Sri Lanka; B.D. Surgery, Ceylon, Sri Lanka Dr M. S. Siddiqi 	Lecturer 	324 3808\/ 324 3855 	mssiddiqi@datec.net.pg Dr K. K. Beaga 	Senior Tutor 	324 3806 	k.kbeaga@upng.ac.pg BA (Psychology), UPNG; Dip. Dental Surgery, POM Dental School Mr P. Sali 	Tutor 	324 3806 	Paul.Sali@upng.ac.pg BOH, Qld, Adv.Dental Therapy. National Dental School Mrs A. Afo 	Tutor 	324 3806 	akafo@upng.ac.pg Dip.Adv. Dent. Therapy, Well.Polytehnic, NZ; Training Skills, Adcol; Dent.Asst., TAFE Coll., QLD; Dental Nurse, PMDS NURSING DIVISION Mrs E. Jojoga 	Chairperson, Snr. Lecturer 	325 6946 	Jojoga@upng.ac.pg Mrs D. Kaputin 	Senior Lecturer 	325 6946 	D.Kaputin@upng.ac.pg Ms J. Kageni 	Senior Lecturer 	325 6946 	J.Kageni@upng.ac.pg Ms G. Nanu 	Lecturer 	325 6946 	G.Nanu@upng.ac.pg Ms N. Buasi 	Lecturer 	325 6946 	N.Buasi@upng.ac.pg Mrs J. Dademo 	Tutor 	325 6946 	J.Dademo@upng.ac.pg Ms L. Lesley 	Tutor (Study Leave) 	325 6946 	L.Lesley@upng.ac.pg S. Paul 	Senior Tutor 	325 6946 	S.Paul@upng.ac.pg T. Ambuari 	Tutor 	325 6946 	T.Ambuari@upng.ac.pg Ms. R. Evia 	Senior Lecturer 	325 6946\/ 687 4019 	R.Evia@upng.ac.pg Mr. T. Telepo 	Tutor 	325 6946 	T.Telepo@upng.ac.pg","null","null","");arrFiles[94]=new Array("snps_bs.html","SNPS Biological Sciences","Biological Sciences (Botany, Zoology, Microbiology) Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	1.10101 	Organism Diversity, Structure & Function 	Prof. L. Hill 	3 1 	1.10102 	The Biology Century and PNG 	Prof. L. Hill 	3 2 	1.20101 	Introduction to Cellular Processes 	Prof. L. Hill 	3 1 	1.20102 	Introduction to Ecological Processes 	Mr. P. Daur 	3 2 	1.20103 	Introduction to Genetics & Evolution 	Dr. J. Mogina 	3 1 	1.30101 	Invertebrate Biology 	Mr. P. Daur 	3 2 	1.30102 	Vertebrate Biology 	Dr. A. Mungkaje 	3 1 	1.30103 	Plant Biology 	Dr. O. Gideon 	3 2 	1.30104 	Ecological Dynamics 	Assoc. Prof. S. Saulei 	3 2 	1.30105 	Physiological Ecology of Animals 	Prof. L. Hill 	2 1	1.30106 	Ecological Physiology of Plants 	Assoc. Prof. S. Saulei 	2 1 	1.30107 	Microbiology 	Ms. B. Waiin 	2 2 	1.30108 	Approaches to Ethno biology 	Dr. J. Mogina 	2 1 	1.30109 	Biometry 	Dr. A. Mungkaje 	2 2 	1.30110 	Plant Diversity 	Dr. O. Gideon 	2  	1.30111 	Biology Work Experience 	Prof. L. Hill 	3 1 	1.40101 	Freshwater Ecosystem & Management 	Mr. R. Totome 	3 1 	1.40102 	Terrestrial Ecosystems & Management 	Assoc. Prof. S. Saulei/Mr. P. Daur 	3 2 	1.40103 	Marine Ecosystems & Management 	Dr. A. Mungkaje 	3 2 	1.40104 	Fundamental & Applied Entomology 	Mr. P. Daur 	3 2 	1.40105 	Applied Microbiology 	Ms. B. Waiin 	3 1 	1.40106 	Evolutionary Processes 	Prof. L. Hill 	3 2 	1.40107 	Principles & Practice of Taxonomy 	Dr. O. Gideon 	3 2 	1.40108 	Biochemistry 	Prof. L. Hill 	3 1&2 	1.50150 	Post Graduate Diploma in Science 1&2 	1.50155 	BSc. Honours 1&2 	7.60100 	MSc 1&2 	7.70150 	PhD NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course. Up to date details of the BS programs at the BS site on the Intranet","null","null","");arrFiles[95]=new Array("snps_ch.html","Chemistry","Chemistry Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 2 	1.10201 	Chemistry 1 	Mr. R. Kuama 	3 1 	1.20201 	Chemistry 2A 	Mr. R. Kuama 	3 2 	1.20202 	Chemistry 2B 	TBA 	3 2 	1.20203 	Chemisty in our daily life 	TBA 	3 1 	1.20204 	Chemisty in PNG 	Dr. T. Rali 	3 2 	1.20205 	Introduction to Spectroscopy 	Dr. T. Rali 	3 2 	1.30201 	Chemical Principles 	Dr. B. Marasinghe 	3 1 	1.30202 	Organic Chemistry 1 	Dr. T. Rali 	3 2 	1.30203 	Inorganic Chemistry 1 	Mr. R. Kuama 	3 2 	1.30204 	Physical Chemistry 1 	Dr. B. Marasinghe 	3 2 	1.30205 	Physical Chemistry 1 	Dr. T. Rali 	3 2 	1.30206 	Chemical Analysis 	TBA 	3 2 	1.30207 	Inorganic Chemistry 2 	TBA 	3 1 	1.40201 	Physical Chemisty 2 	Dr. B. Marasinghe 	3 1 	1.40202 	Natural Products Chemistry 	Dr. T. Rali 	3 1 	1.40205 	Environmental Chemistry 	TBA 	3 1 	1.40206 	Chemical Professional Skills 	TBA 	3 2 	1.40207 	Applied Physical Chemistry 	Dr. B. Marasinghe 	3 2 	1.40208 	Applied Organic Chemistry 	Dr. T. Rali 	3 1\/2 	1.40209 	Special Topics 	TBA 	3 2 	1.40209 	Applied Inorganic Chemistry 	TBA 	3 1&2 	1.50250 	Post Graduate Diploma in Science 1&2 	1.50255 	BSc. Honours 1&2 	7.60200 	MSc 1&2 	7.7050 	PhD NOTES:   1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[96]=new Array("snps_dean.html","SNPS - Dean\'s Message","Welcome to Science at UPNG Welcome Message from the Dean of SNPS goes here","null","null","");arrFiles[97]=new Array("snps_es.html","Earth Sciences","Earth Sciences (Geology, Geophysics, Geochemistry, Environmental Geology) Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 2 	1.10501 	Physical Geology 	Prof. H. Davies 	3 1 	1.10502 	Geology & Disaster Reduction 	Mrs. E. Turare 	3 1 	1.20501 	Historical Geology 	Dr. R. Perembo 	3 2 	1.20503 	Earth Resources 	Mr. S. Kawagle 	3 1 	1.20505 	Rocks, Microscopy & Mapping 	Ms. P. Ila'ava 	3 1 	1.30505 	Sedimentary & Metamorphic Petrology 	Ms. M. Bera 	3 2 	1.30506 	Geology Work Experience 	Prof. H. Davies \/ Dr. J. Espi 	12 1 	1.30508 	Igneous & Metamorphic Petrology 	Ms. P. Ila'ava 	3 1 	1.30509 	GIS & Photogeology 	Mr. M. Kiele 	3 2 	1.30510 	Field & Structural Geology 	Prof. H. Davies 	3 2 	1.30511 	Sedimentary Geology 	Ms. M. Bera 	3 1 	1.40501 	Applied Stratigraphy 	Dr. R. Perembo\/Ms. M. Bera 	3 1 	1.40502 	Mineral Deposit & Geochemisty 	Dr. J. Espi 	3 1 	1.40503 	Engineering & Environmental Geology 	Mr. M. Kiele 	3 2 	1.40504 	Petroleum Geology 	Dr. R. Perembo\/ Mr. S. Kawagle 	3 2 	1.40505 	Applied Geophysics 	Mr. S. Kawagle 	3 2 	1.40506 	PNG Geology & Tectonics 	Prof. H. Davies \/ Mr. S. Kawagle 	3   	1.41001 	1.41001 Research Project 	Earth Sciences Staff 	3   	1.41003 	1.41003 Selected Topic 	Earth Sciences Staff 	3   	1.40507 	Geology Special Topic 	Earth Sciences Staff 	3 Lahara 	5.10502 	Geology and Disaster Reduction 	Earth Sciences Staff 	3   	1.40508 	Data Analysis for Earth Sciences 	By Arrangement 	3 1&2 	1.50550 	Post Graduate Diploma in Science 1&2 	1.50555 	BSc. Honours 1&2 	7.60500 	MSc 1&2 	7.70550 	PhD NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[98]=new Array("snps_esg.html","Environmental Science and Geography","Environmental Science and Geography Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 2 	1.22301 	Introduction to Environmental Science Elective 	Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray \/ Ms. G. Numbasa 	3 1 	1.22302 	ESG and Global Change School 	Mr. T. Simbiwen, Ms. G. Numbasa, Dr. N. Miskaram , Ms. E. Butuna and Mr J. Duguman. 	3 1 	1.12310 	Introduction to Geography Elective 	Dr. N. Miskaram, Mr. T. Simbiwen and Mr P. Samuel 	3 1 	1.22311 	Introduction to Population Studies Elective 	Ms E. Butuna, Mr A. Failteli, Dr. N. Miskaram 	3 1 	1.22331 	Urban Systems and Inequality 	Ms. G. Numbasa, Dr. N. Miskaram & Mr. P. Samuel 	3 1 	1.22332 	Rural Systems and Food Security	Dr. N. Miskaram, Ms. G. Numbasa & Dr. A. Nita 	3 1 	1.22371 	Resources and Adaptation Measures	Dr. A. Nita , Mr P., Ms. G. Numbasa & Mr. J. Duguman 	3 1 	1.21001 	Introduction to GIS and Remote Sensing  School wide 	Ms R. Kiele-Sapak 	3 2 	1.22381 	Demography and Population Statistics 	Mr A. Faiteli, Ms E. Butuna, Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray 	3 2 	1.22318 	Geographic Techniques	Dr. N. Miskaram, Mr. T. Simbiwen & Mr. P. Samuel 	3 2 	1.22351 	Integrated Terrestrial and Coastal Processes 	Mr. T. Simbiwen & Prof. C. Kaluwin 	3 2 	1.22352 	Tropical Climatology	Mr. P. Samuel, Mr. T. Simbiwen, Prof. C. Kaluwin 	3 2 	1.22361 	Pacific Peoples and Environment Elective 	Dr. N. Miskaram, Ms. G. Numbasa & Mr. T. Simbiwen 	3 2 	1.21002 	Remote Sensing Technique and Application School wide 	Ms R. Kiele-Sapak 	3 1 	1.32381 	Demographic Methods and Analysis 	Mr A. Faiteli, Ms E. Butuna and Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray 	3 1 	1.32331 	Demographic Methods and Analysis 	Ms. G. Numbasa and Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray 	3 1 	1.32332 	Challenges to Rural Environments 	Dr. N. Miskaram & Dr. A. Nita 	3 1 	1.32371 	Resource Management & Environmental Sustainability Elective 	Dr. A. Nita , Prof. C., Ms. E. Butuna and Mr. P. Samuel 	3 1 	1.31001 	Advanced GIS and Remote Sensing School wide 	Ms. R. Kiele-Sapak 	3 2 	1.32382	Geographical and Population Issues in the Asia-Pacific Regjon 	Dr. N. Miskaram, Ms. E. Butuna & Mr. A. Faiteli 	3 2 	1.32351	Integrated Catchment and Coastal Area Management	Mr. T. Simbiwen & Prof. C. Kaluwin, Dr M. Baine (MIRC) and Biology staff 	3 2 	1.32353	Hydrometeorology and Mountain Environments	Mr. T. Simbiwen, Mr P. Samuel & Bioiology staff.	3 2 	1.32372	Environmental Governance (Policy & Negotiatons Elective 	Dr. A. Nita & Prof. C. Kaluwin	3 2 	1.31002	Project in GIS and Remote Sensing School wide 	Ms R. Kiele-Sapak	3 2 	1.32304	ESG Work Experience	 	3 1 	1.42331	Urban Planning and Management 	Ms. G. Numbasa, Dr A. Nita & Dr N. Miskaram , Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray 	3 1 	1.42332	Rural and Regional Planning and Development	Dr. A. Nita , Dr. N. Miskaram & Ms G. Numbasa 	3 1 	1.42373	Hazards and Risk Management	Mr P. Samuel, \/Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray, Prof. C. Kaluwin, Mr J. Duguman 	3 1 	1.42301	Tools for Environmental Management and Decision Making \/ Assessment Elective 	Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray, Mr J. Duguman, Mr P. Samuel 	3 1 	1.42374	Biodiversity and Nature Conservation Strategies (joint with Biology \/ SCC)	Mr J. Duguman, Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray, Prof. L. Hill, Mr T. Pringel and others	3 1 	1.41002	Research Techniques & Skills School wide 	 	3 1 	1.41003	Selected Topics School wide 	 	3 2 	1.42381	Millennium Population, Environment and Development Elective 	Ms E. Butuna, Mr A. Faiteli, Dr A. Nita and Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray 	3 2 	1.42351	Oceans and Integrated Coastal Management (with MIRD \/ Biology) 	Mr P. Samuel, Prof. C. Kaluwin, Mr J. Duguman, Biology and MIRD staff, Ms G. Numbasa 	3 2 	1.42352	Climate Change Variability, Impacts and Adaptation strategies 	Prof. C. Kaluwin, Mr M. Kilepak, Ms G. Numbasa, Mr P. Samuel, Mr T. Simbiwen	3 2 	1.42353	Spatial Analysis for Multi-disciplinary Planners, Decision-makers and Managers 	Mr. T. Simbiwen, Dr. N. Miskaram, Ms. G. Numbasa & Ms R. Kiele Sapak	3 2 	1.42375	Conservation Biology and Protected Area Management(joint with Biology \/ SCC) 	Mr J. Duguman, Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray, Prof. L. Hill, Mr T. Pringel and others	3 2 	1.41001	Research Project School wide	 	3 2 	1.42391	ESG Topics in ESG 	 	3 1&2 	1.50150 	Post Graduate Diploma in Science 1&2 	1.50155 	BSc. Honours 1&2 	7.60100 	MSc 1&2 	7.70150 	PhD NOTES:     1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.  Up to date details of the ESG programs at the ESG site on the Intranet","null","null","");arrFiles[99]=new Array("snps_home.html","School of Natural and Physical Sciences","School of Natural & Physical Sciences The School of Natural and Physical Sciences (SNPS) is located at the Waigani Campus. It also runs a multi-disciplinary research centre situated at Bootless Bay, Tubusereia called the Motupore Island Research Centre and the offshore Tahira Marine Base which serves Motupore. SNPS's main focus is in the science area. The executive oversees the administrative functions of the school with the help of appointed Strand leaders which head the Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Statistics and Computer Science, Physics and Environmental Science respectively. SNPS offers the following degrees:      Bachelor of Science (BSc)      Postgraduate Diploma in Science (PGDSc)      Bachelor of Science with Honours (BSc Hons)      Master of Science (MSc)      Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)      Doctor of Science (ScD)              PNG's development involves discovery and exploitation of natural resources which bring in much needed monies for better services (health, education and infrastructure) to enhance quality of the lives of the citizens of Papua New Guinea.         The school trains graduates who, become scientists in a range of scientific areas which include Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Statistics, Computer Science, Physics, and Environmental Science.     The Students play a very important role of discovery to enhance exploitation of natural resources (oil and minerals), development of various scientific related products, effective management of the, physical environment for sustainability and others aimed at progress and development of PNG. The School provides students with up to date and high quality courses in various disciplines areas. It also equips them with many new skills required by the workforce. Most teaching involves lectures, tutorials, seminars, practicals and field work. Practical and field experiences help students with equipment, techniques, experimental design and technical report writing.","null","null","");arrFiles[100]=new Array("snps_mscs.html","Mathematics, Statistics and Computer Science","Mathematics, Statistics & Computer Science Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	1.10801 	Foundation Mathematics I	TBA 	4 2 	1.10802 	Foundation Mathematics II	TBA 	2 1 	1.10803 	Applied Finite Maths	Mrs. N. Fadry Dr. M. Dandava 	3 2 	1.10804 	Fundamentals of Calculus	Mrs. N. Fadry Dr. M. Dandava 	3 1 	1.20801 	Calculus I	Mrs. N. Fadry 	3 2 	1.20802 	Calculus II	Mrs. N. Fadry 	3 1 	1.20803 	Discrete Mathematics	TBA 	3 1 	1.20804 	Linear Algebra	Prof. A. Easton 	3 1 	1.20811 	Basic Statistics	TBA 	3 2 	1.20812 	Statistical Methods	TBA 	3 1&2 	1.20821 	Computer Software Applications	Mr. S. Kiap 	3 2 	1.20822 	Introduction to Programming	Mr. W. Tapio 	3 1 	1.30801 	Calculus III	Prof. A. Easton 	3 2 	1.30802 	Calculus IV	Prof. A. Easton 	3 2 	1.30803 	Abstract Algebra	  	3 2 	1.30804 	Work Experience	  	3 1 	1.30811 	Probability & Sampling Distributions	TBA 	3 2 	1.30812 	Inferential Statistics	TBA 	3 1 	1.30813 	Estimation & Tests of Hypothesis	  	3 1 	1.30821 	Introduction to Databases	Mr. W. Tapio 	3 2 	1.30822 	Systems Analysis	Mr. J. Suagotsu 	3 1 	1.30823 	Data Structures & Algorithms	Mr. W. Tapio 	3 2 	1.30824 	Database Design & Management	Mr. W. Tapio 	3 1 	1.30831 	Ordinary Differential Equations	Prof. A. Easton 	3 2 	1.30832 	Partial Differential Equations	Prof. A. Easton 	3 2 	1.40801 	Group Theory	  	3 1 	1.40802 	Special Topics in Mathematics I	  	3 2 	1.40803 	Special Topics in Mathematics II	  	3 1 	1.40811 	Regression Analysis	  	3 2 	1.40812 	Experimental Design & Variance Covariance Analysis	  	3 1 	1.40813 	Survey Methods & Quality Control	  	3 2 	1.40814 	Non-Parametric Statistics	  	3 1 	1.40815 	Special Topics in Statistics I	  	3 2 	1.40816 	Special Topics in Statistics II	  	3 2 	1.40817 	Multivariate Statistical Analysis	  	3 1 	1.40821 	Information Technology	Mr. J. Suagotsu 	3 1 	1.40822 	Networking & Operating Systems	Mr. J. Suagotsu 	3 2 	1.40824 	Object-Oriented Programming	Mr. J. Suagostu 	3 1 	1.40825 	Special Topics in Computing I	  	3 2 	1.40826 	Special Topics in Computing II	Mr. J. Suagotsu 	3 1 	1.40831 	Numerical Analysis I	  	3 2 	1.40832 	Numerical Analysis II	  	3 1 	1.40833 	Linear Programming	  	3 2 	1.40834 	Stochastic Processes	  	3  1&2 	1.50850 	Post Graduate Diploma in Science 1&2 	1.50855 	BSc. Honours 1&2 	1.50800 	MSc 1&2 	1.50850 	PhD NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course. ","null","null","");arrFiles[101]=new Array("snps_phys.html","Physics","Physics Background SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 2 	1.10901 	Physics 1	Mr. M. Kilepak 	3 1 	1.20904 	Mechanics	Mr. J. Pano 	3 2 	1.20905 	Electricity & Magnetism	Mr. M. Kilepak 	3 1 	1.30909 	Electronics	Mr. M. Korimas 	3 2 	1.30910 	Energy Development Technologies	Mr. M. Korimas 	3 2 	1.30912 	Computer Architecture	Mr. M. Korimas 	3 2 	1.30913 	Introductory Electronic Communications	Mr. J. Pano 	3 1 	1.30914 	Physics of Electronic Devices	Mr. J. Pano 	3 2 	1.31003 	Work Experience	Mr. M. Korimas 	3 1 	1.40903 	Computer Interfacing	Mr. M. Korimas 	3 2 	1.40905 	Environmental Physics	Mr. M. Kilepak 	3 2 	1.40908 	Signal Processing & Applications	TBA 	3 1 	1.40911 	Physics of Climate	Mr. M. Kilepak 	3 1 	1.40919 	Photovoltaic Systems	Mr. M. Korimas 	3 2 	1.40920 	Wind Energy	Mr. M. Kilepak 	3 1&2 	1.40940 	Physics Special Topics	Discipline Leader 	3  1&2 	1.50950 	Post Graduate Diploma in Science 1&2 	1.50955 	BSc. Honours 1&2 	1.50900 	MSc 1&2 	1.50950 	PhD NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[102]=new Array("snps_staff.html","SNPS - Academic Staff","Academic Staff Phone: 3267 ___ ; Facsimile 3267 187 NAME	DESIGNATION	ROOM NO	EXT NO	EMAIL ADMINISTRATION - First Floor Science I Building Professor L. Hill	Acting Executive Dean	S265	319/210/392	Lance.Hill@upng.ac.pg PhD, BSc. (Hons) Syd. Uni, Aust. Dr. R. Perembo 	Deputy Executive Dean 	S367 	632 	Russ.Perembo@upng.ac.pg PhD, UWA; MSc, UQ; BSc., UPNG Mr J. Bisiai	Executive Officer 	  	333 	Joe.Bisiai@upng.ac.pg BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES STRAND - Administration - Science II Building – Top Floor Prof. L. Hill 	Strand Leader 	S265 	210/392 	Lance.Hill@upng.ac.pg PhD, BSc. (Hons) Syd. Uni, Aust Assoc. Prof. S. Saulei 	Senior Lecturer 	S252/ CRPGS 	538/504 	Saulei.Simon@upng.ac.pg PhD Aberd.,MSc Wat., BSc UPNG Dr. O. Gideon 	Lecturer 	NSRC 	155 	Osia.Gideon@upng.ac.pg PhD, JCU, Aust.; Master of Philosophy, BSc (Forestry), PNGUOT; Dip. in Forestry, Bulolo Dr. R. Mana 	Senior Lecturer 	NSRC 	156 	rmana@upng.ac.pg Ph.D, MSc, Kagoshima University., Japan; BSc., UPNG Dr. A. Mungkaje 	Lecturer 	S277 	660 	A.Mungkaje@upng.ac.pg PhD, New Hampshire, USA; MSc. Memorial Univ. of Newfoundland, Canada; BSc (Hons), BSc UPNG Mr. P. Daur 	Lecturer 	S275 	221 	biles@upng.ac.pg MPM, S. Fraser, Canada; BSc Hons UPNG; BSc (Forestry), PNGUOT Mr. R. Totome 	Lecturer 	S217 	422 	R.Totome@upng.ac.pg PGD App.Sc. Waikato, New Zealand, BSc, UPNG Ms. U. Kolkolo 	Lecturer (On Study Leave) 	  	  	Ursula.Kolkolo@upng.ac.pg MAQ, Simon Fraser, Canada. BSc (UPNG) Dr. J. Mogina 	Senior Lecturer 	S279 	630 	Jane.Mogina@upng.ac.pg PhD, ANU, Aust.; M.Ed Studies (Science), Monash, Aust.; PGDEd, BSc, UPNG Ms. B. Waiin 	Lecturer 	S283 	391 	B.Waiin@upng.ac.pg MSc, Imperial UK, BSc, UPNG, PGDSci(UPNG) Mr. P. Piskaut 	Lecturer 	NSRC 	154 	piskautp@upng.ac.pg MSc,Lincoln, N.Z., BSc, UPNG Mr. T. Solulu 	Lecturer 	S252 	538 	tmsolulu@upng.ac.pg MSc., Oxford,U.K., B.Ag., PNGUOT CHEMISTRY STRAND - Science I Building Dr. T. Rali 	Strand Leader 	S185 	222 	Rali.Topul@upng.ac.pg PhD, East Anglia, BSc (Hons), BSc, UPNG Dr. B. Marasinghe 	Lecturer 	S179 	226 	basilmar@upng.ac.pg PhD, UNSW; MSc., Bradform; BSc-Chem., Jadavpur Mr. R. Kuama 	Lecturer 	S160 	217 	Reddy.Kuama@upng.ac.pg MSc, Newcastle EARTH SCIENCE STRAND - Science III Building Prof. H. Davies 	Strand Leader 	S370 	173/395 	hdavies@upng.ac.pg PhD, Stanford Univ., USA; MSc, BSc, Western Australia Univ., Aust Dr. R. Perembo 	Senior Lecturer 	S367 	632 	Russ.Perembo@upng.ac.pg PhD, UWA; MSc, UQ; BSc., UPNG Dr. J. Espi 	Lecturer 	359 	656 	joespi@upng.ac.pg PhD, MSc, Tsukuba Univ. Japan; BSc(Hons), BSc UPNG Mr. S. Kawagle 	Lecturer 	361 	371 	Simon.Kawagle@upng.ac.pg MSc, PGradDipGeophy, GradDipGeophy. Curtin, Aust., MSc, BSc (Hons), BSc UPNG. Mrs. E. Turare 	Coordinator, Centre for Disaster Reduction 	S364 	181 	Eileen.Turare@upng.ac.pg BSc, UPNG. Ms. M. Bera 	Tutor 	S368 	656 	beram@upng.ac.pg BSc., UPNG Ms. P. Ila'ava 	Tutor 	S364 	181 	Pat.Ila'ava@upng.ac.pg BSc, UPNG Mr. M. Kiele 	Tutor 	S358 	267 	Merok.Kiele@upng.ac.pg B.Sc, UPNG ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY STRAND Prof. C. Kaluwin 	Professor Environmental Science 	S117/TB608 	216 	Chalapan.Kaluwin@upng.ac.pg PhD. Salford; MSc. UNSW; BSc(Hons.), UPNG Assoc. Prof. D. Mowbray 	Discipline Leader 	S269/270 TB607 	413 	David.Mowbray@upng.ac.pg PhD, BSc (Hons), Sydney, Aust Dr. N. Miskaram 	Senior Lecturer/ Strand Leader (Geogr. & Pop. Studies) 	KD125 	451 	Norlie.Miskaram@upng.ac.pg PhD, JCU; MSc., SOAS, UK; BA(Hons.), BA, UPNG; DipT(Sec), GTC Mr. J. Duguman 	Senior Lecturer 	  	  	John.Duguman@upng.ac.pg M.Eng. Studies, Sydney, Aust; BSc, UPNG Dr. A. Nita 	Lecturer 	S254 	227 	Albert.Nita@upng.ac.pg PhD, M.Res.Reg.Plan, BA Otago, NZ Mr. P. Samuel 	Lecturer 	KD112 	165 	Peter.Samuel@upng.ac.pg (To provide details) Mr. A. Faiteli 	Lecturer (Study Leave) 	  	  	Alfred.Faiteli@upng.ac.pg Masters in Demog., ANU; Graduate Diploma, ANU; BA, UPNG Mr. T. Simbiwen 	Lecturer 	KD106 	565 	Terence.Simbiwen@upng.ac.pg MPhil., Cambridge; BA (Hons), BA, UPNG Ms. R. Kiele 	Lecturer 	S279 	172 	Reg.Kiele@upng.ac.pg (Details to be provided) Ms. E. Butuna 	Lecturer 	KD123 	172 	elaineb@upng.ac.pg (Details to be provided) Ms. G. Numbasa 	Lecturer 	KD114 	610 	Georgina.Numbasa@upng.ac.pg Masters Env Mmgt, Grad.Dip Env.Mmgt.,Flinders; BEd., Dip.ST., Goroka MATHEMATICS, STATISTICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE - Science III Building Prof. A. Easton 	Strand Leader 	S306 	525 	Alan.Easton@upng.ac.pg PhD, MSc, Flinders, Aust; BSc (Hons), Adelaide; Diploma in Teaching, Adelaide T/College, Aust Dr. M. Dandava 	Lecturer 	S310 	608 	Mac.Dandava@upng.ac.pg PhD., Monash; MSc., Reading; BSc, UPNG; Dip.ST, Fulton College, Fiji Mr. W. Tapio 	Lecturer 	S323 	514 	tapiowh@upng.ac.pg PGD Computer Science, Wollongong; BSc (Hons), BSc, UPNG Mr. J. Suagotsu 	Lecturer 	S316 	619 	jsuagotsu@upng.ac.pg MSc.(IT), Knightsbridge; PGD (Engineering Maths), PNGUOT; BA, UPNG Mrs. N. Fadri 	Lecturer 	S324 	677 	Nory.Fadri@upng.ac.pg BSc (Mathematics), Philippines Union College Ms. N. Labeli 	Teaching Fellow 	S315 	484 	Naomi.Labeli@upng.ac.pg BSc (Hons), BSc, UPNG Mr. S. Kiap 	Tutor 	  	485 	S.Kiap@upng.ac.pg BSc(Hons), UPNG Mrs. C. Kitcher 	Lecturer 	KD328 	649 	Carol.Kitcher@upng.ac.pg BSc, Cape Coast, Ghana; Grad.Dip.Sc., Ghana; MSc. Aston, Birmingham, UK Ms. H. Simon 	Tutor 	KD326 	363 	hsimon@upng.ac.pg BSc, UPNG Mr. M. Toreu 	Tutor 	KD349 	288 	Michael.Toreu@upng.ac.pg BSc, UPNG Mr. M. Prihume 	Tutor 	KD324 	310 	Moare.Prihume@upng.ac.pg BSc, UPNG Mr. L. Aellen 	Tutor 	KD335 	310 	Len.Aellen@upng.ac.pg BSc, UPNG PHYSICS STRAND - Science I Building Mr. M. Korimas 	A/Strand Leader 	S163 	286 	Michael.Korimas@upng.ac.pg PGDip. Computer Engineering, QUT; PGDSc (Electronic Instrumentation), UPNG/PNGUOT; BSc (Physics), UPNG Mr. M. Kilepak 	Lecturer 	S175 	271 	Moyap.Kilepak@upng.ac.pg GDip. Meteorology BMTC, Aust.; PGDSc (Electronic Instrumentation) UPNG/PNGUOT; BSc. UPNG Mr. J. Pano 	Senior Tutor 	S161 	263 	panojd@upng.ac.pg BSc (Hons), BSc, UPNG","null","null","");arrFiles[103]=new Array("snps_swc.html","SNPS - School Wide Courses","School Wide Courses School Wide Courses go here","null","null","");arrFiles[104]=new Array("sol_dlp.html","Diploma in Law (Prosecutions)","Diploma in Law (Prosecution) DLP Courses Year One Semester One 	Semester Two Introduction to Law 	Customary Law Constitutional Law 	Crime & Criminal Justice System Communication & Life Skills 	Ethics & Civics Computer Literacy & Numeracy 	Law Study Skills & Library Research Year Two Semester One 	Semester Two Criminal Law 	Trial Practice & Criminal Procedures Law of Evidence 	Pract. & Procedure in Transnational Crime Prosecution Criminology & Penology 	LLB Option 1: Principles of Equity & Trust International Law 	LLB Option 2 : 1 more Law option","null","null","");arrFiles[105]=new Array("sol_home.html","School of Law - Home","School of Law The School has two strands, the Law Strand and the Legal Clinical Programs (LCP) Strand. The Law Strand is responsible for the teaching of substantive law courses and programs whilst the LCP Strand is responsible for the teaching, development and administration of procedural and applied legal courses and programs, like the Diploma in Law (Prosecutions) (DLP) program. However, both strands are responsible for teaching all courses in the LLB degree and the LL.M (part course work and thesis) degree programs. Supervision for the PhD is also the School's responsibility in conjunction with the Centre for Research and Post Graduate Studies. Being the only Law School in the country, the School has graduated the majority of lawyers practising in PNG. There are also a significant number of lawyers practicing in the Solomon Islands and Vanuatu who have graduated from the Law School. Entry requirements To be eligible for admission, one must have obtained a minimum GPA of 2.75 with a “B” in English and no “D” grade in any other subject of study taken at Grade 12 or such other matriculation program. Selections begin with the highest GPA presented and progress downwards until the quota is filled. Often the minimum GPA of 2.75 is not reached because of the limited number of only 50 – 60 places for fresh intakes. Bachelor of Laws The program is spread over a four-year period. Students must complete 36 courses, which comprise of 19 compulsory law courses, 9 optional law courses and 8 enrichment courses, and must score an aggregate GPA of 1.75 to be awarded a degree. The compulsory courses cover both substantive and procedural aspects of law. During the final year of study, all students are required to complete and submit a Major Research Paper of up to 20,000 words, where this is designed to expose students to writing up a topic after conducting individual research with minimal supervision by a staff supervisor. The optional or elective units are usually law options. However, students are also encouraged to take up to eight (8) non-law courses, comprising of 4 compulsory enrichment courses, 2 non-law school courses and 2 non-law elective courses from other Schools as part of the enrichment component of the degree program and in accordance with the spirit of the now implemented University restructure. Classification of the LL.B Degree The Law School has adopted a System of Classifying the LL.B degree. A student who has obtained good grades throughout the study program will be awarded an Honours degree at the completion of her or his LL.B studies in the following 3 classes:       Honours 	Percentage Grade 	GPA       1st Class 	85-100% 	3.75+       2nd Class Division 1 	75-84% 	2.75-3.74       2nd Class Division 2 	65-74% 	2.45-2.74       Pass (D Average) 	50-64% 	1.75-2.44 Diploma In Law (Prosecutions) This diploma targets people in the workforce handling work that involves investigations, compliance monitoring and enforcement, prosecution and such work that involves the application of law. Policemen, investigators, judicial staff, health inspectors and such others are the targeted group. Entry requirements Generally, applicants are expected to have matriculated with a GPA of 2.75 and must have gained some relevant work experience in the above stated work environments, over at least two (2) years. Presently, only 20 places are allowed and preference is given to applicants with suitable work experience and background. Selection also begins with the highest GPA presented. Program of Study The program is usually spread over a period of two years. To be eligible to graduate, a candidate must complete ten (10) compulsory DLP courses; two options in the LL.B program and the requisite Enrichment Studies course offered in the first year. Master of Laws (LLM) The Master of Laws Program is open to a person with an honours degree in law, or a person who has been admitted to practice law as a Barrister and Solicitor and who has appropriate degrees or professional qualifications. The LL.M degree can either be by thesis only or part thesis and course work.","null","null","");arrFiles[106]=new Array("sol_law.html","Law","Law Background: TBA SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	5.10701 	Introduction to Law	Assoc. Prof. Luluaki 	3 1 	5.10702 	Constitutional Law	Dr. E. Kwa 	3 1 	5.10703 	Contracts I	Mr. J. Kouni 	3 1 	5.20207 	Criminal Law	TBA 	3 1 	5.20708 	Law of Torts I	Mr. M. Laufa 	3 1 	5.20709 	Commercial Law	Mr. G. Yapao/Mr. M. Yalapan 	3 2 	5.20710 	Land Tenure Law	Mr. G. Muroa 	3 1 	5.27706 	Crime & Criminal Justice System (New Course in 2007 DLP Students Only)	TBA 	3 1 	5.30714 	Jurisprudence	TBA 	3 1 	5.37702 	Law of Evidence	Mr. S. Kaipu 	3 1 	5.37703 	Civil Procedures & Remedies (LCP)	TBA 	3 1 	5.40715 	Major Research Paper	Assoc. Prof. Luluaki 	3 Optional Courses 	  	 	  	  1 	5.30716 	International Law	Mr. K. Powaseu 	3 1 	5.30717 	Criminology & Penology (LCP)	Mr. S. Singin 	3 1 	5.30718 	Law of Industrial Relations	TBA 	3 1 	5.30719 	Succession Law	Mr. M. Laufa 	3 1 	5.40723 	International Trade Law	TBA 	3 1 	5.40724 	Natural Resource Law	Mr. . Kouni 	3 1 	5.40725 	International Human Rights Law	Ms. T. Isorua 	3 1 	5.40726 	Conflicts of Laws	Mr. C. J. Russell 	3 1 	5.40727 	Legal Aspects & International Finance & Investment	Mr. K. Powaseu 	3 1 	5.40728 	Company & Partnership Law	Mr. M. Yalapan 	3 1 	5.40729 	Intellectual Property Law	TBA 	3 1 	5.40730 	Company Law (Business Students)	Mr. K. Powaseu 	3 2 	5.10704 	Contracts Law II	Mr. J. Kouni 	3 2 	5.10705 	Customary Law	Mr. S. Kaipu 	3 2 	5.10706 	Principles of Equity & Trust	Mr. C. J. Russell 	3 2 	5.10707 	Law Study Skills & Library Research	Ms. L. Stanley 	3 2 	5.20711 	Law of Torts II	Mr. M. Laufa 	3 2	  	Ethics & Civics	  	  2 	5.20711 	Law of Torts II	Mr. M. Laufa 	3 2 	5.27701 	Trial Practice & Criminal Procedures(LCP)	Mr. N. Mirou 	3 2 	5.20712 	Land Administration & Policy	Mr. G. Muroa 	3 2 	5.20713 	Family Law	Assoc. Prof. J. Luluaki 	3 2 	5.30715 	Administrative Law	TBA 	3 2 	5.40715 	Major Research Paper	Assoc. Prof. J. Luluaki 	  Optional Courses 	  	 	  	  2 	5.37704 	Legislative Drafting (LCP)	Ms. J. Posman 	3 2 	5.30720 	Women & The Law	Mr. S. Singin 	3 2 	5.30721 	Business Law	Mr. G. Yapao 	3 2 	5.30722 	PLLG & Administration Law	Mr. G. Muroa 	3 2 	5.27705 	Practice & Procedure in Transnational Crime Prosecution(LCP)	Mr. S. Kaipu 	3 2 	5.30739 	Media Law	TBA 	3 2 	5.40731 	Environmental Law	Dr. E. Kwa 	3 2 	5.40732 	Mining & Petroleum Law	Mr. M. Yalapan 	3 2 	5.40733 	Maritime Law	TBA 	3 2 	5.40734 	Alternative Dispute Resolution	Ms. T. Isorua 	3 2 	5.40735 	Customary Corporations Cooperative & Public Enterprises	Mr. M. Yalapan 	3 2 	5.40736 	Taxation Law	Mr. M. Laufa 	3 2 	5.40737 	State Finance Law	Mr. J. Kouni 	3 2 	5.40738 	International Humanitarian Law	Mr. K. Powaseu 	3 NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[107]=new Array("sol_lcp.html","School of Law - Legal Clinical Programs","Legal Clinical Programs SEM 	COURSE NO 	COURSE NAME 	ACADEMIC STAFF 	CREDIT POINTS 1 	5.37703 	Civil Procedures & Remedies (LCP)	TBA 	3 1 	5.30717 	Criminology & Penology (LCP)	Mr. S. Singin 	3 2 	5.27701 	Trial Practice & Criminal Procedures(LCP)	Mr. N. Mirou 	3 2 	5.37704 	Legislative Drafting (LCP)	Ms. J. Posman 	3 2 	5.27705 	Practice & Procedure in Transnational Crime Prosecution(LCP)	Mr. S. Kaipu 	3 The courses shown above are taken by the students in the Legal Clinical Programs in addition to the regular courses offered by the Law Strand. NOTES:    1. Contact hours for all courses is 4 hours, unless indicated otherwise for particular courses.    2. Where course descriptions do not contain pre-requisites, texts, assessment information, and names of the course lecturer, these will be supplied at the commencement of the semester in the course outline for each course.","null","null","");arrFiles[108]=new Array("sol_staff.html","SOL - Academic Staff","Law Staff Phone: 3267___ ; Facsimile: 3267 187 NAME 	DESIGNATION 	ROOM NO 	EXT NO 	EMAIL ADMINISTRATION - Arts II Building 3rd Floor - Email: Law.School@upng.ac.pg Mr. S. Kaipu 	Acting Executive Dean 	348 	481 	kaipuso@upng.ac.pg LLM, Waikato, NZ; LLB, UPNG Mr. M. Laufa 	Deputy Executive Dean 	320\/322 	428 	Maurice.Laufa@upng.ac.pg LLB, UPNG Mr. J. Diala 	Executive Officer 	Main Admin 	418 	John.Diala@upng.ac.pg TO BE ADVISED Mrs J. Jovellanos 	Executive Secretary 	Main Admin 	481 	jovellaj@upng.ac.pg TO BE ADVISED Ms M. Drepei 	Secretary 	Main Admin 	605 	mdrepei@upng.ac.pg TO BE ADVISED Mrs M. M. Kose 	Secretary 	Main Admin 	605 	mmkose@upng.ac.pg TO BE ADVISED Mrs S. Dingel 	Temporary Staff 	Main Admin 	605 	  ACADEMIC STAFF Dr. E. Kwa 	Strand Leader - Law Senior Lecturer 	315 	115 	kwaek@upng.ac.pg PhD, Auckland, NZ; LLM (Honours) Wollongong, Aust; LLB, UPNG Mr. S. Kaipu 	Strand Leader - LCP Senior Lecturer 	313 	275 	kaipuso@upng.ac.pg LLM, Waikato, NZ; LLB, UPNG Assoc. Prof. J. Luluaki 	Senior Lecturer 	332\/334 	466 	John.Luluaki@upng.ac.pg PhD, Cambridge; LLM, Warwick; LLB, UPNG Mr. G. Muroa 	Senior Lecturer 	329 	208 	gmuroa@upng.ac.pg LLM, Tasmania, Aust.; LLB, UPNG Mr. G. Yapao 	Lecturer 	317 	441 	George.T.Yapao@upng.ac.pg LLM, LLB, UPNG Mr. K. Powaseu 	Lecturer 	327 	494 	kppow@upng.ac.pg LLM, Monash, Aust; LLB, UPNG Mr. W. Golman 	Lecturer (Study Leave) 	  	  	  LLM, Arizona, USA; LLB, UPNG Mr. J. Kouni 	Lecturer 	304 	355 	  LLM, Inter. Maritime Law Institute, Malta; Admission Cert., Inst. Of Prof. Legal Studies, NZ; LLB, Waikato, NZ Mr. C.J. Russell 	Lecturer 	323 	115 	Cec.Russed@upng.ac.pg TO BE ADVISED Ms. T. Isorua 	Lecturer 	326 	669 	Tapora.Isorua@upng.ac.pg LLM, Melbourne, LLB, UPNG","null","null","");arrFiles[109]=new Array("staff_anps.html","Application for New Programs of Study","Applications for New Programs of Study To offer any new programs of study the proposal must be submitted through the School Board to Academic Senate by 1 June of the academic year preceding the year in which the program is to be offered. The proposal must include the following. 1 Submitting Division 2 Program Title 3 Program Type and Award       3.1 Undergraduate or Postgraduate program       3.2 Degree, Diploma, or Certificate awarded       3.3 Credit and\/or Professional Qualification awarded 4 Divisions Offering Program       4.1 School or Centre Administering Program             4.1.1 Administrating academic staff             4.1.2 Support letters from Executive Dean or Centre Director             4.1.3 Support letter from Dean of Research and Postgraduate Studies (if appropriate)       4.2 Contributing Schools and Centres             4.2.1 Support letters from Executive Deans and Centre Directors       4.3 Other Contributing Institutions             4.3.1 Support letters from Institutional Heads 5 Rationale for Program       5.1 Contrbution to PNG National Needs             5.1.1 Career opportunities for graduates             5.1.2 Professional recognition of program       5.2 Relationship of Program to University Strategic Plan       5.3 Relationship of Program to School Strategic Plan       5.4 Similar programs at other institutions             5.4.1 Institutions in Papua New Guinea             5.4.2 Institutions in neighbouring countries and wider world, as appropriate 6 Intended Students and Projected Enrolments       6.1 Targeted Consumer Groups             6.1.1 General Description             6.1.2 Estimated Size of National Group             6.1.3 Estimated Size International Group       6.2 Admissions Requirements             6.2.1 General description             6.2.2 Specific selection criteria       6.3 National Enrolments for the First Five Years       6.4 International Student Enrolments 7 Required Resources       7.1 Staff       7.2 Teaching and Laboratory Facilities       7.3 Information Technology and Library Resources       7.4 Specialty Resources and Equipment 8 Proposed Fees and Cost Recovery (if offered on a fee paying basis)       8.1 Program costs       8.2 Student fees       8.3 Cost recovery model             8.3.1 Staff salaries             8.3.2 General overhead             8.3.3 Life costs for repair and replacement of specialty resources 9 Description of Program Development Process       9.1 Review of Current Offerings and Decision to Develop a New Program       9.2 Contributions from Industry and other Stakeholding Organisations 10 Program Description       10.1 General Program Description       10.2 Assumed Student Knowledge Base       10.3 Graduate Profile       10.4 Program Objectives             10.4.1 Description             10.4.2 Matrix illustrating that objectives meet the profile.             (List the profile needs across the top by number, list the objectives down the side and check all that apply.)       10.5 Teaching Program Structure and Delivery             10.5.1 Schedule of Courses             10.5.2 Options for Flexible Delivery             (Attach letter of support from Director of IDCE)       10.6 Research Program Structure and Delivery (if appropriate)             10.6.1 Academic Staff Supervising Research             (Attach letter of support from Dean of Research and Postgraduate Studies)       10.7 Time to Completion       10.8 Program and Course Objective             10.8.1 Matrix illustrating that courses meet objectives.             (List objectives across the top by number, list the course titles down the side and check all that apply.) 11 Descriptions of Courses (including course outlines) (Title, Description, and Credits of each course)       11.1 Existing Courses       11.2 New Courses 12 Quality Assurance Strategy       12.1 Internal Review Mechanisms             12.1.1 Support letter from the Director of the Teaching and Learning Centre       12.2 External Review Mechanisms       12.3 Industry\/Professional Body Evaluation 13 Provisions for Students with Special Needs       13.1 International Students       13.2 Disabled Students 14 Advertising and Promotion","null","null","");arrFiles[110]=new Array("staff_ap.html","Admissions Policy","Admissions Policy: Intake Requirements and Quotas 1 General Admissions Criteria       1.1 New intakes into all Schools need grades in Year-12 English of C or better, except Law, which requires a grade of B or better.       1.2 The Grade Point Average of all applicants will be calculated on a 4.0 scale using their Year-12 grades. The required minimum GPA for admission to various UPNG schools will be as follows:              School of Business Administration: 	2.5              School of Law: 	2.75              School of Natural and Physical Sciences: 	2.5              School of Humanities and Social Science: 	2.00 for 2002 (but will progressively increase each year, with a goal of reaching 2.5 by 2006 at the latest)              School of Medicine and Health Sciences: 	Intakes from 2nd year Science on a competitive basis.       1.3 Exceptions: For programs with special requirements, such as fine arts and performing arts, other criteria, e.g. a portfolio of work or audition, may be used to justify admission as approved by the School and Senate.       1.4 Behaviour Reports: As decided by Council, applicants must submit a report on their behaviour during grades 10, 11 and 12 that will be considered in their application for admission. 2 Enrolment Quotas       2.1 The maximum number of new intakes into each School may vary from time to time, but presently will be as follows:              School of Business Administration: 	250              School of Humanities and Social Science: 	350              School of Natural and Physical Sciences: 	230              School of Medicine and Health Sciences: 	180              School of Law: 	80             (excluding magistrates in the Diploma program)","null","null","");arrFiles[111]=new Array("staff_asrpc.html","Application to Science Research and Publication Committee","Application To Science, Research & Publication Committee","null","null","");arrFiles[112]=new Array("staff_cae.html","Calendar of Academic Events","Calendar of Academic Events Approval of Timetable Timetable to be submitted by the Timetable Committee Chair to the Senate for approval by the end of Term 2 of the preceding academic year Approval of New Courses New courses to be presented by the Executive Deans to the Senate for approval by 1 June of the preceding academic year. Approval subject to demonstrated student need and interest, and meeting of UPNG quality assurance requirements. Approval of New Degree Programs New Degree Programs to be presented by the Executive Deans to the Senate for approval by 1 June of the preceding academic year. Approval subject to demonstrated student need and interest, and meeting of UPNG quality assurance requirements. Approval of Annual School Teaching Plans School Course Teaching Plans to be submitted by the Executive Deans to Senate by 30 June of the preceding academic year. No further changes to the teaching plans are to be accepted except in the case of extreme circumstances, and requiring discussion with and approval by the PVC. Pre-enrolment for continuing students The Central Administration implements a pre-enrolment and registration program in Term 3 of the preceding academic year for all continuing students to simplify the registration process. Participation is compulsory. When students return to UPNG at the commencement of the new academic year, registration will only entail:      A check of proof of payment;      A check of exclusion status based on previous year’s performance; and      Variation of pre-enrolment as an exception, and only if required by previous year’s academic performance. The Senate requires that continuing students return as close as possible to the start of classes.","null","null","");arrFiles[113]=new Array("staff_co.html","Course Outline","Course Outline All students enrolled in a course must be given a course outline in the first week of class. The course outline will include the following, where appropriate.","null","null","");arrFiles[114]=new Array("staff_gp.html","Graduate Profile","Graduate Profile Students graduating from UPNG should have instilled in them the following values:    1. All people are entitled to be treated as equals, and should be free from discrimination based on their gender, race, ethnicity, educational background, age, religion, physical and mental abilities, and sexual orientation.    2. People should always treat one another with respect and tolerance. Violence is unacceptable in any form, and all disagreements should be resolved in a peaceful, cooperative manner.    3. Transparency, accountability, compliance, and ethical behaviour are fundamental requirements in the performance of social, community, and employment responsibilities.    4. ndividuals are responsible for their own actions.    5. Truth and excellence should be pursued and encouraged in all activities, and it is inappropriate to besmirch the success of others out of jealousy or fear.    6. Life should be approached in a proactive manner, with a continuous search for improved solutions, and the initiation and participation in change by all individuals.    7. Material, energy, and human resources should be used responsibly, with careful regard for the environmental impacts of all activities.    8. Material and financial gains alone should never be the overriding life-goal of a human being, and their pursuit should not conflict with ethical, legal, and societal responsibilities.    9. Traditional cultures are important, and play a fundamental and valuable role in society.   10. Traditional knowledge is valuable, and can contribute to introduced knowledge.   11. National issues of Papua New Guinea should be a personal priority for all citizens.   12. Solutions to many of life’s and PNG’s challenges can come from within our community. Students graduating from UPNG should have gained the following abilities, skills, knowledge, and understanding:    1. Ability to communicate with others; with listening, speaking, reading, writing, and non-verbal communication skills sufficient to offer and receive complex information.    2. Ability to identify, deconstruct and solve complex problems; with skills sufficient to:            obtain and analyse relevant information, including numerical information.            use logical reasoning in constructing arguments;            consider options and alternative viewpoints;            propose and implement holistic solutions;    3. Research skills sufficient to obtain information from diverse sources.    4. Ability to use contemporary information technology for communication, research, and analysis.    5. Specific skills sufficient to meet a specific national workforce need.    6. Life-skills sufficient to live and work in both urban and rural workplaces    7. with international colleagues.    8. Knowledge of the requirements of ethical behaviour in the workplace.    9. Commitment to independent learning, and the ability to self teach and adapt to change in careers and workplace.   10. Ability to cope with the continuous change of rapidly evolving society.   11. Self-confidence and the ability to accept and provide constructive criticism.   12. Understanding of gender equity issues, and the processes for addressing gender based discrimination.   13. Understanding of the fundamentals of leadership, and the management of people, projects, time, and money.   14. Team-working and conflict resolution skills.   15. Appreciation and valuing of cultural and intellectual diversity and an ability to function in a multi-cultural or global environment.   16. Ability to interpret local issues and events within a global perspective.   17. Literacy in science, technology, environment, economics, and law sufficient to understand national issues.   18. Understanding of the needs of the general population in terms of health and education; including the impacts of alcohol and other drugs, violence and sexually transmitted infections.   19. Understanding of the needs of the general population in terms of livelihood maintenance and the requirements of sustainability in development.   20. Understanding of the social origin of crime and the processes for addressing it.   21. Familiarity with social and ethical responsibilities of citizenship, and the functions of representative democracy.","null","null","");arrFiles[115]=new Array("staff_home.html","Staff - Contents","Staff Handbook 2007 FOREWORD A SIMPLE GUIDE TO UPNG RULES, REGULATIONS AND PROCESSES This document is designed as a simple access guide to the academic policies and processes that impact on the every day professional life of all who work at UPNG. It is designed to help staff by bringing together in one place all those University wide academic procedures they are expected to be familiar with, and act upon. While working according to the rules can sometimes be painful, if the principal of equity, of equal treatment for all, is to apply in an organisation, then the same policies and processes must apply equally to all as well. Corrupt practices emerge when compliance to rules is not taken seriously, or is deliberately subverted. Chaos in an organisation emerges when units within the organisation do not work in harmony, or establish alternate and conflicting operational procedures. In a University, policies are established through the formally established collegial processes of Boards and Committees of the University, its Academic Senate and its Council. Their development is guided by the enduring question of quality assurance. What are the most effective common requirements necessary to ensure that equity in academic matters and academic merit are the guiding principles of University management processes? Too often staff express ignorance of contemporary approved policies and processes. Too often decisions of Academic Senate have either not been shared with them, or assimilated by them. This booklet aims to overcome this problem. It is commended to you for your reading and absorption. Compliance with the policies and processes is a given. This booklet should help clarify what the expectations, as approved by the Committees and Council of the University, are. The document is a first draft in a continuous improvement process. Suggestions regarding its improvement, the need for additional information to be included, etc. are very welcome. It is important to the University that all policies and procedures are unambiguous, transparent and available to the whole community. Prof. Ross Hynes Vice Chancellor","null","null","");arrFiles[116]=new Array("staff_laf.html","Application for Distress Loan","Application for a Distress/Furniture Loan","null","null","");arrFiles[117]=new Array("staff_leave.html","Staff Leave","Leave Application Form A.      Leave Applications should be submitted through the Executive Dean/Director to the Human Resources Division. Applications for Recreation Leave to be submitted at least one month in advance.","null","null","");arrFiles[118]=new Array("staff_ltrl.html","Application for Long Term Research Leave","Application for Long Term Research Leave","null","null","");arrFiles[119]=new Array("staff_mc.html","Medical Certificate","Medical Certificate To be granted leave on medical grounds, a student must submit a reduced certificate, such as described below:","null","null","");arrFiles[120]=new Array("staff.html","Procedure for Academic Salary Increments and Promotion","Procedure for Academic Salary Increments and Promotion 1 Introduction In January 2001, an agreement was signed between the Department of Personnel Management, the University of Papua New Guinea and the National Academic Staff Association in order to implement a salary structure for UPNG academic staff. According to the agreement, basic salary incremental progression to Step 4 within a salary level will normally occur unless an Executive Dean of the respective School recommends otherwise. However, despite the normal process, staff are expected to apply for incremental progression and to support the application with an academic portfolio. The procedures explained in this document have been designed to implement the provisions of the agreement and to incorporate both accelerated incremental progression for outstanding achievement and promotion. An accelerated increment refers to the progression through steps within the same salary grade. A promotion is the progression from a lower salary grade to a higher salary grade. However, these rules and procedures do not apply to the award of the Domestic Market Allowance. 2 Incremental Progression Subject to a review process, an academic staff member may progress by annual increments to the top of the relevant salary range. In order to assist the review, any academic staff member applying for progression will be required to submit a report to be known as the “Academic Portfolio.” An applicant for accelerated progression of two or more increments should provide documentation based on the standard required for promotion applications. The applicant will need to demonstrate in this documentation where her or his achievements may warrant consideration beyond the normal incremental progression. 3 Normal Dates for Submission of Application and Payment of Increments Application for accelerated increment or promotion with necessary documents must be submitted to the Executive Dean on or before 30th June each year. Normally, increments will be paid from 1 January of the year following the decision of the appropriate authority. 4 Progress Criteria for Accelerated Increments\/Promotions Application of an accelerated increment or promotion will be judged only on the basis of an applicant’s contribution and achievement since his\\/her appointment or last award of increment or promotion whichever is the latest. To be eligible for an accelerated increment or promotion an academic staff member must have:      Performed with distinction such teaching duties as may have been allocated by the Executive Dean of School in consultation with the member of staff.      Contributed, through research, scholarly writing, publication, as per reviewed and other recognised journals\/monographs, creative work in the arts reflected in exhibition in acknowledged gallery, public performances, recordings etc., professional practice or in other ways to the advancement and application of knowledge.      Participated effectively and efficiently in the administration of the institution and\/or provided scholarly leadership and undertaken with such administrative duties in the organisational unit as might have been assigned by the Executive Dean of School.      In community outreach activities internally involving members of the University community and externally with the wider community in a manner bringing credit to the person and to the university.      Contributed service to the relevant discipline through acquiring skills and knowledge in the flexible delivery of courses and engaging in developing course materials and teaching through distance mode.      Performance will be judged using benchmarks appropriate to the academic staff members’ level of appointment, and consistent with the academic staff members’ duties and the Position Classification Standards set out in Schedule A.  5 Approval of Increments The authority to grant or withhold an increment rests with the following authority according to the types of award.       Types of Award 	Authority       One increment 	Executive Dean       Double increment 	Pro Vice Chancellor       Accelerated increment 	University Staffing Committee       Promotion 	University Staffing Committee All increment decisions must be reported to the University Staffing Committee. 6 Review Process for Increments and Promotion To apply for an increment, an academic staff member must complete the “Academic Portfolio” and submit it to her or his Executive Dean not later than 30th June. Applications received after 30th June will not be considered. The applicant should provide sufficient details of performance and achievements to support her of his application. An Executive Dean may request additional information from any applicant, and should endeavour to obtain similar amounts or levels of information from all applicants. (i) One Increment The Executive Dean will normally approve an application for a one step increment up to step 4 on the salary scale. In exceptional circumstances however, the increment may be withheld and the incumbent will informed with a copy to the Human Resources Management Division. When an Executive Dean is satisfied that one increment beyond step 4 is justified, he or she will approve the application and forward it to the Human Resources Management Division and will also send a copy to the applicant. (ii) Double Increment When an Executive Dean considers that an applicant has demonstrated outstanding achievement in the previous 12 months, he or she may recommend accelerated progression of two increments. In such cases the nominated Executive Dean will forward all documentation with her or his recommendation to the Pro Vice Chancellor (ASA). After consideration of the recommendation the Pro Vice Chancellor will approve and forward the completed application to the Human Resources Management Division and a copy to the applicant. (iii) Accelerated Increment or Promotion When an Executive Dean considers that an applicant has demonstrated exceptionally outstanding achievement over a substantive period of time and exceeding twelve months, he or she may recommend accelerated progression of more than two increments or promotion to higher grade. In such cases, the Executive Dean will forward the application to the full-time academic staff members of the same discipline under confidential note. Each of the academic staff members will review the report and may send a confidential report directly to the Executive Dean under confidential sealed envelope. The Executive Dean in consultation with the Vice Chancellor will form a School Review Group to review all applications including peer and student assessment. The School Review Group comprises:      Three senior academic staff of the School;      One senior academic from another School nominated by the Vice Chancellor.  The School Review Group will assess all documents and score all applicants for promotion or accelerated increment. When an Executive Dean considers that an applicant has demonstrated exceptionally outstanding achievement and the School Review Group assessment supports such a claim the Executive Dean will forward the application with his\\/her recommendation to the Human Resources Management Division. The HRMD will arrange for the recommendation to be considered by the USC and subsequently advise the applicant of the outcome. When a School Review Group believes that an applicant has not satisfied the accelerated progression or promotion criteria the Dean will:      Inform the applicant of specific concerns in relation to the accelerated progression or promotion criteria;      Give the applicant an opportunity to raise any mitigating circumstances or state any other academic or professional development not previously mentioned;      If still convinced that an increment should be withheld, advise the applicant of the decision giving reasons in relation to the progression criteria and send the completed application, together with a copy of the advice to the applicant, to the HRMD; and      If the Executive Dean receives additional information and considers that the applicant deserves accelerated increment or promotion, then he\/she will forward the application to the HRMD for consideration by the USC.  7 Appeal against Withholding of Increment or Promotion An academic staff member may appeal against a decision to withhold an increment or promotion only on the ground of procedural matters. If an academic staff member wishes to appeal, he or she must notify the Director, HRMD of her or his intention in writing, within 10 working days of the date of advice from the Human Resources Management Division. 8 Application and Report Application for accelerated increment or promotion from an academic staff member should be accompanied by an Academic Portfolio in five responsibility areas: teaching, research, administration, outreach and distance and continuing education. The Portfolio should contain data & information on five areas as described below:       (a) Teaching Portfolio       The teaching portfolio should as a minimum contain data on:            Formal teaching allocation, measured by the number of contact hours per week and the number of equivalent full time students;            The load from supervising students in honours, graduate diplomas, masters and PhD;            Development of course, subject and teaching materials;            Results of formal student evaluation of teachings;            Formal recognition in teaching excellence;            Development of teaching activity by attending staff development courses in teaching.        (b) Research Portfolio       The research portfolio should as a minimum contain data on:            Research work published in local journal;            Research work published in international journal;            Research work published in book chapter;            Research based reports;            Research grant received;            Seminar\/conference papers;            Distinguished achievement;            Patents development;            Professional society activities;            Development of specific research skills; and            Provide leadership to a team of researchers.        (c) Administration Portfolio       The administration portfolio should as a minimum contain data on:            Participation in school administration and governance;            Participation in University administration and governance;            Course administration and support            Policy submission.        (d) Outreach Portfolio       The outreach portfolio should, as a minimum contain data on:            Unpaid consultancy\/advisory services;            Membership to external bodies;            External examiner\/reviewer;            Representing university to outside bodies\/forum;            Services to university community;            Promoting university image;            Supporting student extra curricular activities;            Voluntary educational services;            Coaching sports team.        (e) Distance and Continuing education Portfolio       The distance and continuing education portfolio should as a minimum contain data on:            Development of skills in developing course materials and delivery through distance mode;            Production of course materials;            Teaching students though distance mode;            Initiatives to develop life long learning skills; and            Teaching professional short courses.  9 Objective Review and Assessment of Academic A score method will be used to assess the performance of an applicant for increment or promotion. Based on the standard appropriate to the academic staff members level of appointment, and consistent with the academic staff member’s duties as set out in the Schedule A performance in each component of the portfolio will be measured by scoring the performance based on the following table: [INSERT TABLE p45] This above table provides a variation of 10 point in order to provide an opportunity for an academic staff member to increase the ratio of one or more of the portfolios in a way which best reflects his\/her contribution\/performance. Based on the above principle, an academic staff member will determine and advise how he\/she wishes the 10 point variation to be distributed between the five portfolios. 10 Benchmark for Increment and Promotion In order to get increment or promotion an applicant must attain the following level of score. However, score of 80 and above does not guarantee the award of promotion unless some other institutional considerations are favourable.       Increment       Number of Increment 	Score       Accelerated Increment 	95       Double Increment 	80 - 94       Single Increment       above Step 4 	61 - 79       No Increment 	60 and below       The scoring for accelerated increment, is presently under reconsideration. Staff will be advised of any change.       Promotion       Highly Probable 	80 and above       Promotable 	71 and above       Non Promotable 	70 and below","null","null","");arrFiles[121]=new Array("staff_ponc.html","Prodedure for a New Course","Procedures for Offering a New Course To offer any new course at UPNG, the following procedures must be completed by 1 June of the academic year preceding the year in which the course is to be offered. All new courses require the approval of School or Centre Board, and Academic Senate. Steps:    1. Complete all of the appropriate sections of this application form.    2. Complete a UPNG Course Outline.    3. Submit both documents to your School Board in the form of a proposal.    4. After approval by the School Board, the Executive Dean will present the proposal to the Senate for final approval. Application to Offer a New Course 1 Submitting Division 2 Course Title 3 Course Type, Credits, and Award       3.1 Undergraduate or Postgraduate       3.2 Credits       3.3 Certificate or Professional Qualification awarded (if any) 4 Divisions Offering Course       4.1 School or Centre             4.1.1 Academic staff             4.1.2 Support letter from Executive Dean or Centre Director             4.1.3 Support letter from Dean of Research and Postgraduate Studies       4.2 Other Contributing Schools, Centres, and Institutions             4.2.1 Support letters from Executive Deans and Centre Directors             4.2.2 Support letters from Institutional Heads 5 Rationale for Offering Course       5.1 General Role in Study Programs at UPNG       5.2 Contributions to PNG's national needs, and to the University and School Strategic Plans 6 Intended Students and Projected Enrolments       6.1 Description and Size of Targeted Consumer Groups       6.2 Enrolments for the First Five Years 7 Required Resources       7.1 Staff       7.2 Teaching and Laboratory Facilities       7.3 Information Technology and Library Resources       7.4 Specialty Resources and Equipment 8 Proposed Fees and Cost Recovery (If offered on fee-paying basis)       8.1 Course Costs       8.2 Student Fees       8.3 Cost Recovery Model             8.3.1 Staff salaries             8.3.2 General overhead             8.3.3 Life costs for repair and replacement of specialty resources 9 Description of Course Development Process       9.1 Review of Current Offerings and Decision to Develop a New Course       9.2 Contributions from Industry and other Stakeholder Organisations 10 Course Description       10.1 General Course Description       10.2 Assumed Student Knowledge Base             10.2.1 Description             10.2.2 Pre-requisite Courses       10.3 Course Objectives             10.3.1 Description             10.3.2 Contribution to UPNG's Graduate Profile             10.3.3 Contribution to Graduate Profile of specific study programs (Discuss the study programs for which the course is required, or describe the course's role as an elective.)       10.4 Learning Activity Structure and Delivery             10.4.1 Schedule of Learning Activities             10.4.2 Matrix illustrating that Learning Activities meet Objectives. (List the objectives across the top by number, list the learning activities down the side, and check all that apply.)       10.5 Options for Flexible Delivery       (Attach letter of support from the Director of IDCE) 11. Quality Assurance Strategy       11.1 Internal Review Mechanisms             11.1.1 Support letter from Director of Teaching and Learning Centre       11.2 External Review Mechanisms (Including professional bodies if appropriate). 12. Provisions for Students with Special Needs       12.1. International Students       12.2. Disabled Students ","null","null","");arrFiles[122]=new Array("staff_profile.html","Staff Profile","The Staff Profile It is the University's expectation that all its staff will:     Be professionals in their own fields of specialisation or area of work and manifest genuine enthusiasm and pride;     Be competent and loyal and display mutual trust and discretion;   Strive to contribute to the realisation of the university's goals through selfless dedication in the services to their clientele and to the nation;    Transact the university's business through proper channels and exercise their democratic right responsibly;  Acknowledge and appreciate constructive criticisms and any other forms of assistance to them by their fellow employees;      up to the expectations of the community in keeping with dignity and nobility of their profession and a life that is morally upright and socially acceptable;      Value the positive impact of their interaction with the students in both personal and intellectual development;      Adhere to the highest standards in their contact with students and maintain transparency as a guarantee of ethical behaviour.","null","null","");arrFiles[123]=new Array("staff_rga.html","Research Grant Application","Research Grant Application","null","null","");arrFiles[124]=new Array("staff_rhr.html","Rules for Halls of Residence","Rules for Halls of Residence Students in the Halls of Residence are part of the University community. While living or visiting there, students are expected to respect the rights of others to live and study peacefully. To ensure these rights, students and their visitors must adhere to the following rules: 1 Weapons are forbidden from the Halls of Residence. A weapon is considered any device whose purpose is to injure a person or animal, and includes but is not limited to firearms, bows and arrows, catapults, axes, bush-knives, flick-knives, sword-sticks, clubs, pepper-sprays, mace and brass knuckles. Any other device used to injure a person, such as sticks, stones or bottles, will also be considered as weapons. Students found in possession of weapons or using weapons anywhere in or near the Halls of Residence will immediately lose their housing and mess hall privileges and be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges as appropriate. 2 Alcohol and illegal drugs such as marijuana are forbidden from the Halls of Residence. Students found in possession of alcohol or illegal drugs anywhere in the Halls of Residence will immediately lose housing and mess hall privileges and be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges as appropriate.  3 Students involved in disorderly behaviour in the Halls of Residence while in an intoxicated state will immediately lose their housing and mess hall privileges and be subject to other disciplinary charges and criminal charges as appropriate. Such behaviour includes fighting, vandalism, harassment, damage to University property, disturbing the peace, or any other activity considered inappropriate by the University authorities. This rule applies regardless of whether the student became intoxicated on or off-campus.  4 Students who assault any member of the University Staff or Mess Hall Staff for any reason whatsoever will immediately lose their housing and mess hall privileges and be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges as appropriate.  5 Students committing wilful or reckless damage to University property in the Halls of Residence will immediately lose their housing and mess hall privileges and be subject to other disciplinary charges and criminal charges as appropriate. Any damage to University property in the Halls of Residence must be reported to the hall’s Sub-Warden and Warden immediately. Students responsible for damage will be held responsible for repair costs, and may be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges. Sub-Wardens failing to report such occurrences may also be charged.  6 The Halls of Residence should be quiet enough to permit students to study at all times. Students must not make excessive noise after 7:00 pm.  7 No male or female non-residential students or non-students are permitted in any Halls of Residence after 10:00 pm on any day of the week.  8 Students spending one or more nights away from their Hall of Residence must notify their Sub-Warden and Warden, and their meal number cancelled for the duration. This rule applies to vacations, field work, and sports trips.  9 Dependents of students-including babies, wives, husbands, relatives, children, and friends-are not permitted to live in the Halls of Residence.  10 Female students attending parties\/functions on Friday or Saturday nights must return to the Halls of Residence by 2:00 am. Students arriving after 2:00 am and harassing the Sub-Wardens to be let in will be charged for disciplinary action.  11 Students may not change rooms without written permission from the Warden of Students. Students who change rooms without permission will be charged for disciplinary action.  12 Students are responsible for the cleanliness of their rooms and immediate surroundings. Students deliberately littering or disposing of rubbish outside designated collection points will be charged for disciplinary action.  13 Students are responsible for making necessary clearances with Sub-Wardens and or Wardens before leaving at the end of term. Failure to do so will result in students being charged for replacements of non-returned items and students may be denied campus residence in the future.  14 Students are not permitted to take any University property into the Halls of Residence under any circumstances. This includes but is not limited to classroom furniture, teaching materials, dining hall utensils and crockery, laboratory equipment and audio\/visual equipment. The only exception to this rule is University property such as mattresses and chairs specifically issued to students by Student Services. Students found in the possession of property that has not been issued to them will be charged with theft.  15 Pets and other animals are not permitted in the Halls of Residence.  16 Cooking is not permitted in the Halls of Residence, though electric water jugs are permitted.  17 Laundry machines are not permitted in the Halls of Residence.  18 Sales of soft drinks, alcohol, drugs (legal or illegal), betel-nuts, cigarettes, and food items are not permitted in the Halls of Residence.  19 Empty bottles may not be stored in the Halls of Residence.  20 Spitting, especially while chewing betel-nuts, is not permitted in, on or adjacent to the Halls of Residence, including walls, stairwells, floors, toilet areas, doorways, and walkways.  21 The University reserves the right to inspect any room in the Halls of Residence at any time to ensure that these rules are obeyed. Rule Violations  These rules are made under the Student Discipline Statute of 1984, amended 1996. Breaches of these rules are Disciplinary Offences under section 2 (1) of the statute. These offences are dealt with by the Director of Student Services (DSS), the Pro Vice Chancellor (PVC), the Student Discipline Committee (SDC), and the University Council, as per Sections 3 through 13 of the statute.  In most cases, the PVC will file charges with the SDC based on allegations of the DSS, Security Staff, and other members of the University community. The SDC will then evaluate the alleged violations and impose penalties.  However, alleged violations of Rules 1-5 will be decided immediately by the PVC and DSS. If found guilty of violating any of Rules 1-5, resident students will immediately forfeit their housing privilege and do immediate room clearance and may be subject to other penalties. Students may appeal these decisions to the SDC, but must live off-campus during the appeal process. Students sentenced by this process may also be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges.  These rules take immediate effect from the date of signing. Academic staff are expected to actively encourage student adherence to these rules.","null","null","");arrFiles[125]=new Array("staff_rls.html","Rules for General Conduct of Students","Rules for General Conduct of Students  Students are part of the University community, and are expected to respect the rights of others to live and study in a peaceful and clean environment. To ensure these rights, students must adhere to the following rules:  1 Weapons are forbidden from the campus. A weapon is considered any device whose purpose is to injure a person or animal, and includes but is not limited to firearms, bows and arrows, catapults, axes, bush-knives, flick-knives, sword-sticks, clubs, pepper-sprays, mace and brass knuckles. Any other device used to injure a person, such as sticks, stones or bottles, will also be considered as weapons. Students found in possession of weapons or using weapons anywhere on campus will immediately lose their housing privilege and be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges as appropriate.  2 Alcohol and illegal drugs such as marijuana are forbidden from the campus. Students found in possession of alcohol or illegal drugs anywhere on campus will immediately lose their housing privilege and be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges as appropriate.  3 Students involved in disorderly behaviour anywhere on campus while in an intoxicated state will immediately lose their housing privilege and be subject to other disciplinary charges and criminal charges as appropriate. Such behaviour includes fighting, vandalism, harassment, damage to University property, disturbing the peace, or any other activity considered inappropriate by the University authorities This rule applies regardless of whether the student became intoxicated on or off-campus.  4 Students who assault any member of the University Staff or Mess Hall Staff for any reason whatsoever will immediately lose their housing privilege and be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges as appropriate.  5 Students stealing or attempting to steal any item from the mess will immediately lose their housing privilege and be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges as appropriate.  6 Students committing wilful or reckless damage to University property anywhere on campus will immediately lose their housing privilege and be subject to other disciplinary charges and criminal charges as appropriate. Students responsible for damage to University property will also be held responsible for repair costs, and will be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges as appropriate. Sub-Wardens failing to report such occurrences may also be charged.  7 Students stealing or attempting to steal any item from the library will immediately incur a K150 fine and be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges as appropriate.  8 All areas of UPNG should be quiet enough to permit students to study at all times. Students must not make excessive noise after 7:00 pm.  9 Students are responsible for the general cleanliness of the campus. Students deliberately littering or disposing of rubbish outside designated collection points will be charged for disciplinary action.  10 Students are not permitted to move or remove any University property from its designated area. This includes but is not limited to classroom furniture, teaching materials, dining hall utensils and crockery, laboratory equipment and audio\/visual equipment. Students found in possession of property that has not been issued to them will be charged with theft.  11 With the exception of the residence halls, students are not permitted to sleep, domicile, or otherwise live in any university buildings; including lecture theatres, classrooms, libraries, storage areas, and any other areas, used or unused by the university.  12 Pets and other animals are not permitted on campus.  13 Sales of alcohol, drugs (legal or illegal), betel-nuts, and cigarettes are not permitted.  14 Spitting, especially while chewing betel-nuts, is not permitted in, on or adjacent to any buildings, including walls, floors, toilet areas, doorways, stairwells, and walkways. Students deliberately spitting in these areas will be charged for disciplinary action.  15 The University reserves the right to ask any student to present their identification card at any time. Persons refusing to present their identification may be escorted off campus.  16 The University reserves the right to inspect any area of the University at any time to ensure that these rules are obeyed. Rule Violations  These rules are made under the Student Discipline Statute of 1984, amended 1996. Breaches of these rules are Disciplinary Offences under section 2 (1) of the statute. These offences are dealt with by the Head of Residential and Catering Services, the Pro Vice Chancellor, the Student Discipline Committee (SDC), and the University Council, as per Sections 3 through 13 of the statute.  In most cases, the PVC will file charges with the SDC based on allegations of the Head of Residential and Catering Services, Security Staff, and other members of the University community. The SDC will then evaluate the alleged violations and impose penalties.  However, alleged violations of Rules 1-7 will be decided immediately by the PVC and Head of Residential and Catering Services. If found guilty of violating any of Rules 1-6, resident students will immediately forfeit their housing privilege and do immediate room clearance and may be subject to other penalties. Students may appeal these decisions to the SDC, but must live off-campus during the appeal process. Students sentenced by this process may also be subject to other disciplinary and criminal charges.  These rules take immediate effect from the date of signing. Academic staff are expected to actively encourage student adherence to these rules.","null","null","");arrFiles[126]=new Array("staff_rp.html","Rules and Procedures for All Undergraduate Programs","Rules and Procedures for All Undergraduate Programs     1. General Course Requirements, Assessments and Grades              1.1 All courses must have a mechanism for assessing student performance that is applied in a manner consistent with the UPNG Student Charter and deemed acceptable by the School Board. Assessment should in general include both continuous and final assessment, and courses with alternative assessments require approval by the School Board.              1.2 At the start of each term and normally in the first week of term, the lecturer must provide each student in the course with a handout containing the following information:                 o Lecturer information - including office location, contact information and a schedule of consultation hours, that should be offered on at least three separate days of each week;                 o Course meeting times and locations-including lectures, tutorials, practicals, problem - based learning sessions and clinical teaching sessions;                 o Detailed description of course assessment mechanisms, including the relative weighting of different components and the schedule of exams, tests, quizzes and structured oral assessments;                 o Syllabus describing course content and planned schedule of presentation;                 o List of materials students must access to complete the course, including textbooks, practical equipment, museum specimens, library and on-line materials, and other recommended readings;                 o Description of the knowledgebase students are expected to have to complete the course, including a list of prerequisite courses and other specific skills and experience required.              1.3 Based on their assessment mechanism, lecturers will assign only the following letter grades:                    A - an excellent understanding of all aspects of the course, with competence in application, a high ability to present material and arguments logically, and a high degree of theoretical and practical understanding. Very few students, usually less than 10% of a class, are expected to earn this grade.                    B - a strong ability to apply concepts to realistic situations, as for the A-grade but lacking exceptional performance in each area. Few students, usually less than 25% of a class, are expected to earn this grade.                    C - an ability to apply fundamentals, with a satisfactory degree of theoretical and practical understanding and is able to integrate information into a logical argument. The majority of students should be able to earn this grade.                    D - some understanding and is able to complete basic tasks but has some difficulties applying material to problem solving.                    F - failed to grasp the basic and most important concepts.                    P - only used for courses graded on a pass\/fail basis.              1.4 The only other possible entries for grades in a student’s record are:                    W - Withdrawn from the course without academic penalty. Only entered for special cases as approved by the Executive Dean.                    X - Exemption from course based on previous work. Recommended to the School Board by the relevant strand.    2. Prerequisite Courses              2.1 Courses whose successful completion require students to have detailed knowledge of material presented in other courses must list these as “Prerequisite Courses” in their descriptions in the University Course Handbook and the handouts given out by the lecturer at the course start.              2.2 Normally students must complete and earn C-grades or better in prerequisite courses to register for more advanced courses. However, students may be exempted from prerequisites if they can demonstrate the required knowledge to the lecturer concerned.    3. Final Examinations              3.1 General Rules Regarding Examinations                    3.1.1 Final examinations are to be registered with Student Administration for scheduling                    3.1.2 Final examinations are only to be given during the scheduled examination week and not during the study break. Lecturers must obtain permission from the Executive Dean to give exams at any other time.                    3.1.3 Final examinations are to be prepared, scrutinized by strand members and be submitted for printing to Student Administration by the end of 8th week of a term.              3.2 Special Examinations                    3.2.1 A student is only eligible for a special examination if they are unable to attend an examination or their performance during an examination is affected by illness or other exceptional circumstance deemed appropriate by the Executive Dean.                    3.2.2 Students appeal for special examinations to the Executive Dean before the examination. Documentary evidence is required in all cases. If extenuating circumstances prohibit prior appeal, the student must appeal within seven days of the examination.                    3.2.3 Special examinations should be held as soon as possible, and normally should be given before the start of the following term and definitely before the end of the following term, unless the student is physically unable to attend the examination due to continuing illness or injury.              3.3 Supplementary Examinations                    3.3.1 The University does not offer supplementary examination.    4. Registration Changes and Withdrawals              4.1 Changes to course registration including additions, deletions and withdrawals must be made within two weeks of the commencement of lectures in each term.              4.2 Withdrawal from courses or the university after this deadline requires approval of the Executive Dean of School, and will generally only be accepted due to health problems or emotional issues as recommended by the student counsellors.    5. Processing of Results and Grades              5.1 Check of student registration with official student list for each course              During the term lecturers must check the official student lists for their course on the intranet or see their Executive Officers for hardcopy, and report any errors to the student concerned and the School Executive Officer.              5.2 Procedure for Assigning Grades              At the end of term, lecturers complete grading and assign provisional letter grades to only those students officially registered for their course.              The grades reviewed at the Strand Examiners meeting to be held on Thursday following examination week. Head of Strand prepares grades for School Examiners Meeting and submits electronic copies of grades to Executive Officer.              Grades reviewed at School Examiners Meeting (School Board) to be held on Friday following examination week. Lists for review should include each student’s continuous, exam, and final number grades as well as final letter grades. Any corrections are noted by the Executive Officer and the electronic copy of grades updated.              Executive Officer submits electronic copy of grades directly to Student Records by Friday following examination week.              Once grades have been entered into the database, the Executive Officer generates a hardcopy grade list for each class from the official Student Records database and distributes them to lecturers and Executive Deans for signing. These lists are then sent to the Registrar for signing by the Vice Chancellor and filing at Student Records.              5.3 Posting of Grades              Grades will only be posted by the Registrar after grades have been officially submitted by the School Executive Officer.              5.4 Change of Grade                    5.4.1 When a change of grade is required, a Change of Grade Form should be completed by the lecturer concerned and forwarded to the School Executive Officer for verification and approval by the Executive Dean. The Executive Dean will require a full explanation and justification for the change from the lecturer concerned.                    5.4.2 The Change of Grade Form will be filed with student records by the School Executive Officer and no one else.                    5.4.3 The change of grade requires the final approval of the Vice Chancellor.                    5.4.4 Changes of grades should be an unusual occurrence.                    5.4.5 Academic staff are responsible for the accuracy of all grades submitted.              5.5 Continuous Assessment                    5.5.1 All work submitted for grading during a course must be returned to the student with a grade within two weeks of the time such work is received by the lecturer.                    5.5.2 Further to 3.5.1, all work submitted for grading during a course must be returned to the student with a grade by the last day of lectures of the ter5.5.3 The cumulative results of continuous assessment must be posted by the lecturer during the study break.    6. Calculation of Grade Point Average (GPA)              6.1 Only courses where a student earned a grade of A, B, C, D, or F are considered in calculation of Grade Point Average (GPA). The grade entries of P, W and X are not considered in the calculation.              6.2 GPA is calculated as follows:              Letter grades are converted to number grades, where A=4, B=3, C=2; D=1; and F=0. Each number grade is multiplied by its course credit points to produce grade points.                    Total Grade Points is calculated by summing grade points.              Total Credits is calculated by summing the credit points for all courses attempted, including those with F-grades, but excluding those with P-grades.                    GPA is calculated by dividing the Total Grade Points by Total Credits.                    Courses with P-grades are not used in any part of the calculation.                    *Melanesian Law was not included in the calculation because it had a P-grade.                    The credits would, however, count towards the total credits earned.    7. Progress Conditions, Penalties and Appeals              7.1 Term to Term Grade Point Average (GPA) Requirements for Progression                    7.1.1 Commencing students earning a GPA of less than 1.50 in any term may be excluded at the discretion of the Executive Dean; however, at the very least these students will be called in for counselling by the Executive Dean and warned in writing that they are failing to meet Progression Criteria and may fail to meet it at year’s end.                    7.1.2 All continuing students earning a GPA of less than 1.75 in any term may be excluded or forced to attempt an attenuated program at the discretion of the Executive Dean; however, at the very least these students will be called in for counselling by the Executive Dean and warned in writing that they are failing to meet Progression Criteria and may fail to meet it at year’s end.              7.2 Year to Year Grade Point Average (GPA) Requirements for Progression                    7.2.1 Commencing students earning a GPA of less than 1.5 for courses taken in their first year of studies will automatically be excluded. They may reapply for admission after one full academic year has passed.                    7.2.2 All continuing students earning a GPA of less than 1.75 for courses taken in their previous year of studies will automatically be excluded for one year, after which they must apply for re-enrolment to the School.              7.3 Re-enrolment and Repetition of Courses                    7.3.1 After serving their exclusion, students may apply for re-enrolment; however, the School reserves the right to refuse re-enrolment subject to space availability.                    7.3.2 Students allowed to re-enrol must repeat the whole year or any part thereof as deemed necessary by the School Board. Students may also be required to attempt an attenuated program, only containing courses they failed or performed poorly in during the previous year of study.                    7.3.3 Students will only be allowed to repeat a course once.              7.4 Procedures for Notification and Effect of Decision                    7.4.1 Once all grades have been entered into the Student Records Database, a list of students failing to meet year-end progress requirements will be generated by the Registrar, who will notify students and Schools of exclusions.                    7.4.2 Exclusions are effectively immediately, regardless of any appeals lodged by the student.              7.5 Process of Appeal                    7.5.1 Academic penalties issued by the Registrar are effective immediately, regardless of any appeals lodged by the student.                    7.5.2 An excluded or penalized student may appeal the decision by writing to the School Board within 14 days of being notified. The result of the appeal will be conveyed to the student in writing by the Registrar.                    7.5.3 If their appeal to the School Board is unsuccessful, the student may make a second appeal to the University Senate by writing to the Registrar. The decision of the Senate is final.    8. Time to Degree Completion              8.1 Students must complete their Bachelor Degree programs within 1.5 times the normal time to complete the degree under full-time study, including the periods during which a student is excluded on disciplinary or academic grounds.              8.2 Students changing degree programs or undertaking Honours are not exempt from rule 8.1.              8.3 Students may be exempted from rule 5.1 under special circumstances as deemed reasonable by the School Board.    9. Cheating, Plagiarism and Alteration of Transcripts and Certificates              9.1 Any student caught cheating during an exam will be given an F-grade for that exam, and will be referred to the Student Discipline Committee to be assigned other penalties.              9.2 Any student turning in assigned work that has been copied or directly obtained from another student, person or published work will be charged with plagiarism and will be given an F-grade for that assignment, and will be referred to the Student Discipline Committee to be assigned other penalties.              9.3 Any student who alters the grades or Grade Point Average (GPA) recorded on their UPNG transcript will be immediately excluded by the Executive Dean and referred to the Student Disciplinary Committee for further penalties.              9.4 Any student who alters or forges any transcripts or certificates to obtain admission to UPNG will be immediately excluded by the Registrar. ","null","null","");arrFiles[127]=new Array("staff_sc.html","Student Charter","Student Charter  This charter describes expectations students may have of the University, and expectations the University has of its students.  University Responsibilities  Within the context of the University Act, the University acknowledges the following responsibilities to its students:  1 To provide a harmonious work and study environment free from discrimination or harassment on the basis of gender, cultural background, race, age, marital status, religion, disability, personal beliefs, or political or sexual preferences.  2 To select students for entry into the University by fair and open procedures based primarily on academic merit, and that are clearly stated and adhered to by all staff involved in the selection process.  3 To make easily available information on policies and procedures that affect students in all aspects of their life in the University.  4 To provide accurate written information about degree programs and courses to intending and continuing students.  5 To provide specific course information each term, given out by the course lecturer within two weeks of the term’s start but normally in week 1, and including the following:      Lecturer information-including office location, contact information and a schedule of consultation hours, that should be offered on at least three separate days      Course meeting times and locations-including lectures, tutorials, practicals, problem-based learning sessions and clinical teaching sessions      Detailed description of course assessment mechanisms-including the relative weighting of different components and the schedule of exams, tests, quizzes and structured oral assessments     Syllabus describing course content and planned schedule of presentation     List of materials students must access to complete the course-including textbooks, practical equipment, museum specimens, library and on-line materials, and other recommended readings      Description of the knowledge-base students are expected to have to complete the course including a list of prerequisite courses and other specific skills and experience required.  6 To ensure that when significant changes are made to a course or degree program, students enrolled in these programs are consulted and every effort is made to prevent them being unfairly disadvantaged by those changes.  7 To provide assessment of submitted work and all final grades in a timely manner.  8 To provide a clear appeal mechanism for students to review and formally question their grades, based on the assumption that an error has been made or a proper procedure has not been followed.  9 To provide mechanisms for special consideration where a student’s academic performance has been adversely affected by illness, disability, bereavement or other serious cause beyond the student’s control.  10 To ensure appropriate timing of compulsory courses and availability of sufficient optional courses to allow degree completion within the specified minimum period of time.  11 To ensure that information on timetables for all courses is confirmed prior to the commencement of the term, unless exceptional circumstances warrant changes.  12 To make every reasonable effort to prevent the creation of schedules which may cause conflicts between a student’s religious practices and the requirements of their academic program.  13 To maintain a positive and cooperative learning environment by ensuring that students are assured of access to:       Academic staff to discuss course matters;      Fair and constructive assessment of work; and     Prompt addressing of concerns and complaints, especially those relating to academic standing and progress.  14 Where possible, to provide support services for students that foster their emotional and physical well-being.  15 Where possible, to provide support services and to develop facilities access for students with physical disabilities.  16 Where possible, to provide routine access to contemporary information resources and appropriate information technology to support academic programs.  17 To acknowledge student intellectual property rights.  18 To uphold information privacy principles relevant to personal student information in accordance with applicable legislation.  19 To ensure students have the opportunity to provide formal and informal feedback on staff teaching performance.  20 To observe relevant principles of occupational health and safety so students may study and work in a safe and healthy environment.  21 To facilitate the establishment and operation of a Student Representative Council within the bounds of the University Act to function as a student government and advocacy body.  22 To provide mechanisms for timely feedback between the University administration and the Student Representative Council.  23 Where appropriate, to have student representation on University committees.  Student Responsibilities  Within the context of the University Act, students acknowledge the following responsibilities while enrolled at the University:  1 To be aware of all University rules and regulations pertaining to their rights and responsibilities as students.  2 To be aware of all course and degree program requirements and to raise questions about these requirements with the appropriate staff in a timely manner.  3 To be aware of all academic performance requirements for continued study at the university, and to accept legitimate and prescribed penalties imposed by University authorities for failure to meet these requirements.  4 To recognise that some academic programs and professions have scheduling requirements that may conflict with their religious practices, and that they should choose programs compatible with their personal needs. Furthermore, if the potential for conflict exists in a course, they must inform their lecturer at the course start so that alternatives may be devised.  5 To ensure the University has accurate, current biographical information, especially with regards to contact addresses.  6 To participate actively and positively in the teaching environment, it is expected that students will:       Attend classes as required;      Maintain steady progress within courses and degree programs;      Comply with workload expectation;     Submit required work on time.  7 To recognise that the University requires honest work at all levels, and that any forms of cheating, plagiarism, and fabrication or falsification of data are not acceptable and will incur severe penalties.  8 To monitor their own progress within the teaching-learning environment, especially with regards to comprehension of material presented, and to seek assistance as needed.  9 To seek assistance from academic or counselling staff in a timely manner when needed.  10 To seriously consider all advice, solicited or not, given to them by university staff.  11 To honour research and other academic work agreements made with staff, including completing work by agreed upon deadlines.  12 To fully acquit any funds released to them by the University for research or other student activities.  13 To participate in the functioning of the University and to provide constructive feedback on the teaching-learning environment.  14 To act at all times in a way that respects the rights and privileges of others and shows commitment to the ideals of a University with special reference to excellence in performance, freedom of expression, and freedom from harassment.  15 To be aware of rules regarding student conduct, and to accept legitimate and prescribed penalties imposed by University authorities.  16 To foster a functional work environment at the University, and to not frivolously or unnecessarily disrupt these functions.  17 To be aware of and abide by the constitution of the Student Representative Council at all times.  18 To join and actively participate in the University alumni organisation after graduating.","null","null","");arrFiles[128]=new Array("staff_sch-a.html","Schedule A - Position Classification Standards","Schedule A Position Classification Standards  The Position Classification Standards describe the broad categories of responsibilities associated with academic staff at different levels. The standards are not exhaustive of all tasks in academic employment, which is by its nature multi-skilled and involves an overlap of duties between levels.  All levels of academic staff can expect to make a contribution to a diversity of functions within the University. Such functions include teaching, research, participation in professional activities, community services and participation in the academic planning and the governance of the University. The balance of the factions will vary according to level and position over time. Level U1: Tutor General Standard  A Tutor is expected to make contributions to the teaching effort of the institution, particularly at undergraduate and carry out activities to develop his/her scholarly, research and/or professional expertise relevant to the profession or discipline. Specific Duties Specific duties required of a Tutor may include:        a) Teaching Portfolio            Conduct tutorials, practical classes, demonstrations, workshops, field excursions, clinical sessions and/or studio sessions;            Preparation and delivery of seminars;            Consultation with students;            Marking and assessment connected with subject academic teaches.        b) Research Portfolio            Preparation for higher studies;            Learning of research methods;            Work as research assistant.        c) Administration Portfolio            Participation in course administration;            Limited participation in school level committee meetings.        d) Outreach Portfolio            Supporting students extra curricular activities;            Services to the University community.        e) Distance Education Portfolio            Attending consultation with external students through e-mail;            Marking and assessment.         A Tutor shall work with support and direction from academic staff classified at Lecturer 1 and above and with an increasing degree of autonomy as the academic gains in skill and experience. The most complex levels of subject co-ordination should not be carried out by a Tutor.       Skill Base        A tutor will normally have completed four/five years of tertiary study in the relevant discipline and/or have equivalent qualifications and/or professional experience. In many cases a position at this level will require an honours degree or higher qualifications, an extended professional degree.  Level U2: Lecturer - 1  General Standard  A Lecturer-1 Level academic is expected to make contributions to the teaching effort of the institution, particular at undergraduate and post graduate diploma level and carry out activities to develop his/her scholarly, research and/or professional expertise relevant to the profession or discipline. Specific Duties  Specific duties required of a Lecturer - 1 Level academic may include:        a) Teaching Portfolio            The conduct of lectures, tutorials, practical classes, demonstration, workshops, student field excursions, clinical sessions and/or studio sessions;            Presentation of quality teaching portfolio;            Production of teaching materials;            Production of examination and assessment papers;            Marking and assessment primarily connected with subjects in which the academic teaches;            Acting as course coordinator;            Formal and informal interaction with students on academic matters.        b) Research Portfolio            Conducting research under supervision of senior academic;            Acquiring skills and knowledge in research methods;            Producing technical and scientific papers;            Presentation of research papers in seminars, conferences;            Publication in referred journal;            Submitting proposal for research grants to outside bodies;            Research base reports.        c) Administration            Participation in school administration and governance;            Course administration and support;        d) Outreach Portfolio            Membership to external bodies;            Services to University community;            Supporting students extra curricular activities;            Promoting University images;            Coaching and counselling students;            Formal and informal interaction with students on personal and social matters.        e) Distance Education            Development of skills in developing and delivering courses through distance mode;            Teaching students through distance mode.            A Lecturer-1 Level academic will not be required to teach primarily in subjects which are offered only at Masters level or above. A Lecturer-1 Level academic shall work with support and direction from academic staff classified at Lecturer-2 Level and above and with an increasing degree of autonomy as the academic gains in skill and experience.        Skill Base        A Lecturer-1 Level academic will normally have completed a Masters degree in the relevant discipline and/or have equivalent qualifications and/or professional experience. In determining experience relative to qualifications, emphasis will be given to teaching experience, experience in research, experience outside tertiary education, creative achievement, professional contributions and/or contributions to technical achievement.  Level U3: Lecturer - 2 General Standard  A Lecturer-2 Level academic is expected to make contributions to the teaching effort of the institution and to carry out activities to maintain and develop his/her scholarly, research and/or professional activities relevant to the profession or discipline. Specific Duties  Specific duties required of a Lecturer-2 Level academic may include:        a) Teaching Portfolio            The conduct of lectures, tutorials, practical classes, demonstration, workshops, student field excursions, clinical sessions and/or studio sessions;            Presentation of quality teaching portfolio;            Production of teaching materials;            Production of examination and assessment papers;            Marking and assessment primarily connected with subjects in which the academic teaches;            Acting as course coordinator;            Formal and informal interaction with students on academic matters.        b) Research Portfolio            Conducting research under supervision of senior academics;            Acquiring skills and knowledge in research methods;            Producing technical and scientific papers;            Presentation of research papers in seminars, conferences;            Publication in referred journal;            Submitting proposal for research grants to outside bodies;            Research base reports.        c) Administration            Participation in school administration and governance;            Participation in university administration and governance;            Course administration and support.        d) Outreach Portfolio            Membership to external bodies;            Services to University community;            Supporting students extra curricular activities;            Promoting University images;            Coaching and counselling students;            Formal and informal interaction with students on personal and social matters.        e) Distance Education            Development of skills in developing and delivering courses through distance mode;            Teaching students through distance mode.        Skill Base        A Lecturer-2 Level academic shall have qualifications and/or experience recognised by the institution as appropriate for the relevant discipline area. In many cases a position at this level will require a doctoral or masters qualification or equivalent accreditation and standing. In determining experience relative to qualifications, emphasis will be given to teaching experience, experience in research outside tertiary education, creative achievement, professional contributions and/or to technical achievement.  Level U4: Senior Lecturer General Standard  A Senior Lecturer Level academic is expected to make significant contributions to the teaching effort of a discipline, school or other organisational unit or an interdisciplinary area. An academic at this level is also expected to play a major role in scholarship, research and/or professional activities. Specific Duties  Specific duties required of a Senior Lecturer Level academic may include:        a) Teaching Portfolio            Preparation and delivery of lecturers and seminars;            Provide guidance to junior academics in preparing and delivering lecturers and seminars;            Participate in curriculum and course review;            Initiate and development of course materials;            Supervision of program of study of honours and postgraduate students engaged in course work;            Marking and assessment.        b) Research Portfolio            Conduct of research;            Supervision of major honours and postgraduate research project;            Play significant role in research projects including, where appropriate, leadership of a research team;            Present research papers at significant and prestigious international conference and seminars;            Publication in referred journals;            Writing book or book chapters of significance to PNG;            Submission of applications for research grant and/or paid consultancy;            Monitoring of research post-graduate students and junior academics;            Participation in internal discipline seminar series.        c) Administration Portfolio            Participation in school administration and governance;            Participation in university administration and governance;            Course administration and support;            Policy submission        d) Outreach Portfolio            Provide unpaid consultancy and advisory services;            Membership to external professional bodies;            Representing university to outside bodies’            Voluntary education services;            Promoting university image;            Supporting students extra curricular activities.        e) Distance Education Portfolio            Development of skills in teaching through distance mode;            Production and review of course materials;            Teaching through distance mode;            Conducting short courses.        Skill Base        A Senior Lecturer Level academic will normally have advanced qualifications and/or recognized significant experience in the relevant discipline area. A position at this level will normally required a doctoral qualification or equivalent accreditation and standing. In determining experience relative to qualifications, emphasis will be given to teaching experience, experience in research, experience outside tertiary education, creative achievement, professional contributions and/or to technical achievement. In addition a position at this level will normally require a record of demonstrable scholarly and professional achievement in the relevant discipline area.  Level U5: Associate Professor General Standard  An Associate Professor Level academic is expected to make a significant contribution to all activities of the organisational unit or interdisciplinary area and play significant role within their profession or discipline. Academics at this level may be appointed in recognition of distinction in their disciplinary area. Specific Duties  Specific duties required of an Associate Professor Level academic may include:        a) Teaching Portfolio            Preparation and delivery of lectures and seminars;            Development of and responsibility for curriculum/programs of study;            Review of curriculum program of study;            Significant contributions to respective discipline;            Supervision of the program of study of postgraduate students engaged in course work.        b) Research Portfolio            Conduct research, including, where appropriate, leadership of a large research team;            Supervision of major honours and postgraduate research projects;            Regular presentation of research papers at significant and prestigious international conferences and/or seminar series;            Publications in referred journals and book chapter;            Development of theory within the discipline;            Submission of applications for research grant and paid consultancy services;            Assist junior academics in developing skills and submitting application for research grand and/or paid consultancy services;            Monitoring research students and junior academics in promoting research culture;            Organising regular seminar series within disciplines;            Active participation in professional societies.        c) Administrative Portfolio            Participation in school administration and governance;            Participation in university administration and governance;            Participation in formulating strategic plan and policy submission.        d) Outreach Portfolio            Provide unpaid advisory and consultancy services;            Membership to external bodies;            External examiner/reviewer;            Representing university to outside body/forum;            Service to University community;            Promoting University image.        e) Distance Education Portfolio            Leading the development of flexible mode/distance education courses;            Teaching students through distance mode;            Reviewing course materials for delivering through distance mode;            Initiative to develop life long learning skills.        Skill Base        An Associate Professor Level academic will normally have the same skill base as a Senior Lecturer Level academic. In addition there is a requirement for academic excellence which may be evidenced by an outstanding contribution to teaching and/or research and/or the profession.  Level U6: Professor General Standard  A Professor Level academic is expected to exercise a special responsibility in providing leadership and in fostering excellence in research, teaching, professional activities and policy development in the academic discipline within the school and/or other comparable organisational unit, within the institution and within the community, both scholarly and general. Specific Duties  Specific duties required of a Professor Level academic may include:        a) Teaching Portfolio            Making a distinguished personal contribution to teaching at all level;            Development and application of appropriate teaching and learning methods within and beyond discipline area;            Responsible for periodical review of curriculum/program of study;            l Preparation and delivery of lectures and seminars.        b) Research Portfolio            Fostering the research of groups and individuals within discipline or other comparable organisation unit and within related disciplines;            Develop research policy and monitor implementation;            Supervising major postgraduate research projects;            Supervising junior academics in developing research skills and methods;            Publication in referred journals and scientific papers of referred books of significance to PNG and to the development of theory within discipline;            Presentation of research paper in prestigious international conference;           Taking initiatives and providing leadership in preparing and submitting applications for research grant/paid consultancy;            Fostering links with sisters institutions and research organisations abroad in collaborative research; and            Conducting research.        c) Administrative Portfolio            Participation in school administration and governance;            Participation in University administration and governance;           Strategic planning and policy submission;        d) Outreach Portfolio            l Unpaid consultancy/advisory services;            l Membership to external bodies;            l External examiner/reviewer;            l Representing university to outside bodies/forum;            l Promoting University image;            l Services to University community including students.            l Participating in and providing leadership in community affairs, particularly those related to the discipline, in professional, commercial and industrial sectors where appropriate.        e) Distance Education Portfolio            l Development of and responsibility for externalising on-campus courses;            l Supervise production and review of course materials;            l Review of course delivery methods including student feed back and assessment;            l Fostering links with organisations for promoting distance education program;        Skill Base        A Professor Level academic shall have the same skill base as a Associate Professor Level academic but will be recognised as a leading authority in the relevant discipline area.","null","null","");arrFiles[129]=new Array("staff_sppap.html","Selection Procedure for Professor/Associate Professor","Selection Procedure For Professor / Associate Professor 1 The Selection Committee The Committee responsible for the culling and selection process consists of:            Vice Chancellor (as Chair)            Pro Vice Chancellor            Dean, Research & Post Graduate Studies            Director, IDCE            Executive Dean            Strand Co-ordinator            Nominee of the School, normally from within the discipline.            Three Professors of whom:        One may be external to the University, and normally from the relevant discipline area;      One will be from a discipline and a School other than that to which the appointment is being made;      One will normally be from within the School, and in a discipline closely related to that to which the appointment is being made.  2 Advertising and Culling       2.1 Normally the staff requisition and advertisement is raised and processed by the Dean in consultation with the Vice Chancellor and Pro Vice Chancellor.        2.2 The Selection Committee is responsible for the total process from culling to selection.        2.3 The Selection Committee will be advised by:            Two Professors with an international reputation in the discipline to which the appointment is being made.            The staff of the School. This advice is to be sought and presented to the Selection Committee by the Executive Dean, Strand Co-ordinators and nominee of the School acting as a sub-committee. Normally this advice will be in the form of a recommended short-list.         2.4 The Selection Committee’s decision on the applicants to be interviewed will be final, and will be taken after consideration of the School’s recommendation.  3 The Interview        3.1 The interview process will consist of:            A formal presentation to staff of the University by each applicant. A formal evaluation of the presentation will inform the Selection Committee.            A formal interview by the Selection Committee. The decision of the Selection Committee will be referred to the University Staffing Committee for ratification and forwarding to Council.         3.2 Normally, the decision of the Selection Committee is final, except where it can be demonstrated to the University Staffing Committee, that proper process has not been followed. ","null","null","");arrFiles[130]=new Array("staff_st-mt-rl.html","Application for Short Term to Medium Term Research Leave","Short-Term or Medium-Term Research Leave","null","null","");arrFiles[131]=new Array("staff_tcl.html","Terms and Conditions of Loan","Terms and Conditions of Loans Offered by the University 1 DISTRESS LOANS        1.1 A distress loan may be given to assist a University employee who is urgently in need of funds to meet unforeseen financial commitment.        1.2 The officer authorising a distress loan will decide at his discretion as to whether the request for a loan satisfies the terms and conditions laid down in these rules and whether the request is genuine.        1.3 The university employee who obtains a distress loan shall not use it for a purpose other than that for which it is given.        1.4 An employee of the university who has completed at least twelve (12) months of satisfactory service will be eligible to request a distress loan.        1.5 No distress loans will be authorised unless funds are available to cover the anticipated payment.        1.6 If an employee has submitted documentary evidence acceptable to the authorising officer to prove that the request is genuine and that he needs funds to meet an emergency situation, a distress loan may be granted to assist the employee to meet the following:          Hospital charges or medical expense of the employee’s spouse or dependent children; cost of air tickets to visit parent (s) lying in a critical condition; funeral expenses of the employee’s spouse or dependent children; and school fees of employees immediate dependent children.        NOTE: Notwithstanding the above, the Vice Chancellor, in exceptional circumstances may authorise a distress loan for any other purpose other than those listed in the above rules.        1.7 Requests for distress loans for the following purposes will NOT be entertained under any of the following circumstances:           Settlement of outstanding bills for rent, water, electricity, etc., payment of court fines; payment of bride prices; to purchase materials or equipment for houses; and to establish or run trade stores or other business activity.        1.8 The distress loan granted should not exceed the normal fortnightly net pay of the employee.        1.9 To defray administrative costs, a nominal charge of five (5) per cent of the full amount of the distress loan will levied.        1.10 The full amount of loan together with administrative charges will be recovered in six (6) equal fortnightly instalments, commencing from the pay period immediately following the date of payment of the loan.  2 FURNITURE AND WHITE GOODS LOANS  The University Council at its Meeting No. 135 (3\/97) held on 20 November 1997 considered and approved the recommendations from the University Finance committee to the effect that:       The University would no longer be responsible for the provision of furniture and white goods to tenants of University houses.      The University Finance Committee be authorised to develop detailed procedures for the granting of low interest loans to eligible staff members for the purchase of their furniture and white goods.      The change in policy to commence immediately.   Details of the scheme are as follows:        2.1 Interest Rate\/Service Charge of 5% per annum will be levied on all loans to cater for the administrative work involved and the risk factor.        2.2 The period of repayment is a maximum of 30 months. However, a staff may elect to repay the loan earlier.        2.3 Repayments can be made from a combination of fortnightly deductions and gratuity payments, or from any external sources of income.        2.4 The actual fortnightly deductions would depend on the amount of the loan (refer to Point 2.5) and the maximum period of repayment.        2.5 The maximum amount of loan is determined according to three categories of staff members and that loans are granted in proportion to the ability of staff to repay, as follows:             Category of Staff 	Maximum amount of Loan             a) Staff at grade level 14 to 20 	K10,000             b) Staff at grade level 9 to 13 	K8,000             c) Staff at grade 1 to 8 	K4,000        2.6 The actual amount of loan would depend on the items of furniture or white goods which need to be purchased. It is advisable that a staff should not purchase all their furniture and white goods at the same time.        2.7 Security of loan may be on any of the following terms or by a combination of terms and may include:           o The accrued entitlements of staff members to furlough leave, study leave, recreation leave, superannuation and gratuity.           o A guarantee from an existing staff who would have had at least 6 years service with the University.         2.8 Emergency kits (furniture and white goods) be loaned to new staff (overseas staff on first recruitment and national staff returning from overseas study) for a period of two months. This would enable these staff to settle down and to make arrangements for the purchase of their furniture and white goods.        2.9 Where there are existing university furniture and white goods in a house, these would be valued and sold to sitting tenants. In these circumstances, the value of the furniture would be converted to a loan on the same repayment terms stated in Point 2.2.        2.10 A staff would not be given a new furniture loan unless all previous furniture loans have been repaid.        2.11 Furniture loans would not compromise access of staff to distress loans. However, approving officers would take into consideration the total liability of staff in relation to their levels of income, to ensure that the disposable income represents a living wage.        2.12 Request for furniture loan should be made on the Distress Loan application form and to be accompanied by quotes from the supplier.        2.13 The cheque for the loan amount will be made to the company supplying the furniture and white goods.","null","null","");arrFiles[132]=new Array("staff_vcate.html","Vice Chancellor's Award for Teaching Excellence","Vice Chancellor\'s Awards for Teaching Excellence  1 Title of Awards        1.1 Vice Chancellor\’s Awards for Teaching Excellence.   2 Definition of Excellent Teaching        2.1 For the purposes of this award, excellent teaching is taken to mean academic activities that facilitate high quality student learning.        2.2 It will, for instance, encourage motivation to learn, instil a desire to understand, persevere, pursue independent study, develop a respect for truth and foster a desire to pursue further learning.   3 Purpose and Nature of the Awards        3.1 Three Awards have been established to give prominence to the importance of high quality teaching in the University and to reward and encourage excellence.        3.2 Each award will consist of a plaque and a grant, presented at an appropriate occasion.        3.3 A sum of K20,000 has been reserved for the three types of award:            For individuals involved in high quality teaching.            For innovative teaching projects.            For high quality teaching performance by an academic unit.             3.4 The grants will be accessible to the awardees through a University account and may be used to further their quest for academic excellence.              3.5 Reports will be required on the expenditure of the grants.              3.6 Awardees may be required to conduct an appropriate staff development exercise for the benefit of academic colleagues, and agreement to do this is a condition of nomination.  4 Eligibility        4.1 All academic staff who hold an appointment of 0.5 or more, and conjoint\/seconded staff, with at least two years’ experience at UPNG, may be nominated.        4.2 Awardees may not re-nominate or be re-nominated within three years of receiving an award.  5 Nomination        5.1 Nominations will be accepted on the Nomination form from the nominee or a nominator who may be a student, member of staff or a graduate.   6 Procedure        6.1 The Teaching and Learning Centre will be responsible for the administration of the award scheme and for the establishment of a Teaching Awards Committee to recommend to the Vice Chancellor on selection of awardees. However, the Committee reserves the right to co-opt appropriate additional expertise.        6.2 The Committee will seek nominations by advice to Deans, and the SRC, and through TUTW. Nomination Forms will be available from the Teaching and Learning Centre. Completed forms should be returned to the Director, Teaching and Learning Centre.        6.3 Nominations will close on 30 September, annually.        6.4 The Committee will invite submissions from nominees.        6.5 The Teaching and Learning Centre will provide a Student Evaluation of Teaching service, which is available to evaluate the quality of teaching.        6.6 The Teaching Awards Committee will review submissions and recommend awardees to the Vice Chancellor, whose decision will be final. The Director of the Teaching and Learning Centre will act as Executive Officer for the awards.   7 Individual Awards        7.1 Submissions for individual awards itself will provide a justified statement of the applicant’s claim to teaching excellence. The submission document is to comply with the following format:            Limited to 20 pages including Curriculum Vitae and two references.            The Curriculum Vitae must be no more than 3 A4 pages referencing the nominees’ educational qualifications, career history, teaching positions and teaching experience.            Two references (of no more than one A4 page per reference) must be from persons who are able to comment on the nominee’s teaching in terms of the criteria set out below. One of these references must be the Dean of the School.       7.2 The submission should be referenced to a teaching portfolio of evidence to support statements in the submission. One set only of the portfolio is required.        7.3 The submission must at least refer to teaching over the last two years and may also refer to teaching achievements over a longer period; the evaluation will make reference to attainments over the applicant’s full teaching career. The submission documents should address the following criteria, used by the Teaching Awards Committee to assess excellence in teaching and should be bolded as headings.             Interest and enthusiasm in undertaking teaching and promoting student learning.            Ability to arouse curiosity and to stimulate independent learning and the development of critical thought.            Ability to organise course material and present it cogently and imaginatively.            Command of subject matter including the incorporation of recent developments in knowledge into teaching.            Innovation in the design and delivery of units.            Participation in the effective and sympathetic guidance and advising of students.            Provision of appropriate assessment with worthwhile and timely feedback to students on their learning.            Professional and systematic approach to teaching including responsiveness to peer and student evaluation.       7.4 Teaching Portfolio        Argument should be made through a Teaching Portfolio, which does not exceed 10 pages. Refereed comments should be included with the Portfolio. This comment should be provided from preferably academically senior persons familiar with the applicant’s teaching, and should directly address each of the criteria listed above.        7.5 The Teaching Portfolio itself should provide evidence in support of the criteria listed above. The form of the Portfolio must contain:            Teaching philosophy - A statement of the applicant’s beliefs about teaching, and the source of these beliefs in the literature and experience;            Teaching approaches - An outline of the broad approaches used by the applicant;            Curriculum development - An explanation of the applicant’s usual approach to, and involvement in curriculum development;            Undergraduate teaching - A description of subjects taught, student numbers, teaching practices and materials, availability to students, and innovations;            Honours and postgraduate supervision - An outline of student numbers, levels, extent of involvement, and availability to students;            Assessment of student performance - A statement about views on assessment, current practices and samples of instruments and feedback, recent student assessment statistics, links between assessment practice and beliefs about teaching;            Student evaluation of teaching - An outline of current practice, samples of instruments used, recent results (including the contexts in which they were obtained and applicant’s level of responsibility) and reflections thereon and responses thereto;            Peer and other evaluations of teaching - As for student evaluation of teaching above.            Scholarship in teaching and learning - Evidence might include participation in professional development activities relating to teaching and learning, mentoring colleagues, contributions to the literature on teaching and learning, invitations to teach elsewhere, research into teaching and learning, and participation in teaching committees.            Reports from two referees, which validate the evidence provided in the Portfolio.   8 Innovative Teaching Projects        8.1 Submissions for Innovative Teaching Projects will provide a justified statement of the project’s claim to innovative and exemplary teaching practice. The submission document is to comply with the following format:            Limited to 10 pages in length. The submission should be referenced to a project portfolio of evidence to support statements in the submission.            The submission documents should address the following criteria, used by the Academic Unit to assess innovative practice and should be bolded as headings.                1. Context in which the project was developed and the outcomes it achieves.                2. How the project embodies interest, enthusiasm and vitality and reflects an innovative approach.                3. How the project improves teaching and learning.                4. How the project incorporates current developments in the field.                5. How the project is organised and presented in such a way that it engages students’ interest and active participation.                6. How the project stimulates curiosity, independent learning or creativity in students.                7. How the design and implementation of the project has been responsive to peer and student evaluation.        8.2 References are required from two persons who are able to comment on the project’s effectiveness in terms of the above criteria, but who are not directly involved in the project. One of these must be a Dean.        8.3 The Project Portfolio should provide the evidence to support the submission. There are no particular restrictions on the form of the Portfolio. However, it must be identified with the Project’s name, have a coherence to its contents and be generally limited to 10 pages.        8.4 A statement describing the philosophy underpinning the project and its sources in the literature and\/or experience.        8.5 A description of current practices (samples of evaluation instruments and evidence of their validity should be appended).             description of the contexts and stages in the term in which the evaluations were conducted; reflections on the evaluations; and            Response to these and past evaluations.   9 Quality Teaching by an Academic Unit        9.1 The Academic Unit Award is intended for use by a successful School in support of its teaching and learning activities.        9.2 The award is open to all Schools and will be judged on the submission of an Academic Unit teaching portfolio. The portfolio should be within the context of the School’s strategic plan and should specifically address the following indicators:            The extent to which teaching and learning is reviewed within the Academic Unit (e.g. peer review, student perception of teaching, student perception of research supervision, external input);            Course outcomes as assessed by evaluation, including employer surveys or by other peer review;            Extent of curriculum review and development;            Involvement in innovative teaching initiatives including innovative assessment;            Participation in staff development relating to teaching and learning;            Evidence of systematic mentoring in the AU;            Attraction of visitors with an interest in teaching;            Specific policies and budgetary practices, which promote teaching and learning.            Evidence of the achievement of outcomes relating to the promotion of teaching.  10 Value of Awards        10.1 The Individual Awards will include:            A plaque            A grant of up to K2,500 to be used in the pursuit of further teaching excellence and innovation.        10.2 The Innovative Teaching Project Awards will include:            A plaque            A grant of up to K2,500 to be used in the pursuit of further Teaching project excellence.        10.3 The Quality Teaching by an Academic Unit Awards will include:            A plaque            A grant of K5,000 to be used by the School\/Academic Unit in the pursuit of further excellence as a teaching unit.","null","null","");arrFiles[133]=new Array("the_uni.html","About the University","About the University  Our university has grown from strength-to-strength since its establishment in 1965 and graduated over 15,000 people, among them Prime Ministers, Ministers, bureaucrats, doctors, entrepreneurs, judges, scientists and many others from our own shores, the Pacific and other countries. UPNG has also assumed the responsibility of educating in excess of 15,000 students annually in Port Moresby campuses, five Open Campuses and 13 Study Centres.  As a member of the Commonwealth Universities, our quest for excellence and merit sees no limit.  Academic programs have gone through reviews and match that of other universities throughout the world. UPNG emphasis on quality and continue to review quality of its programs in medicine, health sciences, physical and natural sciences, law, business, humanities and social sciences.  We are moving ahead in a new direction determined by a well research Strategic Plan.  The university has also achieved new benchmarks in a number of areas under organisational restructure.       Introduced a Grade Point Average system equal to other international universities to assess our students’ progress;      Introduced the Problem Based Learning (PBL) program, internationally accepted curriculum for medical schools and universities;      Developing residential facilities for our international students;      Embarking on collaborative research agreements with other international institution in medicinal plants and animals and other research programs through the Research and Postgraduate Studies Centre or schools; and      Involve in Students Exchange Programs with other universities.   We live by one of our objective as expressed in the University Act \- \"to be dedicated to the pursuit, advancement and dissemination of knowledge, understanding and wisdom\".","null","null","");arrFiles[134]=new Array("uni_hist.html","History of the University of Papua New Guinea","History of the University of Papua New Guinea  In 1964, the Australian Government set up the Currie Commission to inquire into higher education in Papua New Guinea. The outcome of that report was the establishment of the University as a corporate body under the University of Papua New Guinea Ordinance in 1965, by the then PNG House of Assembly. (The 1965 Ordinance was repealed in May 1983 and a new Act, known as the University of Papua New Guinea Act No.18 of 1983, was passed by the National Parliament.)  An Interim Council was established in 1965, which governed the University until December 1968 when the permanent Council was appointed.  In 1978, a review of the University Ordinance and its accompanying Statutes and by-laws was called for, following a period of student unrest. As a result, a Commission of Inquiry was set up to investigate the problems and to ascertain whether or not the current legislation was adequate in dealing with them. The Commission ultimately recommended repeal of the 1965 Ordinance and the creation of a new Act to replace it.  After thorough research, a bill to repeal the old Ordinance and establish the new University Act was passed by the National Parliament in August 1983. The new Act saw the re-structuring of the University Council. The present membership is 32, including representatives of the National Parliament, members appointed by the Minister, representatives of the academic and non-academic staff, university graduates and students, members from connected institutions, and members elected by the Council.  Another restructure was drawn up after a decade of planning to introduce wide-ranging changes to academic programs and administration. A Bill to amend the University Act (Chapter 169) and its Statutes was passed by Parliament in June 2000 to effect the implementation of the new restructure.  Implementation begun in January 15, 2001 after confirmation by the Council. Academic departments were de-established, strands created and strand coordinators appointed. Single school offices were established to support respective strands under them. The focus of the restructure is to enhance the operations of the whole University by fostering interdisciplinary and inter-school relationships in the interest of the core business of education, research, scholarship and service.","null","null","");arrFiles[135]=new Array("uni_vcm.html","Vice Chancellor\'s Message","Vice Chancellor\'s Message for 2007 Your interest is welcome Welcome to this overview of the University of Papua New Guinea. Your interest in our University is most welcome and very much appreciated. As the largest and most comprehensive University in Papua New Guinea  we offer courses ranging from Medicine and Health Sciences, through Natural and Physical Sciences, to Law,  Business, the Humanities and Arts. We are an institution committed to excellence in teaching and in an  ever-increasing manner, to research and development. Our mission in life is very clearly defined: \"...to be  the premier University, making available quality education, research and service to Papua New Guinea and the Pacific.\"  The mission is supported by a comprehensive Strategic Plan, upon which each of our Schools base its strategic operational plan. Consequently we have plotted a path for the future. Increasingly we are judging our performance in the context of achievable but challenging benchmarks, thinking more globally, establishing international relationships, and generally making the university an exciting academic place to be. To continually remind ourselves of our commitment to students, we have established a Student Charter, which outlines our responsibilities to our students, and their responsibilities to us. This helps us as we design new programs, and helps students to focus on the important  elements of university study. Like all universities we have our troubles from time to time, but we are confronting these directly as part of our continuous improvement process. The University of Papua New Guinea is a much more  diverse institution than is often realised. In addition to two substantial campuses at Taurama and Waigani, we  have five Open Campuses located at Buka in the Autonomous Region of Bougainville, Kokopo in East New Britain, Madang, Mt Hagen in Western Highlands, and the National Capital District, as well as eight other Provincial  University Centres in Enga, Manus, Milne Bay, New Ireland, Simbu, West New Britain, Morobe and Oro. Franchise  study centres have also been established in institutions in some centres. We expect to have a presence in every  province in the near future. Flexible mode teaching represents a major element of our program as we now offer a Certificate in Tertiary and Community Studies (CTCS), enrichment, diploma and degree opportunities by distance  education. These Open Campuses and Provincial Centres provide wonderful opportunities for those not able to attend UPNG in Port Moresby but who still want to undertake a University education. In this way we are  truly \"bringing education to the people.\" Both major Campuses have significant residential complexes  with provision for in excess of 3,600 students. At least one Open Campus provides residential accommodation.  Thus our university is more than a place to learn. It is a total community; a community enlarged by the academic and general staff, most of whom also live on Campus with their families. Above all, however, the University of Papua New Guinea emphasises the importance of merit in everything it does. It is progressively increasing its entrance  standards and demands high quality student performance. Expectations about academic performance predominate over  all other matters. Even residential accommodation is assigned on the basis of academic performance, and for  continuing students, on their Grade Point Average. If you want to become part of UPNG, you will need to understand  and accept this emphasis on academic standards, and the consequences of not performing at your best. We hope that you will understand and accept that we are doing this in the interest of students, the University and the nation. We want our students to study together with other high quality students genuinely committed to higher education. We welcome your interest and invite your further inquiry and hope that you might join us later as one of the elite students of UPNG and the nation. With best wishes, R. A. Hynes Vice Chancellor","null","null","");fileNum=136;